Data Loading...
Admin G Book Flipbook PDF
Admin G Book
1,835 Views
238 Downloads
FLIP PDF 1.9MB
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG COMPOSN AND ORG OF BANGLADESH ARMY Refs: A. B.
Intro
AR(R) 1 to 13, 245 and 246. AR(I) 1 to 5, 21-22 and 160.
1. Every sovereign country or state maint its own Armed Forces with a definite aim and purpose, and that is always well defined. The need of an org therefore, comes in order to achieve the msn through a system. The size and character of the org will always depend upon the function that the org will have to perform. Similarly the need of an org can be found in personal as well as in any official estb. 2. Org of the Army will definitely depend on the msn having due regards to the mil and national strat. It will depend on the geographical loc of the country as well as the behaviour and mights of the neighbouring states. 3.
Aim
Org chart of Bangladesh Army is att as Anx A to this precis.
4. Aim of this précis is to acquaint the students with org, composn and channel of comd and con in BD Army. Composn
5. Pers. The Army is composed of pers who have undertaken a definite liability for mil svc, that is combatants and enrolled non-combatants. Un-enrolled non-combatants and civs are also emp for certain duties and some cat carry fd svc liability.
6. Cl Composn. Provided they are otherwise fully qual and subj to emp of female sex being restd to particulars posts or svcs, all citizens of Bangladesh, without discrimination against any race, religion, caste, sex, residence or place of birth, are eligible for enrolments in the Army. Cl composn of regts, corps and units is fixed for equitable intake of manpower, according to the instrs of the CAS. 7. Component Forces. The Army comprises the regular forces, the territorial forces, the reg and supplementary res, and any auxiliary and irregular forces when placed under its con. 8.
Components of Reg Army. The reg Army comprises the fol: a.
Fighting Arms. AC and Inf.
b.
Sp Arms. Arty, Engrs and Sigs.
c.
Svcs. ASC, AMC, AOC, EME, RV&FC, ADC, CMP, AEC, ACC and AFNS.
1 RESTRICTED
9.
RESTRICTED
The aforementioned components except AEC and ACC are org into the fol cats:
a. Fd Tps. These are units and fmn which form part of the fd Army and are primarily allotted to Bde and Div. ‘Div’ is the largest ‘Fd fmn’ which is perm in composn. Divs may be gp into ‘Corps’ in accordance with the reqr of sit. The ‘Corps’ have thus no fixed composn. b. Static Tps. These are units and fmns which are org for static admin of the fd Army. The largest fmn is ‘HQ Lines of Comm Sub Area’, having under it various Sta HQs.
c. AHQ, Area and Log Area Tps. The fol types of units, fmn, instl and estb of fd and staitc tps are cl as:
(1) Log Area Tps. Units and estbs concerned with static admin are defined as Area and Log Area Tps in the ORBAT and list of units. (2) AHQ Tps. All trg, edn, tech and other units, estb, etc and some fd tps which according to their role or for certain op or admin reasons are not allotted to fd fmns, and defined as AHQ Tps in the ORBAT and list of units.
d. Inter Svc Tps. Estb etc which are maint for all the three Def Svcs are defined as Inter Svc Tps in the ORBAT and list of units. e. The AEC. There is only one static unit of the Corps ie, the Army School of Edn and Admin. Otherwise AEC pers are distr amongst fd and static units etc, according to AR(R) 61.
f. The ACC. This corps is meant to provide cbt clks and steno to the Staff Br of Fmn HQ to Sta HQ, all Army Schools of Instrs and Colleges (incl the DSCSC and the BMA) and the Bangladesh Mil Attaches abroad and certain specified appts in AHQ and in all RV&FC. This corps has only one static unit of its own ie, the ACC Cen. 10. The detailed org and composn of units, fmns and instls, are laid down in ‘Peace’ and ‘War’ estbs issued under the auth of the Govt of Bangladesh.
11. Distr and Locs. The auth distr and loc of the Army are shown in the Order of Battle. Comd and Con
12. The supreme comd of the Armed Forces is vested in the President. The imm comd of the Army is placed in the hands of its CAS, who is resp to the govt for exec of msn asg to him. 13. The fnuns of comd of the CAS are discharged through his Staff at AHQ. The outline org of BD Army is given in Anx A. It is based on a Chief of Staff system, which is designed to ensure that the CAS retains a sufficient measure of personal contact and dir influence, he is relieved of unnec details and is furnished with complete and up-to-date data for higher planning and policy decisions. 14. The CAS is assisted by four PSOs namely, the CGS, AG, QMG and MGO. In addition, the E in C, the MS and the JAG are placed directly under the CAS. 2 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
AHQ
15. The AHQ consists of the Brs, Dtes etc. The rules for conduct of business within AHQ and with the MOD and Fin are contained in the ‘Def HQ Procedure’ pamp. Subord Fmns
16. The Army is org into fd and static fmn; the former are corps, Div and Bde and the latter are Log Areas and Sta HQ. See Para 9 above.
17. The staff in subord fmns is divided into GS and Adjt and QMG Staff. In HQ Corps and Divs, arms and svcs are represented compendiously. Full details are given in the Estb of respective Fmn HQ. Cl of Comds and Ex of Power of Comd 18.
Cl. Under the existing org the comds of the Army are gp in three cls: a. Chief of Army Staff (CAS). CAS is op and admin resp to the govt for the Comd of the Army. b. General Officer Commanding (GOC). GOC of Corps and Divs are resp to the CAS for the comd of pers and territories under their jurisdiction. c. Comds. Offrs of the rank of Brig Gen and below, who are in command of fmn of tps and who are dir resp to superior HQ and also offrs of the rank of Brig Gen and below who are in command of Log Area. Auth: AR(R) 245
19. Ex of Comd. Subj to the provision that a sr may always giv a lawful command relating to the mil duty (vide Note (ii) to BAA Sec 33) to junior in rk, command will be normally ex over pers placed dir under an offr, JCO or NCO for this purpose. a. Offrs while in civ emp are not entitled by virtue of their mil rk to assume any mil comd in the Army, but see Para 19c below.
b. A civ holding a mil appt cannot giv ‘lawful command’ to a person subj to the BAA serving under him but the latter will carry out any orders or instrs of the former given in connection with official duties. Disobedience of such orders will be dealt with under sec 55, BAA (See Note (ii) to sec 33, BAA).
c. An offr of the Army serving with Civ Armed Forces is entitled to mil command when such forces are employed in fd fmns with reg tps. When so emp, these forces will come under the orders of the sr offr in the fmn. d. Offrs, and integral units having their own comds accommodated in a Transit Camp, come under comd of the Camp Comd for camp discip only. Indl sldrs and non-combatants and parties sub units in transit commanded by a JCO or a lower rk, come under comd of the Commander Transit Camp (where temporarily located), for all purposes.
3 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
e. A CO would generally mean as defined in BAA Sec 8(4), and in particular regard to the fol as given hereunder: (1) For Non-Medical pers who are patients in hosp or a med unit: as laid down in Note 2 to Sec 88 BAA. (2)
For pers of fmn HQ: (a) For Offrs comd.
An offr on the str of fmn HQ appt by the fmn
(b) For Sldrs and Non-Combatants. The Camp Comd, and if such an appt does not exist, or in his absence, any offr placed in comd by the fmn comd.
Note: The appt (by designation or name) under Para 19e(2) above will be pub in the fmn routine orders, including changes when they occur. (3)
In Ord/Ammo Deps. (a)
For Offrs. The Comdt/Coo will be the CO.
(b) For Sldrs and Non-Combatants. The Assistant Comdt/Assistant COO will ex the powers of a CO, except the power to hold a SCM. Auth : AR(I) 160
20. Comd during Temp Absence of Perm Comd. When a perm comd is temp absent from his command for pds which do not involve vacation of appt, an acting incumbent will be appt. Such acting arrangement will be pub in the unit or fmn orders, as the case may be. The legal powers of acting incumbents, subj to any limitation in the BAA, will be the same as the perm comd. Auth: AR(R) 246
21. Officiating/Acting CO. An offr in temp comd of a unit has the same resps as the perm CO but he will not issue any standing orders, or alter those which are at the time in force, or authorize the application of any funds for any purpose other than the ordinary current expenditure, or make promotions without the concurrence of perm CO. In emergent circumstances, any such action may be taken with the prior permission of the fmn comd concerned. Auth: AR(I)-21 22. Absent CO. An offr absent from, and not in ex of his command, cannot issue regimental or other orders relating to his command. Auth: AR(I)-22 Concl
23. In order to grasp the knowledge of the functioning of the Army one must possess the complete knowledge regarding org and the comd structure of the Army. For an offr this knowledge is imperative whether he serves in comd or staff.
4 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG CHANNEL OF COMD, RESPS AND DUTIES OF COMD AND STAFF Refs: A. B.
Intro
AR(R) 15-24. AR(I) 7-45.
1. President is the supreme comd of the Armed Forces. The immediate comd of the Army is placed in the hands of CAS who is resp for comd, discipline, trg, org and preparedness for war of the Army in keeping with the policy outlined by the Govt from time to time. He is the chief exec in AHQ and is an adviser to the Govt on mil matters. The functions of the CAS are discharged through his PSOs at AHQ and subordinate comds. His PSOs and advisers, like the various cells of the brain, convert his wishes and orders into exec. Aim
2. The aim of this lesson is to study function, resp and duties of comd and staff at various stages of the Bangladesh Army. 3.
Br, Dte and Secs.
a. The CGS is the head of 'GS' Br and the various dtes under him and perform the trg, op, int and coord wk. All these offrs are designated as SOs and graded as: (1) (2) (3) (4)
Directors Col/Brig GSO-1 Lt Col GSO-2 Maj GSO-3 Capt Auth: AR(I) 36 and AR(R) Appx 'A'
b. The AG is the head of the AG's Br and through various dtes he is resp for the discipline, morale and welfare of the Army. The SOs in his br are known as: (1) (2) (3) (4)
Directors AAG DAAG SC'A'
Brig/Col Lt Col Maj Capt Auth: AR(I) 37 and AR(R) Appx 'A'.
c. The QMG is the head of the QMG's Br and through the various dtes under him is resp for accn, sup, tpt and mov of the forces, the SO's under him are designated as: (1) (2) (3) (4)
Directors AQMG DAQMG SC 'Q'
Brig/Col Lt Col Maj Capt Auth: AR(I) 38 and AR(R) Appx 'A' 5 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d. The MGO is the head of MGO's Br and is resp for procurement, storage and sup of arms, ammo and Eqpt. His SO's are designated as under: (1) (2) (3) (4)
Directors ADOS DADOS SC (Ord)
Brig/Col Lt Col Maj Capt Auth: AR(I) 39 and AR(R) Appx 'A'
e. The MS deals with the commissioning, appt, posting, tfr, ext of svc, promotion and retirements iro offrs of all arms and svcs. His SOs have the fol designations: (1) (2) (3) (4)
Dy MS AMS DAMS SC 'MS'
Col/Lt Col Lt Col Maj Capt Auth: AR(I) 40.
f. The E in C is the head of the Corps of Engrs and of the Mil Engineering svcs. He is assisted by a staff of engr offrs. He is the tech adviser on civ and mil engineering matters to the CAS and the PSOs at AHQ. He is not a PSO. He is resp for the tech trg of engrs units and pers. The E in C takes the orders of the Govt and CAS through: (1) The CGS on siting and design of fortifications, def (other than coast def) and strategic roads.
(2) The QMG. On the policy and finance of all engineer services exec for the Army. In respect of matters relating to the ord and admin of MES pers, the E in C acts on behalf of AG. His SOs are designated as under : (a) Directors Brig/Col (b) SO-1 Lt Col (c) SO-2 Maj (d) SO-3 Capt Note : The above appts where nec are filled in by the MES. Auth : AR (I) 46. g. The JAG Br is the judiciary in the Army. It is free from exec con of other brs or staff in the discharge of its judicial work. The JAG (Brig/Col) is the Chief adviser to CAS on all mil matters and martial law. He is resp to him for the legal validity of all courts martial wherever held. The JAG has a DJAG with the rank of Col. His SOs have the fol designations : (1) (2) (3)
AJAG DAJAG SC 'JAG'
-
Lt Col Maj Capt
h. The JAG dept offrs are all under his ultimate con in so far as their dept work is concerned, and although for the sake of admin convenience some of these offrs may be att to certain fmns, they nevertheless cont to function under the overall con of the JAG. Auth : AR (R) 9 and 23-24. Comd and Con 6 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 4.
There are two distinct cl of Comd : a. Comd over a certain geographical area, such as ex by a comd Log Area/Area HQ. b. Comd which does not embrace any defined area, such as ex by a Div/Bde Comd.
Resp of Comds 5.
The fol are the main resp of comds : a. b. c.
6.
Trg and efficiency for war. Leadership. Admin.
Fol are the comds : a. b. c. d. e. f.
Resp of Staff
Corps Comd. Div Comd. Log Area/Area Comd. Bde Comd. Sta Comd. Units/Estb Comd.
7. A staff derives his auth from his comd and has none of his own. He has fol two resps: a.
Towards his Comd.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
8.
For seeing his requirement. Providing info and data to reach decisions. Issue orders and supervising its exec. Offering advice when called for. Level sp to command decisions irrespective of own views.
b. Towards Tps. By offering them timely help and advice, he assists the tps in successful accomplishment of their msn. Since he is servant of tps, he must do his best for their welfare and morale. Duties of G, A, Q and Ord Staff. a.
At Div HQ.
(1) Col Staff. The relationship between the comd and his Col Staff is normally close and personal. Perhaps, the mark of a good Col Staff is that he is the comd`s confidennce and acts in anticipation of, as well as in concert with, the comd's desires. His main duties are to: (a) (b)
Dir, supervise and integrate the wk of the staff. Formulate and announce policy. 7 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(c) Estb procedures and relationships. (d) Keep the Div Comd and the staff info. (e) Represent the Div Comd when so auth by him. (f) Allot wk, issue guidance to ensure coord, review plans and orders. (g) Approve or secure approval of staff actions. (h) Ensure that instrs are in harmony with the Comd's policy. (j) Supervise the exec of orders and directives. (k) Require all staff offrs to keep him info. (l) Ensure that all staff offrs act in harmony, conflict and duplication being avoided.
(2) GS Br. GSO-1 is the head of GS Br and performs the duties of trg, op, mob, int, sy, SD, tour and visit, inspection, org, estb, comm, reports and returns etc. SOs of Br are as under: (a) (b)
(d)
GSO-1 GSO-2 (Ops) GSO-2 (Int) GSO-2 (Edn) GSO-3 (Ops) GSO-3 (Int) Edn JCO
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
AA&QMG DAAG DA&QMG SC(A) SC(Q)
-
Lt Col Maj Maj Capt Capt
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
ADOS DADOS SC(Ord) ATO DOJCO
-
Lt Col Maj Capt Capt JCO
(c)
-
Lt Col Maj Maj Maj Capt Capt JCO
(3) A and Q Br. AA&QMG is the head of A and Q Br and performs the duties in relation to pay and allces, promotion, posting, tfr, OPRs, discipline, leave, welfare, honours and awards, rel/discharge, pension, accn, rat, furniture, health and sanitation, tpt, etc. SOs of A and Q Br are as under :
(4) Ord Br. ADOS is the bead of Ord Br and performs the duties in relation to clo, arms, ammo, eqpt and various ord stores. SOs of Ord Br are as under :
b.
At Bde HQ.
(1) GS Br. BM is the head of GS Br and performs the duties as stated in Para 8a(2). SOs of GS Br are as under : (a) (b) (c)
BM GSO-3(Ops) GSO-3(Int)
-
8 RESTRICTED
Maj Capt Capt
RESTRICTED
(d)
GSO-3(Edn)
-
Capt
(a) (b) (c)
DAA&QMG SC(A) BOJCO
-
Maj Capt JCO
(2) A and Q Br and Ord. DAA&QMG is the head of A, Q and Ord Br and performs the duties as stated in Para 8b(3) and (4). SOs of A and Q Br are as under :
c.
Unit. (1)
A Staff. The unit 'A` staff and their functions are as under : (a) 2IC. Though not a SO, he looks after trg, admin and welfare of the unit. His main duties are given in AR(I) 25. (b) Adjt. He is the unit G and A SO. He is also CO's coord SO and is resp to him alone. He is the main for promulgation of the CO's order. See AR(I) 42 for details.
(2)
(c)
MWO/Sr JCO. See AR(I) 44.
(d)
NSA. See AR(I) 45.
Q Staff. The Unit Q staff and their functions are as under : (a) 43.
QM.
(c)
BQMH. He is asst to QM and NSQ.
(b)
He is resp for all Q matters. For his duties, see AR(I)
NSQ. See AR(I) 45.
Concl 9. G, A, Q and Ord staff have multifarious duties to perform. At all levels and under all circumstances these staff is heavily occupied. Their advice and action will invariably have financial implications and will always need the sp of rules and reg. Sound advice and correct decisions by G, A, Q and ord staff are essential for the morale and welfare of the tps.
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG TABLE OF ORG AND EQPT 9 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Refs : A. B.
Intro
AR(R) 46 - 68 Estb. Appx 'JJ' to AR(I) Ser 57.
1. TO&E stands for `Table of Org and eqpt’. Every estb in the country has a separate org of its own to facilitate its functioning of admin smoothly. The Army as a vast org is also based on this principle. That is why we always find a TO&E is pub by SD dte whenever a unit or sub unit is raised. This TO&E acts as the foundation of that unit or sub unit where the auth of man power, (with rank structure) tpt, arms, tech instruments and various eqpt are shown as sec wise. a. Sec-I contains - Gen (msn and capabilities), org (tree form), estb as total pers, tpt, wpn etc. b. Sec - II contains - Pers (distr), tpt distr, wpn and ammo distr and notes and wpn policy, war increment. c.
Sec -III contains - Eqpt to be sup by respective depot.
d.
Sec -IV contains - Eqpt to be procured by fmn/unit.
When this TO&E is in action iro a unit or sub unit, sometimes reqr arises to bring some changes in the TO&E. At that time the units take up cases with the proper auth and thereby the Army Standing Estb Committee eg, ASEC comes to the question, who is resp to incorporate any maj or minor changes in the TO&E. Aim
2. To explain the layout and contents of TO&E and procedure for submission of cases of TO&E to ASEC. ARMY STANDING ESTB COMMITTEE (ASEC)
Composn 3.
The ASEC is composed as under : President
:
Brig (DSD)
Secy
:
2nd Grade SO(to be provided by SD Dte)
Members
Powers
:
a. b. c. d.
DA, MOD APA, Fin Div Ist Grade SO representing AG Ist Grade SO representing QMG and/or MGO
4. Subj to Para 5 below, the ASEC is empowered to examine and approve TO&E (Less Sec-III eqpt part) or amdts thereto and indl appt. 10 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Limitations 5.
The Committee is not auth to: a.
Alter the basic org of a unit except with the prior approval of the CAS.
b. Approve an appt tenable in the rank of col or brig except with the prior approval of the CAS.
Procedure for Submission of Statements of Cases 6.
The cases are of two types, ie, maj and minor, as defined below:
a. Maj Cases. These are the proposals which involve a cumulative increase of more than 5 offrs or 20 OR/civs or 5 vehs or involve matters of policy or principle.
b. Minor Cases. These are the proposal in which the cumulative increase does not exceed 5 offrs or 20 OR/civs or 5 vehs and which do not involve any matters of policy or principle.
Procedure
7. The case is sponsored by the dte concerned with the agreement of the PSO of the br concerned. It is addsd to the DSD for ex of the proposal. The DSD may consult DWE&S, MS and CAO, etc. If the proposal is in order, incl availability of funds, where applicable, the DSD takes further action as under: a. Minor Cases. Will be sent to Fin Div for financial approval and the DPA for acceptance of provision of pers. Thereafter the approval of the President ASEC is obtained and the case is returned to the sponsor to have the GOVT orders issued.
b. Maj Cases. After according the GS approval in principle, it will be sent to the Fin Div through the AG, QMG, MGO and MOD for their approval in principle and to ASEC (SD-7) for consideration by the ASEC. After approval by the Committee the case is returned to the sponsor to have the Govt orders issued. (Auth : ASEC Procedure Pamphlet 1960)
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG MSN AND ORG OF AHQ, INF DIV, LOG AREA, INF BDE, STA HQ AND CGDF Intro
11 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 1. Before assigning a msn/task to any org/estb one should consider the capability of that particular org/estb. If a primary school is asked to produce sugar out of sugar-cane that will be absolutely absurd. Because a primary school is not designed or equipped with these eqpt by which it can produce sugar. Like wise, in the Army org of various HQs/ Fmns/Units will depend on the msn/tasks conferred to it. On formulation of org of a particular HQ/Fmn/Unit/Estb, its capability will be ascertained. Therefore it should clearly be understood that msn, capability and org are inter-related. Aim
2. The aim of this precis is to let the student grasp the knowledge of the msn and org in details respecting AHQ, Div and Bde HQ. MSN, Capability and Org of AHQ
3. Msn. To ex comd and con over all component forces of Bangladesh Army and any elm of Bangladesh Navy, Bangladesh Air Force, Civil Armed Forces and para mil forces placed under command of Bangladesh Army during peace and war. 4.
Capabilities. a.
With this org the Army HQ can eff administer comd and con of the fol:
(1) Fd tp of five to seven inf divs, one to two indep inf bdes, two to three ADA bdes and two engr bdes.
(2) All elms of AHQ tps incl fd units, trg institutions and complimentary to the component forces. (3)
Static tps of three to five log areas.
(5)
All elms of inter Svcs tps incl in the resp of Army.
(4) All elms of log area tps incl fd units and static instl complimentary to log areas. b. Formulate op plan for land battle for the def of Bangladesh within the msn given to Bangladesh Army by the Govt of the People's Republic of Bangladesh and exec that plan through all component forces and elms of Bangladesh Navy, Bangladesh Air Force, Civ Armed Forces and para mil forces placed under comd of Bangladesh Army. c.
Coord all def matters of Bangladesh under the instrs of MOD.
5. Org of AHQ. AHQ is headed by CAS and is assisted by CAS Sectt. Under him there are 4 PSOs namely CGS, AG, QMG and MGO who are the head of GS Br, AG's Br, QMG's Br and MGO's Br respectively. In addition it has E in C's Br, MS Br and JAG Dept. It will be described in details in the succeeding paras. However, outline org is as Anx `A'. 6.
CAS Sectt. Fols are the key pers : a. b. c. d.
CAS PS APS ADC
-
Gen Col Maj Capt
12 RESTRICTED
7.
RESTRICTED
GS Br. Headed by the CGS (Maj Gen). a.
b.
GS Coord. Key pers are : (1) (2) (3)
CGS GSO-2 GSO-3 -
Maj Gen
(1)
SD-1 (Org & Method). 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col)
SD Dte. Headed by DSD (Brig).
(2)
(3)
c.
Maj Capt
(a) (b)
O & M-1 O & M-2
(a) (b)
GSO-1 (Lt Col) GSO-2 (Maj)
(a) (b)
GSO-1 (Lt Col). GSO-2 (Maj).
SD-2 (Comd & Con).
- GSO-2(Maj) - GSO-2(Maj/CSO)
SD-3(Coord).
MO Dte. Headed by DMO (Brig).
(1)
(2)
(3)
MO-1 (Ops). GSO-1(Lt Col).
(a)
Ops-1
(b) (c)
Ops-2 Ops Room
- 1 x GSO-2(Maj) & 1x GSO-3(Capt) - 1 x GSO-2 (Maj) - 2 x NCOs 3 x Dtmn
MO-2(Ops). (a) (b)
GSO-1 (Lt Col). GSO-2 (Maj).
(a) (b) (c) (d)
1 x GSO-1 (Lt Col). 1 x GSO-2 (Maj). 1 x GSO-2 (Lt Cdr)*. 1 x GSO-2 (Sqn Ldr)*.
MO-3 (Jt Ops). Fol are key pers :
*(Will be att from Navy and Air Force). Auth : AHQ, GS Br (SD Dte) ltr no. 1701/1/R/SD-1 dt 15 Jun 91. (4)
MO-4 (Psy Ops or Op Info).
13 RESTRICTED
(5)
(a) (b)
RESTRICTED
1 x GSO -1 (Lt Col). 1 x GSO -2 (Maj).
Co-ord. Headed by a SWO Clk.
(6) Admin Wg. Headed by 1 x CO (Lt Col/Col), under CO there is a 2IC (Maj), 1 x Adjt (Capt), 1 x Acct/Messing Offr(Subltn/Capt CSO). (a) (b) (c) (d)
d.
MI Dte. Headed by DMI (Brig). (1) (2)
MI (Co-ord) MI-1 (a) (b) (c)
(3)
(4)
(5)
- GSO-2/GSO-3(Maj/Capt). - GSO-1(Lt Col)
Combat and Strat Int. 1 x GSO-2(Maj and 1 x GSO-3(Capt). Terrain Int. GSO-2(Maj). Inter Sy/CI. GSO-2(Maj).
MI-2 (GSO-1). (Lt Col) (a) (b) (c)
Sy of pers/material/info - 2 x GSO-2(Maj). Psy Ward - 1 x GSO-2(Maj). Foreigners/Liaison/MDs -GSO-2 (Maj).
MI-3 (Ground Study Sec). 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col) & 1 x GSO-2(Maj). (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f)
Jessore Bogra Mymensingh Comilla Chittagong Tech Lab
(a) (b)
Ref Sec/Lib - GSO-2(Maj)/CSO). Internal Affairs - 1 x GSO-2(Maj/CSO)& 1 x GSO-3(Capt/CSO) External Affairs- 1 x GSO-2(Maj/CSO) & 1 xGSO-3(Capt/CSO)
MI-4. GSO-1(Lt Col).
(c) e.
Rifle Coy. 1 x Coy Comd (Maj) & 1 x Coy 2IC(Capt). MT Coy. 1 x Coy Comd (Maj) & 1 x Coy 2IC(Capt). Band Coy. Headed by SM. Admin Pl. 1 x QM (Capt).
1xDet Comd for each(Maj) - GSO-3 (Capt)
MT Dte. Headed by DMT (Brig). (1) MT-1 - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col) & 2 x GSO-2(Maj). (2) MT-2 - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col), 1 x GSO-2(Maj) & 1 x GSO-3(Capt) (3) MT-3 - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col), 1 x GSO-2(Maj) & 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col) & 2 x GSO-2(Maj). (4)
MT-4 - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col) & 2 x GSO-2(Maj). 14 RESTRICTED
(5)
RESTRICTED
MT-5(ASCB) - 1 x GSO-1/Secy(Lt Col) & 1 x GSO-2(Maj)
(6) MT-6 (Printing Press) - 1 x General Manager (CSO-1) & 1 x Asst Manager (CSO-3). (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h)
(7)
PTS Sec. Offset Machine Sec. Camera Sec. Process Sec. Binding Sec. Reading Sec. Store Sec. Letter Press Sec.
MT-7. (R&D Cell) 1 x GSO-1 R & D (Lt Col). (a) Tac Sec (Research)-1 x GSO-1 Research(Fighting/Sp Arms) 4 x Maj (1 x Armd, 1 x Arty, 1 x Inf and 1 x ASC).
f.
(b) Tech Sec(Dev)-1 x GSO-1 Def (Lt Col)2 x Maj (1 x Engr and 1 x Ord). WE & S Dte. Headed by WE&S (Col/Brig). (1)
WE-1 - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col). (a) (b)
(2)
WE-2 - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col). (a) (b)
(3)
g.
WE-1A - 1 x GSO-2(Maj). WE-1B - 1 x GSO-2(Maj). WE-2A - 1 x GSO-2(Maj). WE-2B -1 x GSO-2(Maj) and 1 x GSO-3 (Capt/CSO).
WE-3(Stat)
-
1 x GSO-1 (Lt Col/CSO).
(a)
Stat-1 -
1 x GSO-2(CSO), 1 x GSO-3(CSO).
(b)
Stat-2 -
1 x GSO-2(CSO).
(c)
Stat-3 -
1 x GSO-3(CSO).
IT Dte. Headed by D IT(Brig) and assist by: (1) (2) (3)
GSO-1(Lt Col). 4xMaj 2xCapt
h. Budget Dte. Headed by D Budget(Col/Brig). Under D Budget there is a GSO-1(Lt Col). 15 RESTRICTED
(1) (2)
Budget-1 Budget-2
RESTRICTED
-
1 x GSO-2(Maj/CSO). 1 x GSO-3(Capt/CSO).
j. Armour Dte. Headed by D Armour (Brig), Under D Armour there is a GSO-1(Lt Col). (1) (2) k.
-
1 x GSO-2(Maj). 1 x GSO-2(Maj).
Arty Dte. Headed by D Arty (Brig). Under D Arty there is a GSO-1(Lt Col). (1) (2)
l.
Armd-1 Armd-2 Arty-1 Arty-2
-
1 x GSO-2(Maj). 1 x GSO-2(Maj).
Sig Dte. Headed by D Sig (Brig). (1) Sig-1(Trg, Estb, Pub & Insp) - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col), 1 x GSO-2(Maj) and 1 x GSO-3(Capt).
(2) Sig- 2 ( Comm, plan, Eqpt con & Maint ) - 1 x GSO-1 (Lt Col) and 1 x GSO-2(Maj).
m.
n.
p.
(3)
Sig-3(Comm sy & Cipher) - 1 x GSO-2/GSO-1(Maj/Lt Col).
(4)
Computer Sec - 1 x GSO-1(Lt Col).
(1) (2)
Inf-1 Inf-2
-
1 x GSO-2(Maj) & 1 x GSO-3(Capt/CSO). 1 x GSO-2(Maj).
(1)
EDN-1
-
2 x GSO-2(Maj).
(2)
EDN-2
-
1 x GSO-2(Maj) and 1 x GSO-3(Capt).
(3)
EDN-3
-
1 x GSO-2/GSO-1(Maj/Lt Col).
Inf Dte. Headed by D Inf (Brig). Under D Inf there is a GSO-1(Lt Col).
Edn Dte. Headed by D Edn (Brig). Under D Edn there is a GSO-1(Lt Col).
OO Dte. Headed by D OO (Brig). Under D OO there are 3xGSO-1(Lt Col). (1)
Ops Wg. (a) (b) (c)
(2)
1x Lt Col 1x Maj 1x Capt
Pers Wg. (a) (b)
1x Lt Col 2x Maj 16 RESTRICTED
(3)
(4)
8.
Log Wg. (a) (b)
RESTRICTED
1x Lt Col 2x Capt
M&D Wg. (a) 1x Lt Col (b) 2x Maj AG's Br. Headed by AG (Maj Gen).
a.
b.
c.
AG's (Coord). Maj. (1) (2)
1 x DAAG (Coord) - Maj. 1 x AAG (Cdt College) Lt Col, 1 x DAAG (Cdt College) Maj.
(1)
PA-1
-1 x AAG (Lt Col), 2 x DAAG (Maj) & 1 x SC (Capt).
(2)
PA-2
-1 x AAG (Lt Col), 1 x DAAG (Maj), & 1 x DAAG (Maj/CSO).
(3)
PA-3
-1 x AAG (Lt Col) & 2 x DAAG (Maj).
(4)
PA-4 (ACC Record)-1 x DAAG/SC (Maj/Capt).
(5)
PA-5 (CCP) -1 x AAG (Lt Col), 1 x DAAG (Maj/CSO & 1 x SC(Capt).
(1)
Welfare. 1 x AAG (Lt Col), 1 x DAAG (Maj).
(2)
Project.
PA Dte. Headed by DPA (Brig).
Welfare and Rehabilitation Dte. Headed by DW & R (Col/Brig).
(a) (3) d.
Rehabilitation.
(a)
1 x AAG (Lt Col), 1 x DAAG(Maj).
PS Dte. Headed by DPS and BM (Brig). (1)
PS-1
-
1 x AAG (Lt Col) & 2 x DAAG (Maj).
(2)
PS-2
-
1 x AAG (Lt Col) & 1 x DAAG (Maj).
(3)
PS-3
-
1 x DPA (Lt Col)
(a) (b)
MP SIB
-
(4)
e.
1x AAG (LtCol/CSO-1), 1x DAAG (Maj/CSO-2).
PS-4
-
1 x ADPM (Maj). 1 x APM (Maj). 1 x ABM/OC (Maj), Capt.
PP&A Dte. Headed by DPP&A (Col/Brig). 17 RESTRICTED
(1)
(2)
RESTRICTED
PPA-1. (Pay Pension) - 1 x AAG (Lt Col). (a)
PPA-1(Pay) - 1 x DAAG(Maj) and 1 x CSO-3.
(b)
PPA-2(Pension & Comtn) – 1 x DAAG (Maj) and 1 x CSO-3.
PPA-2(Accts/Form)- 1 x AAG (Lt Col/CSO-1). (a)
PPA-3(Accts)- 1 x DAAG(Maj).
(b) PPA-4(Regs & Form) – 1 x DAAG (Maj/CSO-2) and 1 x CSO-3
f.
Med Dte. Headed by DMS (Brig).
(1)
Admin. Headed by ADMS (Col).
(a)
Med-1 -
1 x DADMS (Maj).
(b)
Med-2 -
1 x DADMS (Maj).
(2) Health & Pathology. Headed by ADH&P (Col). Under ADH&P there is a DADH (Maj). 9.
QMG's Branch. a. QMG's Coord. Headed by QMG(Lt Gen). Under QMG there is a DAQMG (Coord) Maj. b.
ST Dte. Headed by DST (Brig). (1) ST-1. ( Org, Ops, Trg, Budget & Co-ord ) - 1 x ADST ( Lt Col ) & 1 x DADST(Maj). (2) ST-2. (Policy, Con, Provision & Procurement of POL) 1 x DAD POL (Maj) & 1 x SC (Capt). (3) ST-3. (Policy, Planning, Tpt/Air Despatch Tpt Con) 1 x DADST (Maj) & 1 x SC(Capt). (4)
ST-4. (Bulk Insp) - 1 x DADST (Maj) & 1 x SC(Capt).
(6)
ST-6.
(5)
(7)
ST-5. (RV&FC) 1 x DADRV&FC (Maj). (a)
ST-6A - 1 x ADST(Lt Col) & 1 x DADST(Maj).
(b)
ST-6B - 1 x ADST(Lt Col) & 1 x SC(Capt).
ST-7.
1 x Inspector ST (Col). 18 RESTRICTED
c.
RESTRICTED
M&Q Dte. Headed by DMQ (Col/Brig). (1)
M&Q-1 (Mov) - 1 x ADMQ(Lt Col) & 2 x DADMQ(Maj).
(2) M&Q-2 1x SC(Capt). (3) d. 10.
(Land
&
Cantt)-1xADMQ(Lt
Col),
1xDAMQ(Maj)
&
M&Q-3(Qtrg) - 1 x DADMG(Maj) Engr and 1 x SC(Capt).
DW&CE(Army). For Admin and Gen con.
MGO's Branch a. b.
MGO's Coord - MGO (Maj Gen) & 1 x DAMGO(Coord) Maj. Ord Dte. Headed by DOS (Brig). (1)
OS-1(Policy & Budget). Headed by ADOS(Lt Col). (a) OS-1A (Policy, on provision procurement, disposal and coord of stores, issue of Annual review prog - 1 x DADOS(Maj). (b) OS-1B (Mob & Res, Org Log Planning & Foreign procurement incl Barter Deal -1 x DADOS(Maj).
(2)
OS-2(MT Engr & Avn). Headed by ADOS(Lt Col).
(a)
OS-2A (Vehs, ac & ac spares) 1 x DADOS(Maj).
(b)
OS-2B (MT Spares) 1 x DADOS(Maj).
(c) (3)
(4)
(5)
OS-2C (Engr Eqpt & Soares) 1 x SC (Capt).
OS-3 (Arms & Ammo). Headed by ADOS (Lt Col). (a)
OS-3A (Armt & Spares) - 1 x DADOS(Maj).
(b)
OS-3B(Ammo) 1 x DADOS(Maj).
OS-4(GS & Sig). Headed by ADOS (Lt Col).
(a)
OS-4A (Gen Stores) 1 x SC(Capt).
(b)
OS-4B (Clo) 1 x DADOS(Maj).
(c)
OS-4C (Sig stores & spares) 1 x DADOS(Maj).
OS-5 (Tech & Admin). Headed by ADOS(Lt Col). (a) OS-5A(Tech Op Procurement, Tech Functioning of Ord depot, Dep Instr) 1 x DADOS (Maj). 19 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(b) OS-5B (Revision & Pub of Ord Procurement, Rules & Regs) - 1 x OO Civ (Stores). (6)
(7) c.
OS-6A(Org, Trg & Estb) - 1 x DADOS (Maj)
(b)
OS-6B(Ord Coord)
-1 xSC(Coord) (Capt)
OS-7. 1 x DADOS (Maj). Provision Sec (MT) - 1 x DADOS(Maj), 1 x OO Civ(Stores). Provision Sec (Armt & Sig) - 1 x DADOS(Maj). Provision Sec (GS &C) - 1 x DADOS(Maj). Provision Sec(Engrs) - 1 x DADOS(Maj).
EME Dte. Headed by DEME (Brig) who is assisted by the fol:
(1)
1 x Inspector (EME) (Col).
(2)
ME-1 (Org, Ops, Trg & Coord) - 1 x ADEME (Lt Col) & 1 x DADEME(Maj)
(3)
ME-2(Scales) - 1 x ADEME(Lt Col) 1 x DADEME(Maj/CSO)
(5)
Wksp Con, 1 x ADEME(Lt Col) & 1 x DADEME(Maj).
(4) e.
(a)
AHQ Provision Cell. Headed by ADOS(Lt Col) who is assisted by the fol : (1) (2) (3) (4)
d.
OS-6(Org, Trg, Estb & Coord). Headed by ADOS(Lt Col).
ME-3(Mech & Elec) - 1 x ADEME(Lt Col) 1 x DADEME(Maj).
ITD Dte. Headed by a DITD (Col/Brig) who is assisted by the fol : (1) TD-1. (Org, Estb, Coord, Budget, A-in-U, Para BIC, DI TD's Approval and Records) - 1 x ADI TD(Lt Col), 1 x RO (Capt/GSO-3). (2) TD-2. ( Tech, Con & Dev of Veh, Engrs Eqpt, Armt, SA and Explosive ) 1 x ADI TD (Lt Col). (a) Veh & Engr Eqpt - 1 x DADI TD(Maj) EME/Ord/Engr. (3) Ord.
(b)
Armt, SA & Explosive - 1 x DADI TD(Maj) EME/Ord/Arty.
TD-3. (Tech con & Dev of Gen stores & Clo) 1 x ADI TD (Lt Col)
(4) TD-4. (Tech con & Dev of Electronics & Instrument - 1 x ADI TD (Lt Col), EME/ Sig. 11.
E in C's Branch. a.
EinC's (Coord). EinC (Maj Gen) & 1 x GSO-2(Coord).
b. Wks Dte. D Wks (Col/Brig) who is assisted by 2 x SO-1(Lt Col/ ECR), 5 x SO-2 (Maj/ECR) and 1 x SC-3(Capt/ECR). 20 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c.
Engr Dte. Headed by D Engr (Brig) who is assisted by the fol : Under D Engr there is a GSO-1(Lt Col). (1)
Engrs-1(Ops, Int & Trg) - 1 x GSO-2(Ops & Int) and 1 x GSO-2(Trg).
(2) Engrs-2 (Tech Eqpt & Project) 1 x GSO-2(Project) and 1 x GSO3(Tech Eqpt).
d. DW&CE (Army). (For Tech con), Headed by DW&CE (Col) who is assisted by 2 x SO-1(Lt Col/ECR), 3 x SO-2(Maj/ECR) and 3 x AE. 12. MS Branch. Headed by MS (Maj Gen) & 1 x Dy MS(Lt Col). He is assisted by 1 x Dy MS (Lt Col/Col) and fol : a. MS-1. (Coord function, posting/ tfr of Col and above, AHQ Selection Board and subj promotion of Col and above. 1 x DAMS(Maj). b. MS-2. (Evaluation of ACRs, Course Reports, Maint of CRD's and Retention Certs) - 1 x DADMS (Maj) = Under AMS(D)(Lt Col). c. MS-3. Posting/Transfer of Lt Col and below in AC and Engr incl specified staff/instructional appts) 1 x DMS(Maj) d. MS-4. Posting/Transfer of Lt Col and below in Arty and Sig incl specified Under staff/instructional appts) 1 x DMS(Maj)AMS(A) e. MS-5. Posting/Tfr of Lt Col staff/instructional appts) 1 x DMS(Maj)
and
below
in
Inf
incl
specified
f. MS-6. (Posting/Transfer of Lt Col and below in ASC, Ord, EME, AEC and RVFC incl specified staff/instructional appts) 1 x DAMS(Maj). g. MS-7. (Loaning Offr to various Under ministries other than Ministry of AMS(B),Defence, Inter Svcs Orgs, BNCC, Extension/termination of sc, pub of BAO and Gazzette notification). 1 x DMS(Maj). h. MS-8. (Posting/ Transfer of all arms upto Lt Col in unspecified ERE, staff and instructional appts, courses all arms, commission) - 1 x DAMS(Maj) j. MS-(10). (Posting/ Loaning of AMC, ADC, AFNS Offrs to various Ministries, Inter AMS(C) Svcs Orgs, Bangladesh Navy, Bangladesh Air Force and Bangladesh Rifles)- 1xAMS (Lt Col) AMC and 1 x DAMS(Maj) AMC k. MS-9. (Admin, Maint of dossiers of all offrs 1 x SC(Coord) AMS(D) Capt. l. MS(Coord). 1 x SC (Coord) Capt. m.
inter
arms
transfer.
Computer Sec. 1 x DAMS(Maj/CSO-2) AMS(E) Lt Col/ CSO-1
n. CORO. *1 x AMS (Offrs(Records) (Maj/Lt Col) - Directly under MS and Dy MS MS and Dy MS. 21 RESTRICTED
* Ex-officio OIC CORO. 13.
RESTRICTED
JAG Dept. Headed by JAG (Col/Brig) who is assisted by the fol : a. Final Review of cases, legal Advice in Gen Law Courses. 1 x DJAG ( Lt Col ), 1 x DAJAG(Maj), 1 x SC, legal (Capt). b.
Inf Div HQ
Trial Security Advice - 1 x DJAG (Lt Col). (1)
Pre-Trial Advice
- 2 x DAJAG(Maj).
(2)
Post Trial Sy and Advice -1x AJAG(Maj/ Lt Col) 2 x DAJAG(Maj)
14.
Msn. To ex comd and con over the ops and admin of the inf div.
15.
Capabilities. Comd, staff planning, admin, con, supervision of ops of the inf div.
16. Org. Headed by GOC (Maj Gen), 1 x Col Staff (Col) and 1 x ADC(Capt). Outline org is given below : a.
GS Branch. Headed by GSO-1(Lt Col).
(1)
Ops. 1xGSO-2(Ops) (Maj) &1x GSO-3(Ops(Capt).
(2)
Int. 1 x GSO-2(Int)(Maj) & 1 x GSO-3(Int)(Capt).
(3)
Edn. 1 x GSO-2(Edn) (Maj).
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 x GSO-2(CI)(Maj). 1 x GSO-2(Int - CI)(Maj). 1 x GSO-2(Psy W)(Maj). 1 x GSO-3(CI)(Capt). 1 x GSO-3(Int-CI) (Capt). 1 x GSO-3(Psy W)(Capt).
(1)
A Br. 1 x DAAG (Maj) and 1 x SC 'A' (Capt).
(2)
Q Br. 1 x DAQMG (Maj) and 1 x SC 'C' (Capt)
(3)
HQ Coy. 1 x Coy Comd (Maj).
b. CI Br (For 24 Inf Div only). Headed by GSO-1(CI) Lt Col) who is assisted by the fol :
c.
A & Q Br. Headed by AA&QMG (Lt Col).
(a)
Def Pl. Pl Comd(JCO). (i)
3 x Rifle Sec of 10 pers. 22 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(ii)
1 x MG Sec of 10 pers 6 x MG Nos(Sec).
(iii)
1 x Rifle Sec - War increment.
(b)
MT Pl. 1 x MT JCO(WO) ASC & Pers 28.
(c)
Admin Pl. 23 x pers.
d. EME Br. Headed by CEME (Lt Col) who is assisted by 1 x DADEME (Maj) and 1 x ISA(Capt).
e. Ord Br. Headed by ADOS (Lt Col) who is assisted by 1 x DADOS (Maj) and 1 x ATO (Capt). f. Med Br. Headed by ADMS (Col) who is assisted by 1 x DADMS (Maj) and 1 x DADH (Maj). g. Tree form of HQ Inf Div is given as Anx 'B' to this precis.
HQ Log Area/ Area HQ
17. Msn. Will ex Area HQ’s function over units/ instls/ institutions not placed under any fd fmn/other Area HQ in BD. 18.
Functions.
a. The supervision of trg of units etc, which will be under op con in war and of AHQ tp units where specified. b.
Prep of schemes and plans for aid to civ power and for the op of Log Area.
c.
Admin of under comd sta HQ and units / Instl / Institutions.
d. Local Admin of AHQ tps and Army pers of Inter Svcs units, where not otherwise specified. e. Admin and trg of BNCC and other territorial forces unless otherwise specified.
19.
f.
Admin of Armed svc board.
g.
Admin of MES wks unless otherwise specified.
h.
Admin of Mil Lands and Cantt, unless otherwise specified.
Org. Outline org is given below : a.
A & Q Br. Headed by AA&QMG(Lt Col). (1)
A Br. 1 x DAAG (Maj) & 1 x SC 'A'(Capt).
(2)
Q Br. 1 x DAQMG(Maj) & 1 x SC(ST) (Capt).
(3)
Estb Br. 1 x OC HQ Coy(Lt/Capt). 23 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b.
GS Br. Headed by 1 x GSO-2(Maj) who is assisted by 1 x GSO-3(Capt).
c.
Edn Br. Headed by 1 x GSO-3/2(Capt/Maj) who is assisted by 1 x Edn JCO.
d.
ST Br. Headed by 1 x ADST(Lt Col) and assisted by 1 x DADST(Maj).
e. Med Br. Headed by 1 x DADMS(Maj). f. Ord Br. Headed by 1 x ADOS (Lt Col) who is assisted by 1 x DADOS (Maj) and 1 x ATO(Lt/Capt).
g. EME Br. Headed by 1 x DADEME (Maj) who is assisted by 1 x SC (Capt) and 1 x ISA (Lt/ Capt).
Inf Bde HQ 20.
Msn. To ex op and admin comd and con over the units placed under comd.
21. Capabilities. Comd, staff planning, admin con and supervision of ops the Inf Bde under guidance of Inf Div. 22.
Org. Headed by Comd(Brig). Out line org is given below :
a. GS Br. Headed by 1 x BM(Maj) who is assisted by 1 x GSO-2(Maj)(For CHT only), 1 x GSO-3(Ops), 1 x GSO-3(Int)(Capt) and 1 x GSO-3(Edn)(Capt), By virtue of his appt he (BM)is also OC HQ Tps.
Sta HQ
b. A & Q Br. Headed by 1 x DAA&QMG(Maj) who is assisted by 1 x SC(Capt) and 1 x BOJCO(Ord) and 1 x SC(S&T) Capt for war.
23.
Msn. To ex comd and con over units placed under it and ensure admin of the sta.
24.
Functions. It has the fol functions : a. To look after the trg and discipline of all tps in the sta with the exception of tps under fd/static fmn and AHQ tps. b. To org static admin in the sta and full local admin of all tps placed directly under comd. c.
Local protective measures of the sta incl scheme and fixing of bounds.
d. Adoption of measures nec for the maint of hygiene conditions and good health of the tps of the sta. e. Coord of staff work on sta matters as may arise between units and collection and distr of correspondence incl invitation cards. f. Detailing of tps economy wagons, convening of sta boards etc and make provision for sta sports and recreation. g. h.
Con of mov of civ within the cantt area and issue of nec pass to the civ. Detailing of sy gds for specified units/instl as and when reqr. 24 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 25.
Org. There are 3 types of Sta HQ eg. cl 'A' (large), Cl 'B' (Med) and Cl 'C' (small).
Concl 26. Org of a particular estb is framed to facilitate its functioning, In accomplishment of any task if it is experienced that some modification (addition or deletion) is nec, the case may be sponsored through Army Standing Estb Committee(ASEC). Enough flexibility should therefore be catered in the org. Org should not dictate the MSN/task but MSN/task should provide the outline frame of org.
25 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
PART II - CONTROLLER GEN DEF FIN(CGDF) 1.
The Controller General, Defence Fin has the following subordinate office : a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
Function 2.
Office of the Fin Controller, Army. Office of the Fin Controller, Navy. Office of the Fin Controller, Air Force. Office of the Fin Controller, Def Purchase. Office of the Fin Controller, Works. Office of the Fin Controller, Bangladesh Ord Factory. Office of the Fin Controller, Misc.
The function allocated to the Def Fin Depart are shown below : a.
Accounting. (1) Keeping the Def Acct (i.e, Mil Acct) under the Admin Control of Min of Def. (2) Submission of periodical Fin/Accounting Reports/statement incl yr Appropriation Accts to the Controller and Auditor Gen ( C & AG ) through the Min of Def as and when reqr by the C & AG. (3) Compilation and Consolidation of the Annual Accts in respect of Bangladesh Def Svc receipts and expenditure. (4) Issuing of nec instr to Fin Controller in matters relating to InternalAudit, Accts and procedure etc either on this resp, or after orders of the Govt.
(5) b.
Sup/Disbursement and Control of cash.
Internal - Audit (1) Carr out Internal/primary Audit either pre or post (Nonstatutory/Test Audit which will be carr out by the Dte of Audit, Def Svc) to suit the Indl Svc reqr, depending on their Internal practices or auth Internal Auditing system. (2) Assist in Statutory/Test Audit which is to be done by the Directorate of Defence Audit. (3) General Scruting of questions dealing with interpretation of Rules and Regulations and appeals against Internal Audit/Advising decisions given by Fin Controllers.
c. Financial Advice. functions :
As Financial-Advisers, the FCs will have the fol
(1) Examine and render advice on 'Budget' Estimate and Reviews' prepared by the Director of Budget or Supported Defence - Offrs before their submission to the Service Chiefs and subsequently to the Ministry of Defence. 26 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED (2)
Assist in the Scruting of all "New Budget Measures".
(3) Assist in processing all case with the Government which require Government approval. (4) Assist in Internal - Auditing, assist in External/ Statutory-Auditing, and Account-keeping by advising the Services Chiefs and his other related offrs by liasoning among processing cases with the relevant authorities. (5) Assist in speedy disbursement of pay, pension and Allowance to the personnel by liaisoning between the Service Headquarters/other offrs and the relevant authorities. (6) Assist in speedy scruting of contractual or purchasing documents for projects works and stores purchases. d.
Departmental Administrations : (1) Organisation (establishment) and manning of the DFD including recruiting, promotions, training/dev of the DFD personnel i.e Personnel Management for the DFD. (2) Various DFD Offices/Offrs like the Service-FCs and Area-FCs etc, will be under the technical control of their respective superior DFD offrs. Also their promotions, posting, terms and conditions of service will be controlled by the DFD offrs under the Ministry of Defence. However, for the departmentalisation, the various DFD offices/ offrs will be 'attached' with their corresponding supported Defence-Offices/ Offrs for the fol partial/local admin controls. (a) Accommodation, office timing, local security (Accommodation to be budgeted from the appropriate Military/ Defence Accounts Heads to be created). (b) Casual leave and recommendation for earned leave which is to be controlled by the DFD offrs. (c) A part of their Annual Confidential Reports concerning the relevant points and views of the supported Defence offrs. (d) Regulation of tours, submission of necessary reports and returns and attending cases of priority. (e) For Account keeping Internal-Auditing, assisting in external and Statutory-Auditing and providing Financial-Advance as much as these concern the supported Defence offices.
4.
Some of the salient points for implementing functions : a. 'DIFFERENCE BY THE FIN CONTROLLERS(FCs). The FCs as Fin Advisers(FAs) will not exercise 'rowers of concurrence' as used to be done earlier by the FAs. However, the CGDF will work out 'advising-levels of various FCs in terms of financial limits and 'Nature of cases' in consultation with the Service Chiefs/ 27 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Headquarters to suit their individual reqr and obtain the approval of the Ministry of Defence in this behalf. The FCs will be free within the rules to advise the supported offrs (Service Chiefs or their delegated offrs), and free to discuss the interpretation of the Financial Rules/ Regulations. They can 'differ' from the supported offrs, and the supported offrs will have powers to over rule their 'difference'. However, the resp will be overruling supported offrs. The supporting FCs will have the right to refer the difficult cases though technical(Fin) channel to their superior offrs upto the CGDF and MOD/MOF for interpretation/ advice etc. In exceptional cases of 'difference' they can advise the supported offrs to refer the cases of difference to higher authorities or the Government and or to the C-in-C. Such reference will be binding on the supported offrs. b. CLOSE ASSOCIATION OF THE FIN CONTROLLERS (FCs) WITH THE SERVICE HEADQUARTERS. Consistent with the principles underlying the new system, the following procedure shall be adopted in obtaining financial advice and in associating the FCs with cases which fall within the delegate authority of the Service Chiefs : (1) Committees. Full use of the FCs should be made by nominating them as members of policy and priority committees, at the discretion of the Service Chiefs. (2) Establishments. The FCs will be associated with the review or reorganisation of military units and formations involving changes in manpower or requirement. (3) Indents. All indents not involving items included in the Annexure 'A' may be finalised by the Service Headquarters, with the advice from the FCs. (Advising level to be decided as per paragraph 25 of the letter mentioned in paragraph 1).
(4)
WORKS.
(a) The FCs will be associated with works proposals at the stage of scrutiny of projects and contract agreements. Internal/preaudit scrutiny will be done by the works FCs in place of normal audit as is being done by the relevant Controller of Military Account(CMA) at present. (b) To avoid audit objections at a later stage, admin sanctions issued by Service Headquarters or any other Ministry of Defence organisations, which have financial implications, should preferably be endorsed. (Advising levels to be decided as per paragraph 25 of the latter mentioned in paragraph 1). c. CLOSE LIAISON BETWEEN THE SERVICE HEADQUARTERS AND THE CONTROLLER GENERAL DEFENCE FIN. Close liaison should be maintained between the CGDF and the service Headquarters. There will not be a senior FC(SFC) at each Service Headquarters and it should be possible for the administration to know more fully the problems relating to fin, audit and maintenance of accounts in the Armed Forces. Formation or Admin or Logistic Commanders should also have closer association with their corresponding regional/ relevant FCs, one of whose recognised functions is the provide ' Financial Advise' 28 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
to Commanders. Personal contact and mutual human relation should solve many problems. 5. The FCs should be encouraged to visit fd units to familiarizes themselves with the working of the Armed Forces. Existing Org
6. The Defence Department has inherited a sanctioned strength of 1806 posts. Classwise breakup is 86 Class-I, 188 Class-II, 1391 Class-III and 141 Class-IV. As many as 202 posts are lying vacant. The existing organisation chart is given in Annexure 'AI' (att). Charter of Duties 7. The revised distribution of duties amount the different offrs of the Defence Fin Department is shown in Annexure 'B' (att). Wk Load
8. This Department will have to cater to the accounts needs of all the br of the Defence Services. But since this is a newly organised department it is difficult to make an exact assessment of work load at this stage. It will be possible to do this after the Department settles down to work. Other Details
9. Offrs. The Department has inherited 85 Class-I Offrs from the merging departments, whose particulars are given in Annexure 'C' (Not att). 10. Transports. State of transports as inherited by the new department is given in Annexure 'L' (Not att). Obsns and Recoms
11. After thorough discussion with the offrs of the Department the Committee recommends certain modifications in the organisation which, it is expected, will increase the efficiency of the Department to a great extent, in comparison to which the additional expenditure will be negligible. The revised organisation is given in Anx 'K'. 12.
Concl
The abbreviations used in the book are given in Anx 'L'.
13. This will be a new organisation which, it is expected, will render better service to the Defence Service. 14. After careful study the organisational set up as recommended by Ministry of Defence having 1899 post has been reorganised to 1861 keeping in view the job description and maximum extent of delegation of power.
29 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED ╔═══════════╗ ║ C G D F ║ (1861) ╚════╤══════╝ │ Pers(109) │ 1 x CGDF │ 1 X JCGDF │ 1 X DCDDF │ 5 X ACDDF │ 11 X SAS Suptd │ 55 x Auditor (UDA) │ 1 x Stenographer │ 1 x Stenotypist │ 11 x Record Keeper │ 1 x Dvr │ 1 x Tel Op │ 1 x Duplicating Machine Op │ 1 x Cashier │ 1 x Daftary │ 11 x MLSS │ 2 x GD │ 1 x Sweeper ┌───────────────────┬──────┴──────────┬─────────────────┐ ┌───┴────────┐ ┌─────┴──────┐ ┌──────┴──────┐ ┌───────┴───┐ │FC ARMY Att │ │FC NAVY Att │ │FC AIR FORCE │ │ (442) │ │with AHQ │ │with NHQ │ │Att with Air │ │ (Page-) │ │(902) │ │(186) │ │HQ (220) │ │ │ └────────────┘ └────────────┘ └─────────────┘ └───────────┘ Pers(45) (Page- ) Pers(60) (Page- ) 1 x SFC 1 x SFC (FC) 1 x FSC(Gen)(JFC) 2 x DFC 1 x FSO-II (DP)(DFC) 2 x AFC 1 x FSO (Wk) (DFC) 4 x DAFC 1 x FSC-III (Pay (DFC) 5 x SAS Suptd 1 x FSC-III (Audit)(DFC) 25 x Auditor (UDA) 1 x DAFC 1 x Stenotypist 3 x SAS Suptd 6 x Jr Auditor 15 x Auditor (UD) (LDA-cum-Typist) 1 x Stenotypist 1 x Checque Op/Writer) 5 x Jr Auditor 1 x Record Keeper (LDA -cum-Typist) 1 x Cashier 1 x Cashier 1 x Dvr 1 x Dvr 1 x Duplicating 1 x Duplicating Machine Op Machine Op 1 x Daftary 1 x Daftary 4 x MLSS 6 x MLSS 2 x GD 2 x GD 1 x Sweeper 1 x Sweeper
ANX 'K'
RESTRICTED ┌──────────────────── ┬───────────────────┐ ┌─────┴────────┐ ┌──────┴───────┐ ┌───────┴───────┐ │FC Army Pay-1 │ │FC Ctg (Army) │ │FC Savar (Army │ │Att with AG`s │ │Att with Area │ │Att with Area │ │Br │ │HQ Ctg │ │HQ Savar │ └──────────────┘ └──────────────┘ └───────────────┘ Pers(179) │ Pers(22) Pers (22) 1xJFC │ 1xJFC 1xJFC 2xDFC │ 1xDFC 1xDFC 3xAFC │ 3xSAS Suptd 1xSAS Suptd 4xDAFC │ 10xAuditor(UDA) 10xAuditor(UDA) 21xSAS Suptd │ 1xStenotypist 1xStenotypist 105xAuditor(UDA)│ 1xJr Auditor 1xJr Auditor 1xStenotypist │ (LDA-cum-Typist) (LDA-cum21xJr Auditor │ 3xMLSS Typist) (LDA-cum-Typist)│ 1xGd 2xMLSS 2xCheque Op/ │ 1xSweeper 1xGD Writer │ 1xSweeper 1xDvr ┌─────────────────────────────── ┐ 1xDuplicating │ ┌─ ┴─────────────┐ ┌───────┴───────┐ Machine Op │ │FC Dhaka(Army) │ │FC Bogra(Army) │ 14xMLSS │ │Att with Log Area │ │Att with Area │ 2xGD │ └──────────────────┘ │HQ North Bengal│ 1xSweeper │ └───────────────┘ │ Pers(60) Pers(19) │ 1xJFC 1xJFC │ 1xDFC 3xSAS(Suptd) │ 4xSAS Suptd 10xAuditor(UDA) │ 40xAuditor(UDA) 1xJr Auditor │ 1xStenotypist (LDA-cum-Typist) │ 6xJr Auditor 1xStenotypist │ 2xMLSS 1xSLSS │ 4xGD 1xGD │ 1xSweeper 1xSweeper │ ─── ───────────────────────── ┐ ┌──────────┴───────────────┐ ┌─────────── ┴────────────┐ │JFC Comilla(A) │ │ JFC Jessore │ │(Att with Area HQ Comilla│ │ Att with Area HQ Jessore │ └──────────────────────────┘ └──────────────────────────┘ Pers(20) Pers(19) 1xJFC 1xJFC 3xSAS Suptd 3xSAS Suptd 10xStenotypist 10xAuditor(UDA) 1xJr Auditor(LDA-cum-Typist) 1xStenotypist 2xMLSS 1xJr Auditor 1xGD (LDA-cum-Typist) 1xSweeper 1xMLSS 1xGD 1xSweeper
RESTRICTED ┌─────────┬──────────────────┬─────────────────┐ │ ┌──────┴───────┐ ┌─────┴────────┐ ┌───┴─────────┐ │ │FC Jessore Air│ │FC Dhaka Air │ │FC Ctg Air │ │ │(Att with Base│ │(Att with Base│ │(Att with │ │ │Comd Jessore) │ │Comd Dhaka) │ │Base Comd Ctg│ │ └──────────────┘ └──────────────┘ └─────────────┘ │ Pers(53) Pers(55) Pers(53) │ 1xDFC 1xJFC 1xJFC │ 7xAuditor 1xDFC 7xSAS Suptd │ 5xJr Auditor 7xSAS Suptd 35xAuditor(UDA) │ (LDA-cum-typist) 35xAuditor(UDA) 5xJr Auditor │ 4xMLSS 1xStenotypist (LAD-cum-typist) │ 1xSweeper 6xJr Auditor (LDA-cum-typist) 4xMLSS │ 4xMLSS 1xGD │ 1xGD │ └───┬──────────────┬──────────────┬────────────────┐ ┌────┴─────┐ ┌─────┴─────┐ ┌─────┴──────┐ ┌───────┴────────┐ │FC Dhaka │ │FC Navy(Att│ │FC Ctg Navy │ │FC Khulna Navy │ │Navy (Att │ │with NHQ │ │(Att with │ │(Att with No 10 │ │with Naval│ │ │ │com ctg Base│ │Khulna │ │Base Dhaka│ └───────────┘ └────────────┘ └────────────────┘ └──────────┘ Pers(45) Pers(46) Pers(57) 1xSFC(FC) 1xDFC 6xSAS Suptd Pers(38) 2xDFC 5xSAS Suptd 40xAuditor(UDA) 1xJFC(FC) 3xAFC 30xAuditor 5xJr Auditor 5xSAS Suptd 3xAFC (UDA) (LDA-cum-Typist 20xAuditor 5xSAS Suptd 5xJr Auditor 4xMLSS (UDA) 15xAuditor (LDA-cum1xGD 4xJr Auditor (UDA) Typist) (LDA-cum1xStenotypist 4xMLSS Typist 3xJr Auditor 1xGD 1xStenotypist (UDA-cum4xMLSS Typist 1xGD 1xCashier 1xSweeper 1xCheque Op/ writer 1xRecord keeper 1xDvr 1xDuplicating Machine Op 1xDaftary 4xMLSS 2xGd 1xSweeper
┌────────────────┬────────────────┬─────────────┐ ┌────┴──────┐ ┌───┴─────┐ ┌─────┴──────┐ ┌────┴─────┐ │FC Misc(Att│ │FC DP(Att│ │FC Works(Att│ │FC BOF(Att│ │with CGDF │ │with DGDP│ │with E-in-C │ │with BOF │ └───────────┘ └─────────┘ └────────────┘ └──────────┘ Pers(47) Pers(108) Pers(200) 1xJFC 1xSFC(FC) 1xSFC 1xDFC 3xDFC 3xDFC 1xAFC 2xAFC 8xDAFC
Pers(81) 1xJFC 2xDFC/CAO 1xAFC
6xSAS Suptd 30xAuditor(UDA) 1xStenotypist (LDA-cum-typist) 1xDvr 1xDuplicating Machine Op 3xMLSS 1xGD 1xSweeper
1.
RESTRICTED
2xDAFC 12xSAS Suptd 60xAuditor(UDA) (UDA) 12xJr Auditor (LDA-cumStenotypist) 1xStenotypist 1xCashier 1xCheque Op/ Writer 1xRecord Keeper 1xDvr 1xDaftary 7xMLSS 2xGd 1xSweeper
24xSAS Suptd 12xAuditor 45xAuditor(UDA) 1xStenotypist 24xJr Auditor (LDA-cumStenotypist 1xCashier 1xRecord Keeper 1xDvr 1xDuplicating Machine Op 12xMLSS 2xGD 1xSweeper
9xDAFC 9xSAS Suptd
1xStenotypist 1xCashier 2xCheque Op/ Writer 1xDvr 1xDuplicating Machine Op 4xMLSS 1xSweeper
AUTH OF TPTS AND OFFICE EQPT
Tpt. The office is auth the fol tpts :
a. 8 x Cars, 1 for CGDF, 1 for SFC(Army), 1 for SFC(Air Force), 1 for SFC(Navy), 1 for SFC(Wks), 1 for SFC(DP), 1 for FC(Army) pay-1 and 1 for FC(Army) Pay-II. b. 8 x Microbus, 1 for CGDF SOs, 1 for SFC (Army) SOs, 1 for SFC ( Air Force) SOs, 1 for SFC (Navy) SOs, 1 for SFC (DP) SOs, 1 for SFC (Wks) SOs, 1 for FC (Army) Pay-1 SOs and 1 for FC (Army) Pay-II SOs. c. 2.
8 x MC for DR duties iro above mentioned eight offices ( Para 1 (b).
Office Eqpt. The office eqpts is auth : a.
4 x plain paper Copier, one Machine for 8 Offices as mentioned above.
RESTRICTED b.
4 x Duplicating Machine for 4 FC Offices.
d.
12 x Typewriter for 3 SFC/FC Offices.
c.
e. f.
ABBR CGDF
6 x Cheque Writing Machine for 6 SFC/FC Offices. 8 x Calculating Machine for 4 SFC/FC Offices.
8 x Bicycle for 8 Offices as mentioned above ( for Messengers only). : Controller General Defence Fin.
JCGDF : Joint Controller General Defence Fin. SFC
: Senior Fin Controller.
JFC
: Joint Fin Controller
DAFC
: Deputy Assistant Fin Controller
FC
: Fin Controller.
DFC
: Deputy Fin Controller
SUMMARY OF MANPOWER S/No
Name of post
1.
CGDF
3.
FC
2. 4. 5.
JCGDF JFC
DFC/DCGDF
S/No
Name of post
6.
AFC
8.
Cl - II
7. 9.
10. G Total :
Sanctioned 1
1
1
1
5
18
54
Cl - III
1390
Revised 1
1
5
3
17
Sanctioned
DAFC
Cl - IV
Existing
4 188
142
3
Existing
54 1209
4 188
122 1806
5 31
13
Revised
46 1368
18 214
164
1604
1861
RESTRICTED
CHARTER OF DUTIES 1.
Controller General, Defence Fin : a.
To act as admin head with the resp for overall administration of the Department.
b. To act as an adviser to the admin Ministry on technical matters and on formation of policies concerning the Department. c. To be resp for administration and execution of function of entire Accounts Department as per Acts, Ordnance, Rules and Regulation of Government. d.
To act as principal Accounting Officer of the Department within the budget provision.
e. To provide executive operational guidance to all subordinate accounts offices to carr out the function entrusted with the department. f.
To be resp for proper functioning and discipline of the Department.
g. To make codes/Manuals and give directions in respect of all matters pertaining to Accounts. h.
To prescribe the form and manner of keeping the Defence Accounts.
j. To issue accounts rulings and instr which will be binding on all organizations of defence services. k. To be resp for appointing class-I offrs by promotion from class-II offrs and appointing class-II offrs by promotion from class-III staff through examination as well as direct appointment of class-II offrs of the entire department.
RESTRICTED l. To be resp for appointing classes-II, III and IV employees of the Department as per existing procedure. m.
To be resp for transfer and posting of all offrs and staff.
n. To be resp for issuing clear standing orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs service under him. o.
To control and supervise the work of the Department.
p.
To allocate duties of senior offrs as and when reqr.
q. To represent the Department and where personal representation is not possible to select representative on his behalf. r.
To act as appellate authority for all offrs and staff members in discipline matters.
s. To make arrangement for carr out the internal audit of the accounts of the Defence Services. t. To render the accounts reports to the Ministry of Defence and to the C&AG as and when reqr. u.
To make arrangement for assisting the statuary Audit.
v. To make arrangement for keeping the Accounts and carr out internal Audit of any organisation which will be entrusted, to him by the Government. w.
To grant earned leave etc to all class-I offrs under him.
x. To meet all offrs under him located in the same sta once in a month to review cases pending for disposal for over a month. y. To inspect his office at least once in a month and field offices at least once in a quarter in addition to annual inspection. z. Ensure revenue collection where applicable and safe guard Government property under his charge.
2.
aa.
To be resp for maintaining proper security measures of the Department.
bb.
Any other duties assigned by the Government.
Joint Controller General Defence Fin (General). a. To assist the CGDF in the interpretation of Govt orders, rules and regulations having financial implication. b.
To clarify all procedural issues referred to the CGDF by different Fin Controllers.
c. To arrange for the inspection of all FC's office and to submit inspection reports to the CGDF. d. To countersign all bills and vouchers pertaining to CGDF office as and when delegated by CGDF. e.
To accept GP Fund nomination and contingent notice of cancellation.
RESTRICTED f.
To issue, destroy and re-issue of perm Indent card.
g.
To issue order and instr approved by CGDF and higher authorities.
h.
To exercise budgetary control over all expenditure of the DFD.
j.
To assist the CGDF in Financial matters.
k. To assist the CGDF relating to the cases of principles of accounting and opening of heads of accounts. l.
To review the monthly accounts and preliminary actually submitted by different FCs.
m.
To review annual accounts of exchange accounts.
n. To review monthly reconciliation statement of receipts and expenditures of different FCs offices. p. To examine the Annual Appropriation Accounts and Fin Accounts of various FCs offices and arrange for the printing. q.
To prepare consolidated General Financial statement.
r. To examine commercial Accounts of commercial undertakings under the Defence Service. s. To assist the CGDF relating to the cases of principles of accounting and opening of heads of accounts. 3.
Deputy Controller General, Defence Fin (Administration). a.
To assist the CGDF in the overall administration of the Department.
b.
To assist the CGDF in dealing with all cases of administration of all offices and staff.
c. To assist the CGDF in cases of Recruitment, Condition of service, posting transfer of all offrs and staff. d.
To assist the CGDF in all disciplinary cases of offrs and staff.
e. To assist the CGDF in the case of sanctioning of leave to all FCs Gp Offrs of CGDF's office. f.
To assist the CGDF in the internal administration of the CGDF office.
g.
To process the training cases of DFD offrs and staff.
h. To assist in office security, maintenance of office equipment furniture and fixture, office supplies in respect of all DFC's offices as well as CGDF's office. j.
To examine cases Relating to manpower requirement of the DFD.
k. To assist CGDF in conducting subordinate Accounts service Examination and all other department examinations. l.
To assist the CGDF in promotion/demotion cases of all offrs and staff of the DFD.
RESTRICTED
m. To assist the CGDF in the matter of sanction of pension/ Gratuity/ Commutation of all offrs and staff of the DFD. n. To assist the CGDF in respect of Annual Confidential Report (ACR) of offrs and staff of the DFD. p. To assist the CGDF in processing the case of House Building, Motor Car, Motor Cycle, Cycle, GPF, Loan and Advances of the DFD offrs and staff.
4.
q.
To determine and process the accommodation cases.
r.
To prescribe and process the cases of reports and returns of admin nature.
Deputy Controller General, Defence Fin (Procedure). a. To assist the CGDF in the matter of Audit and Scrutiny of sanction and orders issued by Govt and other authorities. b.
To arrange for internal audit of all units/formations of Defence Services.
c. To arrange for the inspection of all Units/ Formations of the Defence Services relating to internal audit and submission of reports to the CGDF. d. To prescribe and process the cases of all reports and returns other than admin nature. e. To review the existing manuals, codes, rules and regulations in connection with Defence Accounts with the approval of the CGDF. f.
To arrange for printing and distribution of Defence cheques, forms etc.
g.
To arrange for research works.
h. To deal with all audit questions which are referred to or which fall within the review of the CGDF as the head of the DFD in Bangladesh. j.
To issue instr relating to Accounts with the approval of the CGDF.
k. To process the cases of counting of former services, promotions, demotion, resignation, discharge etc. 5.
Assistant Controller General, Def Fin (Admin) a. To arrange for recruitment, promotion, posting, transfer, pension cases in respect of all offrs and staff. b.
To arrange for ACR.
c.
To initiate appeals, representation, case of offrs and staff.
d. To initiate departmental examination SAS Examination, training cases. e. To initiate departmental manpower, organisation, strength of the DFD various FC's offices. f. To deal with the cases of sup of stationery, typewriter, printing & binding works of Controller's offices. g.
To deal with all reports and returns and returns of admin nature.
h.
RESTRICTED
To deal with offices accommodation of all offices under DFD.
j. To deal with the cases of grant of house building, Motor Car, Motor Cycle, GP Fund Loans & Advances.
6.
7.
k.
To deal with all retirement cases.
l.
To deal with condition of service.
m.
To deal with all leave cases of offrs & others referred to CGDF.
n.
To deal with decision cases of Admin nature.
Assistant Controller General, Defence Fin (Discipline and Budget. a.
To deal with all cases discipline/dismissal/removal.
b.
To deal with all cases submitted to CGDF as appellate authority.
c.
To prepare budget for DFD.
Assistant Controller General, Defence Fin(CO-Ordination). a.
To deal with appropriate cases, audit certificate, audit reports, PAC reports etc.
b. To arrange for internal audit/instr of various units and formations of Defence Services. c.
To deal with general state reports and monthly progress report.
d. To deal with research work including fixation of scales of different items of works dealt with in DFD. e. 8.
Revision, Printing of departmental books etc.
Assistant Controller General, Defence Fin (Accounts). a. To deal with the cases of principles of Accounting and opening of Heads of Accounts. b. To deal with the cases of review of monthly Accounts and Preliminary Accounts submitted by the different Fin controllers. c.
To review annual Accounts of Exchange Accounts.
d. To review monthly reconciliation statement of receipts and expenditure of different FC's offices. e. To examine the annual appropriation Accounts and Fin Accounts of various FC's Offices and arrange for their printing.
9.
f.
To prepare consolidated General Financial statements.
g.
To examine commercial accounts of commercial undertaking.
Assistant Controller General, DEFENCE Fin(General Record, Pay). a.
To deal with the cases of internal administration and discipline.
b.
Preparation of pay bills, etc of the CGDF personnel.
RESTRICTED c.
To issue, destroy and re-issue of perm identity cards of CGDF offrs and staff.
d.
Transfer/posting of all offrs and staff of the CGDF offices.
e. To deal with cash Accounts of CGDF office for purpose of purchasing Miscellaneous items. f.
To deal with diariesing, despatching of letters.
g.
To keep stamp Accounts and all other stationery Accounts.
h. To deal with all typing work and maintenance of type writing machines, duplication machines etc. j. To deal with all pay Accounts of all offrs of the DFD maintenance of History of services of all DFD offrs. k. 10.
To process the pension cases of all DFD Offrs.
Assistant Controller General, Defence Fin (Audit). a. To deal with Audit Questions which are referred to or which fall within the purview of CGDF. b. To maintain an up-to-date library of books of regulations, orders etc, and sup of these books and regulations to FC's offices. c. To deal with the cases of counting of former services of both offrs and others ranks of Army/Navy/Air Forces.
11.
d.
To scrutinize the Govt orders, sanctions etc relating to the financial matters.
e.
To deal with all cases of decisions other than admin nature.
FC Army will perform the following duties : a.
Overall charge/Control of his office.
b. Examine and render advice on Budget Estimates and reviews by the Army Headquarters, (Budget Directorate) before submission to the Chief of the Army Staff and subsequently to the MOD. c.
Scrutiny of all "New Budget Measures".
d.
Assist AHQ in processing all cases which will require Govt approval.
e. Issue of instr and guidelines to his subordinate Fin Controllers for efficient audit of Expenditure from Defence Services Estimate. f. Providing advice to the Chief of the Staff, Army and his other related offrs by liaisoning among and processing cases related to internal/statutory auditing and Account keeping. g. General scrutiny of questions relating to the cases in which Functional or area FC's have been over-ruled by the supported Army Offrs. h.
Laying down decisions in cases referred to him by his functional and area FC's.
RESTRICTED
j. Posting, transfer and other Admin work in respect of offrs and non-gazetted staff of his office. k. Compilation and consolidation of monthly and annual Accounts in respect of Army receipts and expenditures. l. Submission of monthly/quarterly/yearly accounts, reports, statements etc, to the CGDF as and when reqr by him. m.
Dealing with Military Railway and Credit notes.
n.
Controlling and Supporting the work of his office.
o.
Granting of earn leave to all offrs and staff under him.
p.
Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
q.
Ensure revenue collection where applicable and safeguard government property.
r.
Maintenance of proper scrutiny measures of the office.
s. To be resp for the administration and execution of the office as per Act, Ordinance, Rules and Regulations and directives issued by the Government from time to time. t. To be resp for proper functioning and discipline of the office. u. To be resp for issuing clear Standing Orders laying down the maximum extent of delegations of powers to the officer serving under him. v.
Any other duties asg by the Govt.
12. Fin Controller, Army will have the following subordinate Fin Controllers (Functional and Area FC's) Offices : a. Office of the Fin Controller, Army Pay-I(Attached with Adjutant General for offrs and Civilians).
13.
b. ORs).
Office of Fin Controller, Army, Pay-II (Attached with Adjutant General for JCOs and
c.
Office of Fin Controller, Dhaka Army(Attached with Log Area, Dhaka).
d.
Office of the Fin Controller, Chittagong Army (Attached with Chittagong Area HQ).
e.
Office of Fin Controller, Savar Army (Attached with Savar GOC).
f.
Office of the Fin Controller, Comilla(Attached with Comilla Area HQ).
g.
Office of the Fin Controller, Bogra Army(Attached with Bogra Area HQ).
h.
Office of the Fin Controller, Jessore Army(Attached with Jessore Area HQ).
Fin Controller, Army Pay-1 will have the rank of JFC. He will have the following functions : a.
Overall charge/control of his office.
b.
Maintenance of accounts of all Army Offrs, Nursing Offrs and Civilians of the Army.
c.
Assisting supported Army Officer in Account-Keeping, external or statuary auditing.
RESTRICTED
d. Preparation and submission of monthly/quarterly/yearly accounts, reports, statements etc relating to Army(Offrs and Civilians) receipts and expenditures to the FC Army as and when reqr by him. e.
Maintenance of Army Offrs and Civilians DSOP Fund/GP Fund Accounts.
f.
Payment of Pay and allowances and TA/DA to DFD Offrs and staff of his office.
g.
Audit and disbursement of pension in respect of Army offrs.
h.
Controlling and Supervising the work of his office.
j. k.
Granting of earned leave to all offrs and staff under him. Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
l. Ensure Revenue Collection where applicable and safeguard the government property. m.
Maintenance of proper security measures of the office.
n. To be resp for the administration and execution of the office as per Acts, Ordinance, Rules and Regulations and directives issues by the government from time to time. p.
To be resp for proper functions and discipline of the office.
q. To be resp for issuing Clear Standing Orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs serving under him. r. 14.
Any other duties assigned by the government.
Fin controller Army Pay-II will be of the rank of JFC. He will have the following functions : a.
Overall charge/control of his office.
b. Maintenance of pay accounts on war system of Bangladesh Army JCO's and ORs through Field Pay Offices, attached to various Regiments, Non-Regimental Centers and Record Offices. c.
Provision of Funds to Army Imprest Holders.
d. Payment of Miscellaneous (Unit etc) allowances in respect of all Army Units and Formations. e. Audit and Payment of all bills of local purchase of Stores, hired transport etc in respect of al Army Units and Formations. f. Audit and payment of all Telephone bills in respect of all Army Units and Formations. g. Maintenance of Field Imprest Holders Suspense Ledger and watching of Adjutant thereof. h.
Payment of pay and allowances and TA/DA to DFD Offrs and staff of his office.
j. Consolidations of Army Accounts of all receipts and expenditure according to Major/Minor/Sub-Head of Govt Accts. k.
Renditions of reports and returns of Fd Army as and when reqr by him.
l.
RESTRICTED
Maintenance of DSP Fund Accounts.
m. Assisting supported Army Offrs in Account Keeping and external or statuary Auditing. n.
Audit and Disbursement of pension to all JCOs and ORs.
p.
Controlling and Supervising the work of his office
q.
Granting of earned leave to all Offrs and staff under him.
r.
Application of duties of officer as and when reqr.
s. ensure revenue Collection on where applicable and safeguard the government property. t.
Maintenance of proper security measures of the office.
u. To be resp for the administration and execution of function of the office as per acts, ordinance, rules and Regulations and directives issued by the government from time to time. v.
To be resp for proper functioning and discipline of the office.
w. To be resp for issuing Clear Standing Orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the officer's serving under him. x. 15.
16.
Any other duties assigned by the government.
Functions of Field Pay Offrs: a.
Maintenance of Individual Running Ledger Accounts in respect of JCOs & OR.
b.
Issue of Quarterly statement of Accounts in respect of each JCO and OR.
c.
Audit and Disbursement of pensions to JCO's & OR's.
FC Air Force will have the following duties: a.
Overall control/charge of his office.
b. Examine and render advice on "Budget Estimates and Reviews" prepared by the Air Headquarters or supported Air Force Budget Offrs before their submission to the Chief of the Staff, Air Force and subsequently to the MOD. c.
Assists in the scrutiny of all "New Budget Measures".
d.
Assist in processing of all cases which require Govt approval.
e. Carr out Internal Auditing and Account keeping by advising the Chief of the Staff, Air Force and his other related officer by liaisoning among and the processing cases with the relevant authorities. f. Arrange for speedy disbursement of pay, pension and allowance to the personnel by liaisoning between the Air Headquarters other Offrs and the relevant authorities. g.
Granting of earned leave to offrs and staff of his office.
h.
Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
RESTRICTED
j.
Ensure revenue collection when applicable and safeguard the property of Govt.
k.
Maintenance of security measures of his office.
l. Administration and execution of function of his offices. As per Act, Ordinance, rules and regulations and directive issued by the Govt from time to time. m.
Proper functioning and discipline of his office
n. Issuing of clear standing orders laying down the maximum extent of allegation of powers to the offrs serving under him. p. 17.
Any other duties assigned by the Govt.
FC Navy will have the following duties: a.
Overall control/charge of his office.
b. Examine and render advice on Budget Estimates and Reviews prepared by the Naval Headquarters or supported Naval Budget offrs before their submission to the Chief of Staff, Navy and subsequently to the MOD. c.
Assist in the scrutiny of all "New Budget Estimates".
d. Assist in processing all cases which reqr Govt approval. e. Carr out internal Auditing, assist in external/Statutory Auditing and Account keeping by advising the Chief of Staff, Navy and his other related offrs by liaisoning among and processing cases with the relevant authorities. f. Arrange for speedy disbursement pay, pension and allowances to the personnel by liaisoning among the Naval Headquarters/ the offrs and the relevant authorities. g. Arrange for preparation of wages sheets of labours employed in the dock-yard and disbursement of their wages. Maintenance of period store ledger of the Dock-yard and preparation of cost Accounts of Dock-yard workshops. h.
Granting of earned leave etc to offrs and staff of his office.
j.
Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
k. l.
Ensure revenue collection when applicable and safeguard the property of govt. Maintenance of security measures of his office.
m. Administration and executive of function of his office as per acts, ordinance, rules and regulations and directives issued by the govt from time to time. n.
Proper functioning and discipline of his office.
p. Issuing of clear standing orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs serving under him. q. 18.
Any other duties assigned by the govt.
FC Ordnance Factory Accounts will have the following duties : a.
Overall control/charge of his office.
RESTRICTED
b. Assist BOF by preparation and compilation of the stores and Manufacturing Accounts of Ordnance Factories and of the pay Accounts of the establishments employed therein. c. Examine and render advice on Budget Estimates and reviews prepared by the BOF before their submission to the MOD. d. Payment of pay, mention and allowances of all categories of Staff and offrs serving in the Ordnance Factory. e. Assist in speedly scrutiny of contractual or purchasing documents for project works and stores purchase. f. Carr out internal auditing and assist BOF in external/ statutory auditing by advising the BOF. g.
Granting earned leave etc to offrs and staff of his office.
h.
Allocation of duties of offrs and when reqr.
j.
Ensure revenue collection when applicable and safeguard the property of govt.
k.
Maintenance of security measures of his office.
l. Administration and execution of function of his office as per Acts, Ordinance, Rules and Regulations and directives issued by the govt from time to time. m.
Proper functioning and discipline of his office.
n. Issuing of clear standing orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs serving under him. p. 19.
Any other duties assigned by the govt.
FC DP(Attached with DGDP) will have the following duties : a.
Overall control/ charge of his office.
b. Examine and render financial advice in matters relating to contract for supplies to be made and services to be rendered to the defence. Audit and payment of bills for such supplies made or services rendered by Contractors and other sources, audit of Farm Accounts, Medical Store Depot and issues made on payment and pricing of Vouchers etc. c.
Scheduling of LP vouchers and HT Indents.
d.
Daily payment sheet preparation of (Day Book).
e. Assist in scrutinizing Comparative statements, of Tenders from Contractors for certain classes of contracts before contracts are sanctioned and execute by the DGDP. f. Assist in dealing with all works connected with the receipt and refund of security deposit. g. Payment of bills for stores purchased locally for DGDP for stock in sup or store Depots and for direct delivery to consuming units. h. Assist in all matters relating to opening of LC in respect of stores of foreign purchase.
RESTRICTED
j. The entries in the Income Tax Register will be made after passing the Contractors bills Scheduling and pricing of vouchers etc. k.
Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
l.
Ensure revenue collection when applicable and safeguard the property of govt.
m.
Maintenance of security measures of his office.
n. Administration and execution of function of his office as per acts, ordinance, Rules and regulations and directives, issued by the govt from time to time. p.
Proper functioning and discipline of his office.
q. Issuing of clear standing orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs serving under him. r.
20.
Any other duties assigned by the govt.
FC works (Attached with EinC) will have the following duties : a.
Overall control/charge of his office.
b. Audit of works expenditure which comes under the purview of the central audit under Head 8-MES. c.
Check of MES cash book, cash assignments and post audit of the paid bills.
d. Scrutiny of contract Agreements, amendments there to and lease agreements, adjust of TBOs, scrutiny of stats, scrutiny of monthly OIS, scrutiny of reappropriation of Buildings, scrutiny of Scrutiny of monthly expenditures. e.
Scrutiny of admin approvals to works and technical sanction.
f.
MES Budget appropriation/reappropriation of Budget etc.
g.
Payment of all sorts of Telephone bills.
h.
Scrutiny of Demolition state & sale A/Cs.
j.
Annual Review of MES Expenditure and reports and returns.
k. Post audit to bills paid by MES units and formations ie. GEs and AGEs after preliminary check by unit offrs/ accountants attended to those offices. l.
Placement of cash assignments of GEs, AGEs and MEOs.
m.
Local audit of MES units/ Formations.
n. Security of contractors claims and MES defence in connection with arbitration awards and rendition of financial advice thereon before submission to the Arbitrator. p.
Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
RESTRICTED
p.
Ensure revenue collection when applicable and safe guard property of govt.
q.
Maintenance of security measures of his office.
r. Administration and executive of function of his office as per acts, ordinance, rules and regulations and directives issued by the govt from time to time. s.
Proper functioning and discipline of his office.
t. Issuing of clear standing orders, laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs serving under him. u. 23.
Any other duties assigned by the govt.
Fin Controller, Misc, will have the following function : a.
Overall control' charge of his office.
b. Audit and payment of pay and allowances of offrs and staff of non-cbt organizations of Defence Services. c.
Audit and payment of TA/DA in respect of personnel referred to in a above.
d. Audit pay and allowances TA/DA in respect of DFD offrs and staff of the office of CGDF and his office. e. Audit and payment of bills of miscellaneous expenditures in respect of the office referred to in b and d above. f.
Maintenance of GP Fund Accounts in respect of offrs referred to in b and d above.
g. Preparation and submission of periodical Accounts of all receipts and expenditures received/incurred by him in respect of offrs referred to in b and d above to the CGDF as and when reqr by him. h. Audit and payment of local purchase of stores in respect of offices referred to in b and d above. j. Providing advice to offices referred to in b and d above in matters relating to acts keeping, preparation of budget estimates and external or statutory auditing. k.
Carr out local Audit of Accounts of Offices referred to in b above.
l.
Allocation of duties of offrs as and when reqr.
m.
Ensure revenue collection when applicable and safe guard the property of Govt.
n.
Maintenance of security measures of his office.
p. Administration and execution of function of his office as per acts. Ordinance, rules and regulations and directive issued by govt from time to time. q.
Proper functioning and discipline of his office.
r. Issuing of clear standing orders laying down the maximum extent of delegation of powers to the offrs serving under him.
s.
24.
RESTRICTED
Any other duties assigned by the govt.
Area FCs of Army, Air Forces and Navy will have the following duties : a.
To work under the central/ supervision of senior FC.
b. Submission of necessary reports and returns and attending cases of priority referred to them. c. Assisting in account keeping and in external or statutory auditing and providing Financial Advice as much as these concern to the supported Defence Offices (Army, Navy, Air as the case may be). d. area.
Carr out of local audit of accounts of Defence service units and formations in his
Common Posts of Offrs in all Offices 25.
JFC. a. They are gp offrs placed in charge of a gp consisting of 2 or more sections and are resp to the FC for efficient working of their sections. They are expected to take full resp in all matters arising out of the discharge of the work of the sections in their gp referring such matters which are obviously beyond their powers or of which they themselves are uncertain, to the FC counsel or decision. b. To train the auditor/Jr auditor in his gp for efficiency to exercise a general supervision of the works AFC/DAFC/SAS suptd and Jr auditor/auditor and to see that they are discharging their duties pro, efficiently and regularly. c. To give audit decision, settle audit objections and to take suitable action on it for settlement. d. To submit cases to FC for his decision when he could not arrive at a decision on any difficult subjects. e.
Internal administration of his gp and also review the works of local Audit Offrs.
26. AFC/ DAFC. They are Offrs-in-Charge of one or more sections and are resp to the DFC for efficient working of those sections. They ensure that Anx 'K' to this precis.
ANX 'L'
RESTRICTED ABBREVIATION
AG
:
Adjutant General
AFC
:
Assistant Fin Controller
Att
:
Attached
BCS
:
CMLA
:
Chief Martial Law Administrator
CAG
:
Controller and Auditor General
:
Director/Directorate General Defence Audit
BOF
C-in-C
: :
Bangladesh Civil Service
Bangladesh Ordnance Factory
Commander-in-Chief same as Supreme Commander
CMES
:
DFA
:
Deputy Financial Adviser
DF Cell
:
Defence Fin Cell in the Ministry of Fin
DF
:
Defence Fin (Military Fin, MF)
DGDG CGDF DFC DFD
:
: :
Commander Military Engineering Services
Controller General Defence Fin(Previous(MAG)
Defence Fin Controller
Defence Fin Department(Previous MAD)
DP
:
Defence Purchase
FC
:
Fin Controller, in General
DGDP FA
:
:
Director/ Directorate General of Defence Purchase
Financial Adviser, in General
FADF
:
Financial Adviser, Defence Fin (FA Defence)
MES
:
Military Engineer Service
MOF
:
JFC
MOD
: :
Joint Fin Controller
Ministry of Defence
Ministry of Fin
Misc
:
Miscellaneous
SFC
:
Senior Fin Controller
SO
PPA&F GO FSO
:
: : :
Staff Officer
Pay, Pension Allowance and Funds etc Government Order Fin Staff Officer
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG ORG AND DUTIES OF A, G AND Q STAFF Intro
RESTRICTED
1. The staff is resp for the prompt and accurate collection and maint of data essential for planning and policy decisions of their comd. Their duty is to promulgate the policy and orders of the comd and to ensure implementation thereof. They are also reqr to assist the subordinate units, fmns, svcs and depts in the exec of their tasks. The staff have no powers of comd and they issue orders on the auth and resp of the Comd. Aim
2. Aim of this precis is to impart clear idea about org and duties of A, G and Q staff to the students. 3.
Definitions.
a. SD. This term embraces the resp of SOs and the systems, method and procedures which they use to carr out their work.
b. Maj SD. Are the maj functions of the staff, eg, providing info, carr out a detailed exam of various courses of action, making recommendations and ensuring that orders are understood and exec as intended by the comd. c. Minor SD. Are the highly dev procedures used by SO to carr out his routine tasks, eg, the layout of written staff work, issuing the comd’s orders, managing HQ and the use of mil terminology, abbr.
4. Comd and Staff Relationship. The comd alone is resp for all that his fmn/ unit does or fails to do. In performing his comd functions, he is assisted by a staff. The comd and his staff are a mil entity with one purpose, the successful exec of the comd’s msn. The staff is an ext of the comd and acts only in his name. It has no auth of its own. To be effective, a SO must understand the reqr of his comd. The staff is nec because one man cannot handle all the incidents to the comd of fmn or maj unit. The relationship of the comd and his staff must be one of understanding. 5.
6.
Role of the Staff. These are: a.
To assist the comd in the ex of comd.
b.
To help the tps and svcs, in the comd, to carr out their tasks.
a.
Planning. This is based on the collected, collated and disseminated info.
Staff Activity. The staff normally carries out five basic functions:
b. Analysis. The staff must continuously analyse the factors affecting the msn and arrive at possible solutions to the problems. c. Recommendations. After considering all the possible solutions, the staff must take definite recommendations to comd’s decision. d.
Orders. Are prep and issued to implement the comd’s decision.
e. Supervision. agencies.
Org of the Staff
Of the exec of the orders by subordinate fmns, units and
RESTRICTED 7. Gen. A staff is org as a single cohesive team for the purpose of assisting the comd in accomplishing his msn. Its org is based on the principles of unity of comd and dir span of con, delegation of auth, gp of compatible and related activities. The purpose of this org is :
8.
9.
a. b. c. d. e.
To accomplish the msn. To fix resp. To estb relationships. To ensure coord. To ensure con.
a.
GS Br or G Br. Deals with all op matters.
b.
AG's Br or A Br. Deals with all matters affecting pers and indls.
Main Br of the Staff.
The staff is divided into three main br :
c. QMG's Br or Q Br. Deals with everything affecting the movement, accn and sup of the army with its materials needs. Other Brs.
a. Master General of Ordnance (MGO). At AHQ he supervises the ord and MES svcs.
b. Engr-in-Chief (E in C). At AHQ he supervises the corps of Engrs and the EME.
c. Mil Secy (MS). This br is only represented at AHQ and above. Below this level its resp are taken over by a br. It deals with all questions affecting the offr as an indl. d. Judge Advocate Gen (JAG). At AHQ he deals with all legal matters under the supervision of AG br.
Duties of the Staff
10. Although a gen sub div of subj has been given below, these duties may overlap, eg may be by G or Q depending on the circumstances. Close con within the staff is therefore essential. The A & Q staff when auth or as sr G Staff offr. Then offrs in the br varies with the level of HQ. 11.
G Staff. a.
Plans. (1)
b.
Ops planning and coord of admin planning.
(2)
Act as the sectt for the jt planning staff and committee.
(3)
Liaison with the planning staffs of other svcs.
Org.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
RESTRICTED
Conduct of current ops and the production of op orders and instrs. Start distr of fmns and units. Start and tac moves. Op policy on nuclear, BW and CW and on cam and sp units. Deception. Intercomm. IS. Con of relations with allied armies and other svcs. PR. Svy. Provision and distr of maps in conduction with engr at Army level.
c.
Int.
d.
(1) Collection, collation and distr of and en. (2) Ident and intg of PW. (3) Compiling the en ORBAT. (4) Sy and comm sy. (5) Cipher and censorship. (6) Radio Intercepts. (7) Propaganda and psy W. (8) Con int units under comd. (9) At Div and below, and in conjunction with engr, the provisions and distr of maps. SD. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
e.
Trg. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
f.
Our own ORBAT in conjunction with G Ops. Provision of forces, fmn and units for specific ops. Policy for the fmn and org of new units in conjunction with G op. Prep and auth of estb. Prep of staff tables. Allocation of manpower. Staff move (with G Ops and Q Moves). Wpn policy. Scales and pri of issue of con stores. Coord of staff work between br. Trg policy incl courses and exams. Allotment of trg grant. Trg areas and ranges. Trg and stores. Trg films. Trg schools and trg units. Allocation of vacancies on courses incl courses abroad. Tac doctrine and lessons from ops. Trg pamphlets and memoranda.
Liaison (Wks as part of G Ops). (1) (2)
Liaison with flanking and subordinate fmns. Liaison with allied fmns and flanks and under comd.
g.
RESTRICTED
Wks as a sec of G Ops. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
12.
h. The CGS is resp for the con of the fighting and supporting arms, advisers and svcs except Engr, ASC, Ord, EME, AMC, RV&FC and ACC. A Staff. a.
Pers Admin. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
b.
c.
d. 13.
Con of air sp. Liaison with the ASSU. Liaison with the air force. Handling requests for air forces. Con of grd liaison sec.
Rect and discharge. Commission. Rft and replacement of cas. Exec action of the fmn, conversion and disbandment of units. Manpower aspects of estb, in conjunction with G staff Duties. Supervision of med and dental svcs. Mob and demo. Pro(Other than discipline).
Pers Svc. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
Discipline. C of I. Ceremonial. Leave. Welfare. Supervision of pay and allces. Medals. Routine Orders. Spiritual welfare. Pro(Discipline). Disposal of en prisoners of war(PW).
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Records. Despatch of rft from base depots. Notification of cas. Production of cas and str states. Committee of adjustment and disposal of effects. Graves registration. PW registration and inquiry.
Rft Sec. (To be formed in War).
The A staff is resp for the con of the fol svcs eg AMC and ACC.
Q Staff. a.
Plans. Admin planning for future ops in conjunction with G plan.
b.
RESTRICTED
Maint.
(1) Provision of sup stores (Other than sup by the MGO's Branch) and res for maint of forces in the fd.
c.
d.
e. 14.
(2)
Con of all tpt resources.
(3)
Con of dumps, depots and wksps.
Quartering. (1)
Planning and allotment of accn.
(2)
Requisitioning and billeting.
(3)
Claims and hirings.
(4)
Con of canteen and postal svc.
(1)
All moves by rly, sea, air or IWT.
(2)
Maj rd moves as far forwarded the army rear bdry.
(3)
Emb and dis-emb.
(4)
Shipping reqr and pri(with staff Duties).
(5)
Moves con estb.
Q (Movement).
The Q staff is resp for the con of the svcs like ASC and RV&FC.
MGO's Br a.
This br is mainly resp for : (1)
The provision and con of ord stores, veh, guns and ammo.
(2)
Prep of eqpt tables.
(3) b.
15.
Sale and repair of ord stores.
The MGO staff is resp for the con of the fol svcs : (1)
Ord.
(2)
EME.
(3)
Tech dev.
E in C’s Branch.
RESTRICTED a.
Resp for the tech trg of Engrs.
b.
Head of the Engrs.
c.
EinC receives orders of trg from govt and CAS through: (1) CGS. On siting and design of fortifications def(Other than costal def) and strategic rds). (2)
16.
MS Branch. Deals with the fols in respect of offrs of all svcs: a.
Commissioning.
c.
Posting.
d.
Transfer.
e.
Ext of svcs.
f.
Promotion and retirements.
g.
Honours and Awards.
b.
h. 17.
QMG. On the policy and fin of all engr svc excl for army.
Appt.
Confidential Reports.
JAG's Dept. The JAG is directly under the CAS. It has three(3) svcs : a.
J-1 con by JAG. (1)
Final review of court martial proceedings.
(2)
Opinion, Rules and ref on legal matters.
(4)
Disposal of petitions.
(3)
Revision of disciplinary code.
(5) Advising on questions of martial law and international law in so far as it relates to the armed forces of Bangladesh.
b.
J-2 con by DJAG. (1)
Post trial advice upto cfm.
(2)
Review of SCM.
(3) c.
RESTRICTED
Provision of Judge Advocate at trials.
J-3. Resp for pre-trial advice and matters connected therewith.
Staffs at Div HQ
18. G Staff. Performed by GSO-1 who assisted by(three) GSO-2, one for int, one for op and one for edn. 19. A&Q Staff. Headed by AA&QMG who is assisted by DAAG resp for A Staff and DAQMG resp for Q Staff. 20. In addition to above mentioned staffs it has ADOS rep of DOs, CEME rep of EME, ADMS rep of DMS. Staff at Bde HQ
21. G Staff. BM is resp for G br may be assisted by 3(three) GSO-3s one for int, one for op and one for edn. 22.
A&Q Staff. DAA&QMG is resp for this br. He may be assisted by 2 SCs.
The Unit Staff
23. It is the resp of the CO of the unit to prescribe detailed duties of each appt under him having due regards to G, A & Q Staff. 24.
The Adjt. The adjt is the regt SO and his duties are analogous to 'G' and 'A' SO.
25.
The QM. He is a regt SO, charged with the fols: a. Provision, storage, condition, receipt, issue and accounting of eqpt, clo stores and rat.
Concl
b.
The allotment, maint, consy and cleanliness of lines and regt bazars.
c.
Supervision of regt shops and estbs.
d. If there is no MTO auth in the estb, the QM may also be given similar resp for the unit tpt.
26. It is the paramount imp for the SOs, at whatever level it may be to understand the mind of comd as to what he (Comd) wants to do and how. If the SOs are thorough in their duties and performed their jobs as desired by Comd only then comd will be able to formulate better policy and arrive at decision for the dev of the org.
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG BOOKS OF RULES AND REGS Intro 1. For the purpose of admin in the Army, the govt and various dept of the Army have pub a large no of books of rules and regs along with day to day orders and instrs. The govt has issued the basic books of rules and to elaborate these rules, the CAS or the head of depts have issued the dept books. But remember that dept books remain subservient to the basic books. 2. Knowledge of relevant books is therefore essential for all these concerned with the admin in the army. Due to limitations of human memory it is impossible for any one to
RESTRICTED
remember their contents at all times. Consequently one must have sufficient insight to find out the ans to the daily admin problems in reasonable time. Aim 3.
To introduce the imp books of rules and regs, orders and instrs.
4.
a. Rules. Are the principles, formula or estb by the head of the state or by the supreme exec body of the country for the guidance and dir of the govt machinery.
Definitions
b. Instrs. Are the supplements or aux to the rules, conveying the amplification or procedure for guidance and implementation of rules.
c. Orders. Are comd’s oral or written consent, by superior auth for exec. These are given for the implementation of the rules and instrs.
Consultation of Books of Regs 5.
a. Make it a pt to read ‘Preface’ given at the beginning of a book. This gives you an insight of the subjs in the book. It indicates if any other book is to be consulted for amplification. b. Usually every book in its beginning has a list of contents. The details of the subjs dealt with the book are given chapter wise. c. Some books in addition to the list of contents, have an index. All main heads that are dealt with in the book are arranged in alphabetical order. The sub heads under each main head are given in detail showing rule, para, instr or page no of the book. These facilities tracing a particular ref or rule from the book.
6.
Some of the important books are listed below : a.
MBML.
b.
Notes/Instrs on Martial Law.
c.
Guide to courts martial under the BAA.
d. Instrs in Aid of Civil Power. This pamph was issued by AG's Br, AHQ. It contains instrs on: (1)
Mil Aid to Civ Power.
(2)
Instrs to be observed by all offrs emp on Martial Law duties.
(3)
Emp of Civ Offrs under Martial Law.
e. Notes of Expenditure When tps are Calling out in Aid of Civ Power1951. This book is guide for the fmn/ units for incurring and setting expenditure in aid to civ power. f.
Army Regs Vol-I (Rules) 1986 (AR(R).
RESTRICTED
.
g.
Army Regs Vol-II(Instr) 1985 (AR(I).
h.
Army Regs Vol-III(Index) to rules & Instrs).
j.
Financial Regs (Provisional) Part-I & II(FR).
k.
Pay and Allces Regs Vol-I&II (P & A Regs)
l.
Fd Imprest Holders Instrs(FIHI).
n.
Notes on the Prevention of Fraud.
m.
Regt Acct BD Army Units.
p. Pension Regs (As Modified by New Pension Code). These are in three parts which are under revision. These contain rules and rates of pension and gratuities. Procedure for submission of claims, recommending and sanctioning auth and counting of svc towards pension/ gratuity. q. Rel Regs. These contain the procedure for the gen rel of army pers, disbandment of units etc.
r. Mob Regs (BD Army) - 1976. These regs deal with the arrangements for bringing a unit from peace to war fighting. s.
t.
Cl and Treatment of Protected Docus BD 1976 (CTPD).
Regs for the Med Svc for the Army (RMS). These rules deal with:
(1)
Admin of AMC and Hosps.
(2)
Provision of Medicines etc for the army.
(3)
Entitlement to Med treatment in hosp.
(4)
Med exam.
(5) Med board and invalidments, mental cases and their disposal and dental treatment.
u.
Army Pers Docus Regs (Provisional) 1979 (APD Regs).
w.
Passage Regs (Provisional) Bangladesh - PR(P).
v.
Army Leave Rules - 1987 (ALR).
x. Mil Traffic Rules - 1955. This is a Ministry of Comms Reg issued in consultation with the Ministry of Defence. It contains rules rates for booking of all mil tfc by rail on warrants, mil credit notes, travelling forms etc. These rules should be read in conjunction with PR(P)-1952.
RESTRICTED
y. Regs for Units with Mechanically Propelled Vehicles(MVR). These rules (now under revision) define the level emp govt vehs and the method of recording and act for such emp.
z. Clo Regs. Contains the orders regarding scale of clo auth for all ranks together with the procedure for indenting storage, marking and issue of clo. The latest scales of personal and public clo are laid down in AIs (P)/S/63 and 1/S/55 respectively.
aa. Vocab of Ord Stores BD (VOSB). Ord stores sup and issued by Ord throughout the Army are countless. To facilitate stocking in ordeps and indenting by units, these stores have divided into different secs showing their catalogue no etc. bb. Regs for Eqpt in the Army - Part - I(ER). It contains rules regarding the procedure for indenting of ord stores and ammo, their care and insp on receipt, gen rules regarding stores and ammo, their care and preservation and instr and marking. cc. Tentage Regs. Contains various scales of tentage auth for the army under various conditions together with the rules regarding, care and preservation, pitching stocking and packing of tentage. dd. Bk Synopsis. Pub by the late Govt of India, is operative in BD. This reg deal with auth scales of accn, elec, lighting, heating and power for BD Army pers.
ee. Qtrs and Rents. This book was issued by the late govt of India, is applicable in BD Army. It contains rules regarding accn, water and elec for qtrs, messes etc. It should be read in conjunction with PAO 784/59 as amended from time to time.
ff. MES Regs - 1950. Deals with the gen admin of the MES, maint of building, furniture etc together with the rules regarding elec, Its and power. These have been modified and pub by the govt of BD. gg. ASC Regs. Primarily these regs are provided for offrs of the ASC but are now applicable to all br of the Army. They describe the org, admin and functions of the sup svcs together with the procedure of obtaining storage, issue and acct of sups. This also contain the rules regarding the functioning of tpt svcs and details regarding hired tpt contracts. hh.
Pay Accounting on War System - Gen Instrs.
jj. Army Dress Regs – 1975 (New Book of 2006/20011 is in Draft form). Contains orders regarding types of dress to be worn by the army on various occasions during normal peace time. kk. Manual of Instrs for stores Accounting in sup and stores Depots. Units and Fmns (Stores Acct Instrs). ll. Regs for Army Ord Svcs (RAOC). This book is divided into four parts and deals with the org and admin of ord, admin of orders and rules relating to receipt issue, acct and maint of ord stores. mm. Notes and Instrs for Moves by Rail in BD. This book contains detailed instrs regarding traveling by rail. It is no contains instrs regarding handling/ taking
RESTRICTED
over rly rolling stock and duties of an OC train, arrangements for halts are on a journey.
nn. Emb Pamp. It gives the procedure for tps moving to ports for embs and amplifies the instrs in the pamp "Notes and Instrs for Moves by Rail" in BD and in other official pubs. pp. Scales of Rats and Sup issued by ASC (SRS). It is a Govt pub containing the auth scale of not issued to man and animals in peace and war. It also contains instrs regarding scales of hosp diets and extras incl med comforts. The scales of fuel and misc sups are also shown. Scales of daily rat of tps are given in AI(P) 55/58. For scale of hosp diets and extras refer to AI(P) 1/S/63.
qq. Bk and Hosp Schedules. Pub by the MOD, deals with furniture and fittings auth to units, offrs, JCOs and OR of the various units of the Army, ref to in various schedules from sec 'A' to sec 'K'. rr.
Joint Svc Instr (JSIs).
tt.
Bangladesh Army Orders (BAOs).
uu.
Compendium of Army Instrs BD and BD Army Orders.
a.
A proper record of all books of regs will be kept in a register. (Auth : AR(I) 783).
ss. Army Instr (AIs). Army Instruction BD contain matters relating to pay and allces, terms and conditions of svc of all ranks and other subjs with financial implications. These are issued by the MOD in consultation with its Fin Div.
Care, Custody and Maint of Books of Rules and Regs 7.
b. BAOs, AIs and fmn orders should be kept separately and yr wise and not mixed with books of regs. c. Amdt to books of regs, orders and instrs should be carried out as and when these are received from issuing auth. Unamended books, regs and orders lead to wrong action by the units/ fmns. d. Periodical check of all books should be carried out to verify the copies held and the state of amdts. e. A proper record of books etc given on loan to an indl/br/secs should be maint and sign of the recipient to be obtained. f.
Books when not in used should be kept under lock and key.
g. Books of rules and regs, pubs and orders etc should be maint and acct for as per instrs contained in AR(I) 779 and SPAO 31/58. 8.
Concl
Currency of orders and instrs, see AR(I) 787.
RESTRICTED
9. Books of rules and regs, orders serve as a guide to the SOs and subordinates in discharging their duties efficiently. The working knowledge of all imp books of regs and orders is very essential. These should be studied in spare time as the efficiency of a good SO/ subordinate mostly depends on their knowledge of rules and regs. ASEA ADMIN TRG WG REGT BOOKS AND RECORD OF DOCUS
Ref: A.
Intro
AR(I) 783-A.
1. An OC unit has multifarious duties such as prep his unit for war. Trg of subordinates, maint of discipline, upkeep of gen efficiency of the unit, maint of accts, con of duties, sy of bldg, armt, eqpt and stores etc. To ensure correct implementation of the orders/instrs related to these duties, OC unit has to keep various records in a set of books and docus known as Regt Books and Records of docus. 2. List of books/register/docus which should be maint are given in Anx 'A' to this precis. Aim 3. 4.
To discuss the books/ registers maint in a unit .
Upkeep of books.
a. Each register/ ledger must have a record of all the insps which may be recorded under the fol headings on the cover page : (1)
Date.
(2)
By whom insp.
(3)
Remarks.
(4)
Initial of the inspecting offr.
b. Instrs for the maint of register/ledger should be typed out and pasted inside the cover. c.
Posting of entries should be done on daily basis and not weekly or monthly.
d. All the pages should be serially numbered to avoid removal of any page from the register/ ledger and initialled by an offr. in order to safeguard against removal of any page the OIC should certify on the first page of the register/ledger to the effect that it contains so many pages. This must be done at the time of opening a book/ register and before any entries are made in it.
5. Ref Book. Innumerable books of rules and regs have been issued for the ref of a admin in the Army. It is imperative for those who is resp for implementation of these rules to
RESTRICTED
be in a posn to ref to these books correctly without wasting any time. For the obvious limitations of human mind speedy disposal of cases will not be probably without external help. This can best be attained by maint an upto-date ref book. The staff resp for provision of relative info to the offrs for decisions must be in possession of ref books. The requirement in any office will therefore be that of a master ref book for the office supervisor, and ref book specified to the duties of each subordinate. Para 23(n) of Appx 'Y' of AR(I). 6. are :
Lay Out. a.
BAFA-487 is the prescribed form for ref book. Essentials in the books
All pages must be numbered.
b. An alphabetically arranged index about half page in the index is considered enough for the main headings to be covered by each alphabet. c. Sec dealing with the subj covered by each alphabet. The pages may be allotted to these sec in accordance with the relative imp of the subj therein. Concl
d.
Amdts must always be carried out as and when ref is issued.
7. The list of books/ registered suggested in Anx 'A' are by no means exhaustive. More can be added to the lists according to the reqr of each unit. These suggestions are the imp on their availability in every office is essential. A study of AR(I) Appx 'Y' will also guide to you as to what are the other books and registers that are essential in a unit for admin purposes.
RESTRICTED
ANX 'A'
RECORDS OF DOCUS Ser
1.
Docus/Records 1
Admin
CO's Interview SM Duty Roster Parade state
d. e.
Unit Sy Visitor Book/ Guest Book Draft Bn Part I Order Book Postage Acct Book Tel and Trunk Call
Adjt Adjt
Offrs docus(svc Adjt/ Book) 439 Digest of svc
Offrs Adjt
g. h. j. k.
Auth
Forms/Manuscript
4
5
3
a. b. c.
f.
2.
2
Offrs resp for maintaining
Unit Comd Manuscript Register Unit Comd " AR(I) 783-A BAFZ-3059
Adjt Adjt/ SM Adjt SM
do do
Adjt
Manuscript "
do
"
AR(I) 783-A BAFZ-2016 FR Pt II Rule Manuscript Register 375 and SBAO 22/72 AR(I) 783-A AB-439 do
Manuscript
Discipline a. b. c. d.
Offence Report Adjt Record of Declaration Register Court Martial Book Court Martial Box
AR(I) 783-A BAFD-901 BAA&AR(I)783-A BAFD-918
Adjt Adjt Adjt
AR(I)783-A BAA&AR(I)783-A
BAFD-904 Box
MWO
AR(I) 525&526 BAFM-1312
Adjt
AI-109/54
BAFZ-2096
3.
Health a. Sick Report
4.
Office Mail a. Stationery packing Materials Ledger b. Office Eqpt Ledger Typewriter Register c. Ref Book/Rule/Order
Adjt
"
BAFZ-2266A
Adjt
"
Manuscript
d.
Adjt
AR(I) 765
BAFZ-492
1 5.
Record of docus/ correspondence destroyed
2
3
4
5
Sy a.
Register of
Adjt
AR(I) 783-A
70 RESTRICTED
BAFZ-1840B
b. c. d. e.
6.
Adjt
"
Manuscript
Adjt
"
BAFZ-2225
" AR(I) 605
BAFZ-2024 Manuscript
Welfare a. b. c. d. e.
7.
Trg a. b. c. d.
8.
Tpt a. b. c. d. e.
1 9.
protected docus Cl in-coming Register(TOPSEC/ CONFD)separately In coming Mail Register(Unclass) Despatch Book Adjt Register to incl Adjt camera's check of indent cards,initial of official Secret Act, Internal Sy and passport.
RESTRICTED
f. g. h.
Durbar Book Petition Register Seniority Roll JCOs/NCOs Discharge Cert Adjt Register Offrs Leave Records
Adjt MWO Adjt 2IC
Unit Comd
"
Register of Books/ Regs/Pub incl Receipt/issue Courses Register Trg Digest Standing Order 2IC for War
Adjt
AR(I) 779
Manuscript
MT Eqpt Ledger QM MT Licence Register MT Losses Register MT Accident Register Payment tpt Register Veh In/Out Register Fire Alarm Register Veh Ledger 2
Ord Stores a. Unit Ledger b. Con Stores Register c. Loan Ord Stores d. Record of Issue/ Receipt Voucher e. Register of Losses f. Clo Ledger g. Ammo Ledger
AR(I) 711 AR(I) 718/719 Unit Comd SBAO 25/61
2IC 2IC
Manuscript " " "
AR(I) 913 Unit Comd Unit Comd
" "
"
AI(P) 109/54 BAFZ-2286A SPAO-13/66 Manuscript PAO-593/57 BAFZ-2161
MTO MTO MTO
SBAO-16/59
MTO
AR(I) 528/45
MTO QM MTO
SBAO-1/64 " AR(I)-559&560 " AI(P)-109/54 BAFZ-2886
3
4
QM QM QM QM
AI(P)-109/54 SPAO-45/60 AI(P)-109/54 AI(P)-109/54
QM QM QM
PAO-593/57 AI(P)-109/54 SAI(P)-2/63
71 RESTRICTED
Manuscript "
5
BAFZ-2286 Manuscript " " BAFZ-2161 BAFZ-2286A BAFO-144A
h. j. k. l. m.
Tentage Ledger QM Mob Stores Ledger Expendable Stores Ledger Gen Ledger Fitter Tool Ledger
RESTRICTED
AI(P)-103/54 QM AI(P)-11/60 QM " QM QM
" "
BAFZ-2286A BAFA-1444A " " "
10.
Tel Comm a. Wrls Eqpt Legder b. Tel Eqpt Ledger QM
QM "
AI(P)-109/54
BAFZ-2286A "
11.
Fire Con Instruments a. Tech Eqpt Ledger
QM
AI(P)-109/54
BAFZ-2286A
12.
Wpn a.
QM
AI(P)-109/54
BAFZ-2286A
13.
Stationery Stores a. Fire Fighting Eqpt Ledger b. Sta Furniture Ledger c. Stores in held Ledger
QM
PAO/703/60
“
QM
"
"
QM
"
"
QM
Scales of rat and supplies Table-26 AI(P)-18/62 AI(P)-645/44 FR Pt II Rule-190 AR(R)-510
14.
ASC Supplies a. Register for Fuel Account b. POL Register c. Issue/Receipt Rats d. Ration Return e. Payment Rat Issue Register Misc
15.
a.
1
b. c. d. e. f. g. h.
16.
Tech Eqpt Ledger
BAFZ-2109 BAFZ-1675 BAFS-1519 Manuscript
Civ Attendence QM Register Sanitary Diary Records of rly receipt
AI(P)-1/8/56
BAFZ-1595
QM QM
Manuscript "
Baggages Register Audit Objection QM Register Modification Register Committee Register (to incl messing, Canteen and Sports) Demand Register
QM
2
Misc(Trg) a. RET/PET Register b. Laying Register c. Indl Trg Records d.
QM QM QM QM
Manuscript
Butt Register
3
SPAO-18/62 SPAO-2/60
4
PAO-1094/65 PAO-339/56
5
Manuscript "
QM
PAO-339/56
“
2IC
Unit Comd
"
QM
Mil Engineering svcs Regs
"
Coy Comd SPAO/31/62 " " Unit Comd BAFZ-6015 " ltr no. 8911/5/G BAFZ-6060 of 26/6/63 2IC SPAO-31/62 AFD-190
72 RESTRICTED
e. f. 17.
e. f. g. h. j.
1
AFD-189
"
"
"
APD Regs 1979
Ref Book(Rules/ Coy Clk Regs/Order) Incoming Mail " CONFIDENTIAL/SECRET Register Records of " Protected docus Pub(Register/incl " issue/Receipt Register Register of Annual " Increment
2
BAFZ-1183 Manuscript " "
AR(I) 783A
"
Unit Comd
" Ref Book 90
Unit Clk Coy Comd
Health a. Health Register (Incl VD, Malaria Foot Rot, Hosp Admission/Discharge monthly med insp)
"
AR(I)-779
"
SPAO-5/64
"
3
c.
Record of inoculation/Vaccination and injury Register
Blood Gp Register
Welfare a. Request Book b. Record of Married Accn
"
" AR(I) 783A "
BAFK-1840B
4
Discipline a. Records of Minor Coy Comd AR(I) 783A Punishment b. Trg Book SJCO/NCOs " SPAO-1/59
b.
21.
"
Office Mail a. Coy Draft PT II Coy Comd Order Book b. Coy Part I Order " Register c. Long Roll " d.
20.
Coy Comd
Admin a. Leave Register Coy Comd AR(I) 783-A b. Monthly Subs " PAO-86/51 Register c. Duty Roster SJCO Unit Comd
18.
19.
Firing Point Register Career Planning JCOs/NCOs
RESTRICTED
5 Manuscript "
AR(I), 525,526, " 533,556,539 and 543
"
"
"
Unit Comd "
" "
“ SJCO QM
COY `Q' MATTERS
73 RESTRICTED
22.
Small Arms a. Wpn History Sheet b. c. d. e. f.
23.
Tpt a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
24.
25.
26.
27.
AR(I) 783A
BAFO-1410
Unit(All Insp " " report) Record Kote Register Kote NCO Unit Comd Small Arms Receipt/ " " Issue Register Pte Arms Register " AR(I)-388 Daily Check of weapon" Unit Comd
BAFO-1370
Coy Comd
Army Book-406 Coy Comd Gen Insp F-03 " Initial Insp F-03 "
SPAO-1/64 " "
Kit shortage list " Veh incl Tlr Log " Duty Slip VDRA
SPAO-14/60 " " "
Tel Comm a. Wrls Log Book 1
RESTRICTED
" " "
2
BAFO-1459 BAFOManuscript 1339 Manuscript AB-405 F-03
Kit shortage list Veh Log Book Book BAFZ-2007 BAFZ-2212
PAO-143/54 3
Misc a. b.
Mapacrish Record Oil Cooker Record
BQMH
BAFZ-3030
4
Fire con Instrument a. Maint Record of NCO I/C Unit Comd Fire Con Instruments b. Watches Maint Kote NCO SPAO-52/53 Record Ord Stores a. Tentage Run Over Record b. Anti Gas Insp
"
5 Manuscript " "
"
Transfer Record Chapter-II SPAO-19/59
" "
SPAO-19/59 Unit Comd
" "
74 RESTRICTED
"
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG GS TRG AND MISC PUBS Refs: A. B.
Aim
AR(I) 779. Catalogue of GS Trg Pubs 2010.
1. To discuss the method for indenting, issue, receipt and maint of GS Trg and misc pubs. Gen
2. Catalogue of GS Trg Pubs is a basic guide for trg pamp of all arms/svcs in the Bangladesh Army. Any member of Army who will study the catalogue of GS Trg Pubs can easily trace out nec pamp, in addition to importnace for earning knowledge on the recently pub pamps. 3. GS Pubs Prep/Publication. pamp: a.
Fol rules will be applicable for prep and pubs of GS
All kinds of trg pamp will be prep and pub by the ARTDOC.
b. In order to print new trg pamp, arms/svcs dte will submit their proposal to AHQ, GS Br (MT Dte) with the info of ARTDOC. After the approval from AHQ, arms/svcs dte will convene a board for writing new GSTP. After the completion of writing ARTDOC will arng nec pub.
75 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. For amdt, translation and reprint of any trg pamp, concerned arms/svcs dte take permission from ARTDOC. After permission concerned dte will do amdt or translation of pamp. ARTDOC will be resp for reprinting GSTP. d. Concerned arms/svcs dte will fwd a proposal to ARTDOC for amdt, translation, reprint of old trg pamp if reqr so. e. If any Army Edn Institution/Unit reqr to do amdt/print any trg pamp, proposal to be fwd to ARTDOC with prior approval by the concerned dte. ARTDOC will take nec step to pub new pamp after approval by the AHQ.
f. If any member of the Army desires to pub a new trg pamp, proposal will be fwd to ARTDOC through concerned dte. Considering all conditions, ARTDOC will take nec steps to pub that pamp accordingly. g. For any spl pamp containing various activities of Army, Navy and Air Force, it must be approved by AHQ then pub by ARTDOC. 4. Pub of List of GS Pamp. BAO to be pub by ARTDOC, containing scale of distr and amdt list of GS pamp after five yrs.
5. Every offrs/JCOs and MT concerned pers should be similar with the trg manuals and pubs which he is supposed to study and keep himself up-to-date. Fmns and units will keep their libraries up-to-dt based on the layout given in the catalogue for tracing the raise pamp quickly. 6. To ensure that fmns and units make full use of GS trg pubs and that offrs/ JCOs and NCOs have a proper knowledge of the books applicable to them. Quiz test will be introduced under fmn/ unit arrangement as a normal trg measures. This will help in making them with the relevant books to be studied by them in the correct order of pri. 7. In addition to trg pubs, there are other types of pubs which are called "Misc" pubs. These have been elaborately discussed in SPAO 31/58. 8.
These different types of pubs will be dealt with in the fol order: a.
Part I
-
GS Trg Pubs.
b.
Part II
-
AHQ Trg Directives/Instrs/Notes
d.
Part IV
-
Gen Instrs.
c. Gp
Part III
-
Misc Pubs.
9. The GS Trg Pubs have been gp into five main parts. Each gp has distinct colour. The gps are: a. Part I - RED: Contains 'All Arms' pamp a working knowledge of which is obligatory to all offrs. b. Part II - GREEN: Contains 'All Arms' pamp a working knowledge of which is desirable for all offrs.
76 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c. Part III - BLUE: Contains 'Spl to Arms' pamp a working knowledge of which is obligatory to all offrs of particular arms/svc. d. Part IV - GREY: This part contains 'Misc' pamp ie, which may reqr occasional refer study eg. Amp Warfare, combined ops pamp, AIMTcatalogue, course of Instrs glossary, reports on staff college exam and posters and diagram etc. e. Part V: This part contains 'Absolute' pamp i.e. pamp which have superseded or are 'Out of Date'. Code No 10. All GSTPs have been allotted new numbers according to different arms/svcs pamps. Details of block number are given below: Ar ms /Sv cs
All Ar ms Pa mp
Ar mr s Pa mp
G S T P N o s 0 0 0 1 0 5 9 9
0 6 0 0 1 0 9
77 RESTRICTED
C at of P u b
R m k s
P ub rel at ed to all ar m s/ sv cs
0 0 0 1 0 0 3 6 = 3 6 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 3 = 1 4 0 6 0 0 0 6 0
All pu b rel at ed to A
RESTRICTED
9
C C or ps
Art y Pa mp
1 1 0 0 1 5 9 9
En gr Pa mp
1 6 0 0 2 0 9 9
Sig Pa mp
2 1 0 0 2 5 9 9
Inf Pa mp
2 6 0 0
All pu b rel at ed to Ar ty R eg ts All pu b rel at ed to E ng r C or ps All pu b rel at ed to Si g C or ps All pu b rel
78 RESTRICTED
1 = 0 2 0 6 0 3 0 6 4 7 = 4 5 1 1 0 0 1 1 4 1 = 4 2 1 6 0 0 1 6 3 1 = 3 2 2 1 0 0 2 1 1 2 = 1 3 2 6 0 0
RESTRICTED
3 0 9 9
at ed to Inf
AS C Pa mp
3 6 0 0 4 0 9 9
All pu b rel at ed to A S C C or ps
AM C Pa mp
4 6 0 0 5 0 9 9
All pu b rel at ed to A M C C or ps
79 RESTRICTED
2 6 1 9 = 2 0 2 6 3 0 2 6 3 3 = 0 4 3 6 0 0 3 6 0 4 = 0 5 3 6 1 0 3 6 1 6 = 0 7 3 6 0 0 3 6 0 4 = 0 5 3
RESTRICTED
Or d Pa mp
4 1 0 0 4 5 9 9
EM E Pa mp
3 1 0 0 3 5 9 9
Mis c Pa mp
5 1 0 0 6 0 0 0
80 RESTRICTED
All pu b rel at ed to Or d C or ps All pu b rel at ed to E M E C or ps All mi sc pa m p
6 1 0 3 6 1 6 = 0 7 4 1 0 0 = 0 1
3 1 0 0 = 0 1
3 1 0 2 3 1 0 4 = 0 3 3 1 0 8 3 1 1 1
RESTRICTED
Total:
2 3 2
Scale of Issue 11.
= 0 4
Pamphlets pub in any language will be distr as per fol scale: a.
Scale 'Ka'
-
3 copies per Fmn HQ, Log Area, Bde and equivalent unit and 1 copy per Dte/Br of AHQ, Sta HQ, Regt, Bn or Indep unit.
b.
Scale 'Kha'
-
Scale 'Ka' plus one copy for each sqn, bty, coy and equivalent unit. Beside this, Indep units will cover by scale 'Ka'.
c.
Scale 'Ga'
-
Scale 'Kha' plus one copy for tps, pls and eqvt.
d.
Scale 'Gha'
-
Scale 'Ga' plus one copy for each offr of unit.
f.
Scale 'Cha'
-
Scale 'Oma' plus one copy for each Sgt of unit.
g.
Scale 'Chha' -
Scale 'Cha' plus one copy for each Cpl of unit.
h.
Scale 'Ja'
Scale 'Chha' plus one copy for each L Cpl of unit.
e.
Scale 'Oma'
-
-
Scale 'Gha' plus one copy for each JCO of unit.
BGB and BNCC may be given the complimentary copies of such pubs which are of useful to them on demand basis, if approved by GOC, ARTDOC. Notes : 1. Ser a to d incl fol:
12.
a.
Indl held on the estb and perm att.
b.
Civs of corresponding status (for appropriate pub only).
c. Pub issued at scale 'CHA' to 'JA' for offrs, JCOs/OR or equivalent will remain on unit charge and indl will not be allowed to take them pub on tfr from the unit.
Alt for School of Instrs. a. b. c. d.
BMA SE&T DSCSC NDC
-
600 Copies. 200 Copies. 200 Copies. 50 Copies.
81 RESTRICTED
e. f.
RESTRICTED
MIST All Arms and svcs School
-
50 Copies. 50 Copies.
13. Non trg units will be entitled to 50% of the corresponding scale for the reg units to the nearest complete no of copies. AF will obtain such pub on payment. 14.
Army estb in foreign countries having perm staff, will be regarded as units.
15. Indl Army Offr on perm appt; like MSP to the President will be issued under scale 'CHA' only.
16. Initial Distr. Immediately after a new pub is printed or received from a foreign country for issue to the Army, an initial distr will be made to all concerned by AHQ, GS Br, SD Dte (CAO's) Office in accordance with the scales approved by the ARTDOC and as notified in BAO. Units will submit their initial demand on the auth of BAO/CAO's office ltr to ARTDOC through fmn with the info to AHQ, GS Br, SD Dte (CAO's Office). In case copies of pamps are not received within two months from the date of its notification in BAO the unit concerned will report the fact to ARTDOC through fmn quoting the BAO as ref. 17. Non receipt of such info from any unit within three months from the date of its notification in BAO will indicate receipt by all concerned.
18. Issue of Newly Raised Units. An initial demand will be submitted by the newly raised units to ARTDOC with the info of AHQ, GS Br, SD Dte (CAO's Office) as per correct catalogue pub by ARTDOC. If the newly raised unit does not receive an initial issue of GS trg pubs within two months from the date of raising to ARTDOC through fmn should be info and action will then be taken to issue the nec pamphlets.
19. Supplementary Indents. It in exceptional and unforeseenable circumstances addl copies are reqr by the recipients, indents will be submitted as per current catalogue for GS Trg Pubs stating clearly the reasons for demanding addl copies, if the demand for addl copies has been necessitated by an increase in estb pamphlets due to stolen, fraud, misappropriation and negligence of indl may be replaced on payment only, after nec disciplinary action has been taken.
20. Issue of Amdt. Amdt to pubs will be distr in exactly the same manner as their parent pubs to the fmns/ units/ brs/ dtes and school of Instrs etc by AHQ, GS Br, SD Dte (CAS's Office) with the info to ARTDOC. 21. Issue of Pub Bearing Sy Cl Higher Than RESTRICTED. Scale for issue of such docus will be determined by the ARTDOC at the time of distr and issue made accordingly. 22. Payment Procedure. Indent duly marked ‘On Payment’, ‘Replacement’ or for offrs as the case may be, will be placed as in para 19 above. Indents will be provided by CAS(A6) and asked to deposit the amount in Govt Treasury Head IV-(J) Receipts against pubs. A Copy of the TR/Chalan will be fwd by units to CAO (A-6) who will then arrange to despatch pubs to the indentors. 23.
Loss.
82 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
a. On discovery of loss of a cl pub through search will at once be made and the loss reported by sigs (fol by proceeding of C of I and action taken) to the fol auth: (1)
MT Dte, GS Br, AHQ.
(3)
Bde/Sta HQ.
(2)
Div/Log Area/ Area HQ.
Auth : SPAO 31/58, para 12 and para 13 of the pamphlet cl and treatment of protected docus BD 1976. b. UNCLAS pub lost due to negligence will be replaced free on the recommendation of the fmn comds.
Surplus
24. Pubs found surplus to the reqr of any unit will be returned to CAO (A-6) under intimation to AHQ, GS Br, MT Dte(MT-4). Obsolete Pubs
25. Pubs superseded by fresh issues or other wise rendered obsolete will be announced through BAOs from time to time. All such pubs will be destroyed unless otherwise instrs and nec destruction cert are rendered to CAO (A-6) under intimation to AHQ, GS Br, MT Dte (MT-4). Custody and Maint
26. All pubs issued to units will remain on their charge unless orders to the contrary are given. They should be kept in units/sub units libraries, in respective categories and in proper sequence and should be proper acct for. 27. All pubs will be kept up-to-date with timely incorporation/ insertion of amdts, modifications and changes etc as issued. 28. Periodical check on the use, upkeep and holding of pubs will be maint under unit arrangements. Fmn Comds and visiting offrs from higher fmns will carr out surprise insp in this respect, and state of trg pubs issued to units, will be taken into acct while rendering annual reports on them. 29. With regards to pubs on payment for indl, it will be the resp of offr concerned to see that these are kept upto date through timely purchase of relevant amdts, modifications, and subsequent issues etc as the case may be. They will further ensure that such pubs do not fall into unauth hands during or after their tenure of svc. AHQ, Trg Directive/ Instrs/ Notes
30. There are various types of trg memos issued by AHQ to cover the trg of all arms as and when reqr :
83 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
a.
AHQ Trg Notes.
b.
CAS Trg Directives.
c.
Svc Custom and etiquette.
e.
pw¢rç p¡j¢lL Bc¡mal L¡kÑd¡l¡l p¡d¡lZ H¤²¢V ¢hQ¥É¢a z
f.
AI's on various subjs.
g.
SAI's on various subjs.
d.
Misc Pubs
MS Circular Memorandum.
31. Tech Pub Like BMERs(B) etc. Distr of such pubs is made in bulk to the heads of svcs at Fmn HQ for distr to units under their jurisdiction. Units will not send their demands dir to AHQ or Min of Def. MES units will address their reqr to E in C's Br if they do not receive their copies. 32. War Office Pubs. No war office pub can be reproduced, translated or reprinted in BD without the written permission of the controller of Her Majesty's stationery office. Sanction is obtained through CAO (A-6) MOD. (Auth : PAO 228/49). Loss of Pub
33. Fol losses of 'TOPSECRET', 'SECRET' and 'CONFD' docus ref to para 13 of the pamp entitled 'Cl and Treatment of Protected docus (BD) 1976 and para 12 of SPAO 31/53. Gen Instrs
34. Custody and Maint (All Pubs). GS Trg Pubs will be kept sec wise arranged in numerical sequence or code nos. Separate sheets of ledgers will be allotted to each secs and within secs ser nos of each pub. 35. In some cases GS Trg Pubs will be issued to sub units/ offrs/JCOs/NCOs on loan register by the pubs sec library and sign obtained. These will be wdr as and when an indl is posted out. The loan register will contain the names of recipients/sub units in alphabetical order. One or more sheets as considered nec will be allotted to each sub unit/indl.
A suggested specimen of loan register is appended below : No__________ Rank ___________ Name______________________________ Coy/Bty/Trg etc _____________________________________
84 RESTRICTED
Ser
Name of Books
Copies Issued
Dt of Issue
RESTRICTED
Signature of Recipients
Dt of Return
Sig of I/C Lib
Rmks
Concl 36. All mil pubs i.e. Trg pubs, rules and regs and pamp are imp for normal routine admin trg of a unit. These must always be available and maint in every unit/ fmn so that the std maint must be of very high order at all times.
85 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED ®œ¦¡sfœ L pecfœ hl¡a x Lz
¢h H J 20/74 L¢l ew 15/89 a¡¢lM 24 H¢fÊm 89 z
fÊaÉ¡ue Ll¡ k¡q~aR ®k, ¢S Hp ¢Y~ ¢f ew fÊ¢nrZ f¤¢p¹L¡¢Y~ ew
fch£
e¡j
e¡j ®l¢S/®L¡l
LaѪL
¢mMe/f¤ex ¢mMe/l²f¡e¹l/Ae¤h¡c Ll¡ qq~u¡Rz f¤¢p¹L¡¢Y~ ®pe¡h¡¢qe£l pÅ¡bÑ X~mÓMk¡NÉ Ahc¡e l¡Ma prj Hhw q~q¡l j¤cÊZ J ¢halZ ®pe¡h¡¢qe£l pÅ¡bÑ Af¢lq¡kÑ z a¡q~ q~q¡ j¤cÊZ f§hÑL ¢halZ Ll¡ k¡q~a f¡l z
Øq¡ex Y¡L¡ ®pe¡¢eh¡p
pšrl
a¡¢lMx
A¡jÑp/ p¡¢iÑpp f¢lQ¡mL
86 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED ®œ¦¡sfœ M fÊ¢nrZ f¤¢p¹L¡l Q¡¢qc¡fœ (Q¡l L¢f ®flZ L¢la qq~h) 1j Awn Q¡¢qc¡L¡l£ CE¢eV La«ÑL f§lZ£u a¡¢lMx fœ ew fÊ¢a x pcl cçl A¡VÑXL (XL¢VÊe ¢X¢ine) j¡jen¡q£ ®pe¡¢eh¡p fÊ¢nrZ f¤¢p¹L¡l Q¡¢qc¡ Aœ q~ X ~ ¢ eY~ / gljneL ¢ejÀ ¢ m¢Ma fÊ ¢ nrZ f¤ ¢ p¹ L ¡N¢¤ m ®flZ L¢la Ae¤ l¡d Ll¡ k¡q~ aR x H²¢jL ew
¢S Hp ¢Y~ ¢f ew
f¤¢p¹L¡l e¡j
pwMÉ¡ fÊ¡¢dL¡l
haÑj¡e Q¡¢qc¡
Q¡¢qc¡l L¡lZ
haÑj¡e AR
Q¡¢qc¡ ®fÊlZL¡l£ A¢gp¡ll pÅ¡rl 2u Awn A¡VÑXL La«ÑL f¤lZ£k. pcl cçl A¡VÑXL XL¢VÊe ¢X¢ine j¡jen¡q£ ®pe¡¢eh¡p c¤l¡m¡fe£ x p¡j¢lL-8036 a¡¢lM: 1501/80/XL¢VÊe ®pe¡pcl, ¢pHJ'p A¢gp fÊ¢nrZ f¤¢p¹L¡l Q¡¢qc¡ X~fl h¢eÑa f¤¢p¹L¡N¤¢m Aœ cf¹lL AhN¢al j¡dÉj pl¡p¢l q~X~¢eY~/gljneL hl¡Ÿ Ll¡l SeÉ Ae¤l¡d Ll¡ k¡q~aR z pÅ¡rl 3u Awn ¢pHJ'p A¢gp La«ÑL f§le£u ®pe¡pcl ¢pHJ'p A¢gp
87 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Y¡L¡ ®pe¡¢eh¡p c¤l¡m¡fe£x a¡¢lMx fœ ew fÊ¢ax AhN¢ax fÊ¢nrZ f¤¢p¹L¡l Q¡¢qc¡ 1z A¡fe¡l Q¡¢qc¡Lªa fÊ¢nrZ f¤¢p¹L¡ HLSe fÊ¢a¢e¢d ®fÊlZ f§hÑL NÊqZ Ll¡l SeÉ Ae¤l¡d Ll¡ k¡q~aR z 2z
fÊ¡¢f pÅ£L¡l L¢lhe z pÅ¡rl
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG SY STANDING ORDERS FOR PEACE AND WAR Refs: A.
AR(I) 195,199,337 and 338.
88 RESTRICTED
B. C.
Intro
BAA Rule 157 (8) Unit Sy Trg Pamp 1957.
RESTRICTED
1. Standing orders comprises all orders of perm nature and may be issued by OC fmn, unit or body of tps. These must be kept amended up-to-dt changes being carefully promulgated so that no indl is left un-info. At the same time, it is the duty of all pers to make themselves conversant with these orders spl on return after a pd of absence on duty, leve, etc from unit. Aim
2. To explain the imp of gen instr regarding rules and purpose of unit standing orders. 3.
Scope. We shall discuss this lesson under fol parts: a.
Part I -
Gen Instr.
a.
Part II -
Standing Orders for Peace.
b.
Part III -
Standing Orders for War.
PART I - GEN INSTR
Unit Sy Offr 4.
2IC/Adjt.
6.
Offices.
5. Sy of Info. To ensure sy of info of all kinds about our offices, the pt given below must be borne in mind by all rks at all times for strict compliance. a. Persons will not visit the offices except on duty. b. No civ visitors will be allowed in the office unless permitted by the offr whom he wants to see. c. Ident docus of all the mil visitors will be checked on entering the offices before any business is carried out. d. Offices will be guarded by office orderlies by day and a gd will be provided by ni. e.
7.
Office will be locked after wk hr.
f. The sweepers will not be allowed to go round the offices alone but will be escorted by the duty clk/any person detailed for. Docus.
89 RESTRICTED
a.
RESTRICTED
Graded docus will be kept under lock and key when not in use.
b. These docus will not be left open on the tables when an offr is going out of his office, no matter how short the absence may be. c. For internal distr of TOP SECRET/SECRET docus within offices one env properly sealed with sealing wax and mk TOP SECRET/SECRET may be used. Such docus, however, must be dealt with by safe hand. The receipt of the docus must be covered by obtaining signature of the recipient. For CONFIDENTIAL docu, one env properly sealed with red paper circulation seal may be used. d. OIC of the br or whom the graded docus concern will be resp for their safe custody. Any loss of such docus will be reported to the CO through the Adjt imm, who will report the loss to the issuing offr and other auth concerned within 24 hr.
e. Protection of ident docus is the resp of indl themselves. Those docus will be carried by the persons at all times and to be produced when dmd. Offrs will carr their ID card in a self addsd env, while the JCOs and OR will fasten a card with their AB-64 and ID. To protect against loss the card will be fixed with the pocket buttom. Then out on swimming etc, where these docus cannot be carried on person, they will be kept under lock to avoid losses. Loss of ident docus will be reported to the CO imm through proper channels and disciplinery act will be taken in the case of negligence in protectecting these docus.
8. Waste Paper and Carbons. Brand new carbon papers used for typing TOP SECRET/SECRET docus will be kept in safe custody by an offr when not in use. Stock of new carbon papers will be kept by an Offr/Suptd/Hd Clk, who will issue to clk and keep proper acct of these.
9.
Visitors. a. Visitor intending to see any one in the unit will be ident by the indl whom they went to see before they are permitted into the unit lines. Armed forces pers can be admitted after being ident from their ident docus.
10.
b. It is the duty of all rks and the resp of RP to check and report all unauth entries in the unit lines to the USO. A guest register will be maint by the MWO/ WOA and adds of all the guests staying with JCOs and OR will be recorded in it. Photo.
a. All rks in possession of cameras will register their cameras in the register of USO. b. Photographing the arms, eqpt, instls, ports, air fd, br, tunnels, passes and factories are forbidden.
90 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
11.
c. All mil photo are to be dealt with by civ photographers only after nec clearance whose names are pub in sta orders from time to time. Sig and Tel.
a. Tx and receiving of msg of sig apparatus will be strictly according to the sig procedure. b. No local codes will be used by the tps. The only codes and cipher to be used are those which will be issued by the higher auth. c.
12.
Tps will not use sig apparatus for pte business.
d. Matters of CONFIDENTIAL natures and above will not be discussed on tel because no tel is safe. It must be borne in mind by all concerned at all times that ‘TEL IS A PUB SVC’. Adds and Censorship.
a. When out of the sta on duty, lve or wk ends and staying in hotels the only particulars to be given to them are rk and name and nothing else. b. Whenever censorship is imposed, all the out going mails will be handed over to the sr JCO with the flaps of the env open. The writer will endorse on the top of the flap his no, rk and name with the language in which the ltr is written. The sr will then despatch. Censorship must not be abused; it is for the benefit of the states as well as the indl.
13. Careless Talk and Writing. These cause maj breaches of sy. Mil matters will not be discussed in pub places and outside the unit line. Always think that the en is around you. Sy to Material 14.
Arms and Ammo. a.
All arms and ammo will be kept in kotes when not in use.
b. Kote JCOs whose names are pub in Part I Orders, will check the kotes daily at reveille and retreat and will sign the kote register.
15.
c. Arms will be kept cleaned and oiled in the kotes. Each indl is resp to keep his arms in a serviceable condition. The arms will be insp by the pl comds once in a wk. Stores and Eqpt.
a. Eqpt and stores will be kept under gd in a place where dump hot and other climatic conditions can have no effect on them. Spl care will be taken to protect them from white ants, insects and rats.
91 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
16.
17.
b. The safe custody and maint of stores and eqpt issued to pers is their dir resp. Any loss/damage will at once be reported through proper channels. Vehs. a.
Vehs when not in use, will be parked in the unit MT park under a sentry.
b.
Unauth pers will not be allowed to move about in the MT park.
c.
Orders for speed limit will be strictly complied with.
d.
Fire.
Vehs will not be left unattended out of unit MT park.
a. The unit fire offr will check all the F/F eqpt and fire places once in a wk and will report any deficiency to the QM. b. In case fire breaks out in the camp, all concerned will wk as per unit fire orders.
Sy of Pers 18.
Pubs. a. Any leaflet, poster or cir from strangers inside or around the unit lines will at once be reported to the USO. Advertisements from firms received by inside will be dealt with in the same way. b. Tps will not comm with any newspaper or press except Senabarta or Army/Regt mags. The articles for pub will be sent through proper channel.
19.
c.
Tps will not indulge in politics. A sldr is always loyal to the govt in power.
Broadcasting and Lectures.
a. All rks are forbidden to broadcast anything from radio/TV etc unless permitted by the higher auth.
20.
b. While on lve or out from the unit lines all rks are forbidden to adds the pub on any subj except the rural uplift committee of their respective villages. Propaganda and Rumors.
a. On hearing any kind of subversive propaganda against the ftg forces or the nation a sldr will not pass it on and be an unwitting agent of the en but will report the matter at once to the nearest mil or police offr.
92 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. Rumors are always baseless and are spread to cause panic. Do not be a rumour man yourself. Whenever you hear rumour report imm to the USO, giving the dt, time, place and source.
21. Fortune Tellers. Be careful of the fortune tellers. They cannot tell your fortune. You may divulge mil info in reply to their ques. 22. Legal Power of Sldr iro Civ. other citizen of BD. A sldr can arrest:
A sldr has the same legal power iro civ as any
a.
Any civ caught red handed committing murder or theft.
b.
Any person attempting illegal entry in a prohibited or protected area.
c.
Any person loitering around mil instl or lines without any business.
d.
Any person spreading rumors or indulging in subversive propaganda.
Note: Civs arrested for the above mentioned crimes will at once be handed over the civ police and will not be kept in mil custody.
Sy of Op 23.
Mov. a. When mov with a unit from one sta to another or seeing any unit arriving in a new sta the move will not be discussed in pub places or comm to friends and relatives in ltr. b. Org and loc of Naval, Army and Air Force units, known to a person will not be disc in pub places or comm to friends and relatives in writings or verbally.
24. Cas. Any cas of own tp, seen, heard or known through any source will not be disc in pub places or comm to friends or relatives in writings. It is just possible that the cas may be a relation or a friend of yours but still let the officials info his NOK. You will not take any initiative in this matter. 25.
Plans.
a. Any offr in knowledge of the future plans of army will not make notes in a note book which be always carried on his per. 26.
b.
Cl papers, files etc, will not be taken to residence.
Arms, Eqpt and Trg.
a. Intro of any kind of new arm or eqpt in the ftg forces will not be disc in pub places nor will it be comm to friends and relatives, verbally or in writing. b.
Changes in mil trg pamp will not be discussed in pub places or comm.
93 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. The area, climate, duration and nature of trg will not be discussed in pub places or comm to friends or relatives. PART-II - STANDING ORDERS FOR PEACE
27.
This is maint by every unit for day to day admin. It contains the fol: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. j. k. l.
Msn of the Unit. Org of the unit. Duties of various comd. Duties of various appt holders. Office mgt. Office sy. Unit fire order. MT standing order. Duties of duty offrs, JCO and clk. Mob scheme. Peace time reports and returns.
28. Offr in temp comd will not issue or alter any types of standing orders. In emergent circumstances can do with the prior permission of the fmn comd concerned. (Auth: AR(I) 21). PART-III - STANDING ORDERS FOR WAR
29. The fol heading may be used as guide in drafting standing orders for war for a fmn HQ. This list is by no means complete and may vary with circumstances particularly in different that of op: a.
b.
c.
Org of HQ.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
Basic comp of HQ. Come of recce sp and order gp. Basic comp of tpt each BF. Layout of HQ. Arng for att unit. Veh mk. Layout of lt ac strip.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Resp of SO and chief clk. Resp of duty offrs and clk. Maint of duty roster. Drill for receipt of msg. Maint of battle map. Office sys incl ack registers and routine orders. Handling of sy papers, offr moves boards etc. Drill for issue of op, admin and movO. Std distr list.
Office Org.
Comm.
94 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d.
e.
f.
g.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Normal distr of radio sets. Manning of sets during ops. Issue of codes. Comm states. Use of orderlies and DR. Rules for sig svc (SDS).
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)
Comp and duties of adv party. Veh loads incl per. Gp of veh and gp comd. Orders of march. Sign posting and tfc con. Resp for manning start and rel pt. March discip, halts lighting. Act in the event of en attk. Drill for estb HQ on arr. Resp for issue of mov order for HQ. Insp of vacated office sites for sy purpose.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
Resp for air and gp def. Digging and over Hyprotection. Sentries. Exemptions from routine stand to. Alarm. Standing orders for def against air, nuclear and gas. Attk and fire. Act by clk, dvr, etc in emg. Concealment and camouflage.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
USO. Issue of passes. Con of visitors. Ident checks.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)
Duties of HQ sqn or coy. Discip. Feeding arng. No and comp of mess (at Div HQ and above). MT standing orders. Drawing of rat, POL, ammo and water. Interior ech. Returns.
Mov.
Protection.
Sy.
Admin.
95 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
96 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG STY AND FORMS, OFFICE EQPT, PRINTING AND BINDING Refs: A. B. C. D.
AI 4/88. SBAO 3/90. SBAO 4/97. SBAO 4/2004.
Aim 1. To discuss briefly the method of prov, acct, LP of office eqpt and also the procedure of local printing and binding. 2.
The pd are div into five main parts: Part I
-
Sty and Forms.
Part III
-
Office Eqpt.
Part II
-
Part IV
-
Part V
Typewriters/Duplicators.
Local Printing and Binding. -
Scale of Sty for Army Unit/Fmn.
PART- I : STY AND FORMS
Resp and Source of Sup 3.
ASS and CAO (A-6) are the sole auth for the sup of sty and forms to fmn/units.
Dmd and Indents 4.
There are four types of dmd viz normal, supplementary, emergent and payment: a.
b.
Normal. The obj of plg of qtr indents are: (1) To give the unit/fmn sufficient time for wk out their estimates or expenditure for the ensuing qtr. (2) To give time to sty store to produce and replenish stock for timely issue. (3) To enforce a universal sys of dmd and issue throughout the army. Supplementary. To supplement the normal indent.
c. Emergent. The nec of emergent indent arises only at the time of emergency in case of unforeseen reqr of sty and iro newly raised units. In all other cases it is only initiated due to late or incomplete submission of qtr indents.
97 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d. Payment. Payment dmds are placed for sty reqr from ATG and misc Grant. Indents are prep separately and mk in red in “ON PAYMENT” debiatable to ATG etc. Docus to be fwd to the Area FC (Army). Qty insp of the expenditure incurred as result of LP. 5. Sty is dmd on BAFZ-2279 in duplicate as per scales are laid down in AI 4/88 and SBAO 4/2004. 6. Docus to be fwd to the FC, Dhaka qtr insp of the expenditure incurred as a result of LP. Custody and Accts
7. All forms of sty sup against payment indents or purchased locally will be taken in the ledger charge (BAFZ-2286A) and expended by preparing expense voucher monthly on BAFZ-2096. These ledgers are subj to audit by the LAO. Sty received as free sup is not subj to audit but just for the purpose of exercising tech con in its use this should also be acct for on ledger. Forms
8. Forms are sup free of cost by ASS and CAO, AHQ, Dhaka Cantt. Indents on BAFZ-2279 are submitted quarterly in adv. Accountable Forms 9. Indents for accountable forms such as rly warrants and mil credit notes are submitted separately on BAFZ-2279. Intro/Cancellation 10. Forms are introduced or cancelled through BAO. Forms declared obsolete are to be used to the best interest of the state or as otherwise stated in BAO. Scale of Sty for Units/Fmn 11.
Auth scale of Sty for Fmn/Unit as per SBAO 4/2004.
PART-II : TYPEWRITER AND DUPLICATORS Procedure of Dmd/Issue/Sup 12. CAO (A-6) is resp to sup typewriter/duplicators to fmn/units. Initial issues to newly raised units are made by CAO (A-6) as per instrs contained in raising ltr. Subsequently typewriter/duplicators reqr as replacement of condemned ones are sup by CAO on receipt of dmd from fmns/units concerned. Dmd for replacement are submitted to CAO (A-6) by first of Jul each yr as per proforma laid down in PAO 24/S/59.
98 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
13. Typewriters/Duplicators for static units are delivered dir by the firms concerned. Non static units get their typewriters through Sta HQ. Cost of Typewriters/Duplicators 14. Cost of initial issues made on newly raised units/fmn is debited to the appropriate hd of expenditure of units concerned. Cost of those sup as replacement of condemned machine is met by CAO (A-6) from the funds placed at the disposal for this purpose. Procedure of Condemnation
15. The normal life of a std typewriter is 10 yr, portable 7 yr and duplicators 10 yr. When a machine is considered to be beyond econ repairs (BER), it will be exam by a local rep of sup firms and if recom for condemnation, his report in original will be fwd to CAO (A-6) who will arng replacement. If the mach is approved for condemnation, the condemned machine will be returned to CAO, AHQ Dhaka Cantt. Repairs 16. Record of repairs carried out and cost involved are maint on register as reqr vide AI(P) 21/67. Repairs are carried out by the auth agents of firms. Static units get their machines repaired dir by the firms and active units cannot deal with firms but instead get their machines repaired through Sta HQ. Charges/Bills 17. The rates for overhauling oiling and cleaning of various types of mach held by units are given wk contact with firms on yr basis. Payment of Bills 18. Repair bills are paid out of misc expenditure grant. CO is competent to pay their bills upto an amount with the approval of CAO. Gen 19.
PART-III : OFFICE EQPT Office eqpt/stores are of two types viz: a. Auth in TO&E. Items of office eqpt/stores auth in TO&E are dmd from ord. These are sup to fmn/unit by ordep.
b. Not Auth in TO&E but Considered Essential for Offices. Items falling under this cat are dmd on payment from the sup dept and the cost is paid out of misc expenses grant. Stores declared as NA by the sup dept are purchased locally by fmn/units on receipt of proper NA cert. Misc items like dictionaries, candles, calendars, table clothes etc which are not stocked by govt are purchased dir from the local town. 20.
Fol are the sup agencies:
99 RESTRICTED
a. c. d. e. f. 21.
Sources Ordep CAO, AHQ Rly stationeries Post office Local tdn
RESTRICTED
Items Sup Yakdans leather, pad locks etc. File covers, file boards, waste paper baskets, etc. Rly time table. Postal guides. Dictionaries, match box, candles table clo etc.
Office eqpt which can be purchased out of Office contg: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. j. k. l.
Box, nails and screw for office records when units mov. Elec bell for office uses. Index cabinet and index incards. Locks and keys for office box. Local printing and bindings. LP of svy materials by units reqr it. Maint of typewriters and duplicators. Purchase and repair of office furniture if not auth and provided under QMG. Steel almirah, iron cabinet. St John’s amb reqr. Str boards/name boards. DMD AND PROV
Items of Dept Sup (Vide Para 21a and b) 22. Units to place indents/dmd (by ltr) to the sup dept. Indent is mk in red ink "ON PAYMENT COST TO BE MET OUT OF MISC EXPENSES GRANT". Stores are sup on payment, if aval, otherwise an NA cert is furnished to enable units to re-store to LPs. 23. In case of stores issued on payment by the sup dept, 4 (four) copies of the price vouchers are received by the indenter who pays the cost out of misc expenses grant by depositing the amount in a treasury/bank. Treasury receipt is then fwd to the sup dept. LP 24. LP is carried out when stores are NA with the sup dept and on receipt of proper NA cert. The fol docus are submitted to FC (Army), Dhaka qtr in sp of expenditure incurred on this acct: a.
NA Cert.
b.
Firms quotations in original.
c.
Ltr in original calling for quotations.
d.
Comparative statement (if the items are many and of different sizes).
e.
A cert to the effect that the items purchased were essentially reqr.
g.
Dealer’s receipt/cash memo.
f.
CRV in duplicate.
100 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Payment of Bills 25.
Payment will be made is under: a. Items/Stores Received on Payment from Sup Dept. Cost to be deposited into govt treasury/bank on receipt of priced voucher or intimation regarding cost of stores sup. The treasury receipt is then fwd to the sup dept concerned. b. Items/Stores Purchased Locally. Cost to be paid to firms concerned and a receipt obtained. Docus mentioned in para 24 are fwd to FC (Army) in sp of the expenditure incurred. c. Items /Stores of non Dept Sup. These are purchased from local tdn on cash payment. Dealer’s receipt alongwith CRV is fwd to FC (Army) quarterly in sp of expenditure incurred. Cost in every case is met out of misc expenses grant.
26. All items of office eqpt whether purchased locally or obtained from govt sources are taken on ledger charge. Items of expendable nature are also taken on ledger charge and expended through CIV. PART-IV - LOCAL PRINTING AND BINDING
Auth Printing and Binding 27.
Local printing can be under taken by a CO.
Type of Printing 28.
Fol are the types of printings: a. Non Recurring. standard/spec forms. b.
Occasional and not perm in nature eg printing of
Recurring. Regular Periodical printing eg fmn orders.
Non Recurring Printing 29. As and when nec for printing of non recurring nature arises, units/fmn will call for quotations from 3 or 4 bonafide presses. Quotations in original along with specimen of matter to be printed will be fwd to the controller of printing sty (through CAO) who will scrutinize the rates tendered and will advise units/fmn the name of press to whom the job should be entrusted. 30. On receipt of papers from the CAO, units will report the local printing and will pay the cost out of misc expenses grant. Recurring Printing
31. Printing of recurring nature eg fmn orders are carried out at approved local presses under contract with the fmn concerned. Quotations as per AI(P) 128/53 Anx A will be called from local presses and will be fwd in original to the CAO for his approval.
101 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
On receipt of relevant docus from the CAO, nec contract will be drawn and exec as per Anx B to AI(P) 128/53. A copy of the contract is sup to the CAO. Book Binding 32. For binding wk, a CO is competent to incur expenditure upto any amount from the misc expenses grant. Before binding is entrusted to a local tdn, NA cert for the material reqr will have to be obtained from the CAO, AHQ. Payment of Bills
33. All bills will be paid out of misc expenses grant and the relevant docus along with dealer’s receipt will be fwd to the FC(Army) quarterly in sp of the expenditure incurred. PART- V : SCALE OF STY FOR ARMY UNITS/FMN 34.
Auth scale of sty is given in SBAO 4/2004 for units/fmn to calculate their dmd.
35. The scale is intended to meet the max reqr of the units/fmn etc. It does not, however, imply that the dmds are to be placed upto full scale in case the office has been running satisfactorily with small qty. 36.
Fol instr are laid down for compliance by all concerned: a. Units/fmn etc will restrict their dmd to the min which in no way should exceed those given in SBAO 4/2004.
b. Non expendable items will not be exercised and dmd kept to the min essential reqr. Although life of those items has been indicated in SBAO 4/2004 yet the dmd should be placed only when the item is no longer considered svc. c. 37.
Unit acct incl their reqr in the indents of the units to which they are att.
Dmd of sty will be placed on BAFZ-2278 as shown in AI 4/88 Para 5(A).
102 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG UNIT SY Refs: A. B.
Aim
Official Secret Act-1923. AR(I) 109, AR(R) 299, 303, SD in the Fd-1975.
1.
To discuss various aspects of unit sy incl the duties of various sy org of the units.
2.
The resp for maint of sy in a unit depends on the fol pers:
Resp
a.
b. unit.
The over all resp for sy and sy trg in a unit rests with the CO himself.
Every sub unit comd in his own turn is resp for the sy and sy trg in his sub-
c. Finally every man as an indl is resp not only for his personal action/omissions, but equally shares the resp for defeating on int.
Unit Sy Offr (USO)
3. In order to discharge his duties in this sphere, the CO appt the USO, who is resp for the enforcement of efficient sy measures in the unit within the frame work of sy policy laid down by higher fmn. 4. The rk of the offr appt as USO may vary according to the unit but it is desirable that he should be sufficiently senior in rk to exert his auth over all rks. In a unit normally the 2IC or the Adjt assisted by SM will be the sy offr, who may be assisted by a jr offr preferably the IO. In view of his other commitments he should have a sy squad to help him. 5. A USO must be tactful and achieve his ends through coop rather than coercion. As he may not be fully trained in this subj, he may call upon the local fd sy org for svc. Fd sy pers are not directly resp for the unit, but they have an advisory and supervisory role and max must be made of them.
103 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Duties of Unit Sy Offr 6.
The duties of unit sy offr may be summarized as fol:
a. To frame and keep upto date the unit sy standing order of his unit and issue sy orders/instrs for matters not covered by these orders eg moves, ex, etc. b. To ensure that all sy orders and instrs are fully understood and efficiently enforced. c. To be fully in the picture regarding latest sy requirement and modify trg prog accordingly. To org and conduct sy trg on unit basis. d.
To assist in prep and coord of sub-unit sy trg prog.
e. To encourage all rks to bring his notice at once all suspicious incidents and to be accessible to them, either directly or indirectly for this purpose. f. To investigate in conjunction with the above any sy matters arising outside the unit which may have a bearing on the unit sy. g.
To investigate on the dir of the CO any sy breaches within the unit.
h. To investigate when their activities concern his unit, to maint close liaison with all svc and civ pers engaged in IS duties, with provost staff and units, and with units dets emp on physical sy. 7. Since the unit sy offr will have many other regt duties to carr out, he will not be able to devote more than a ltd part of his time to sy work. He should therefore make the fullest use of fd sy pers in his area. On the other hand he must realize that the sy of a unit is fundamentally the domestic concern of that unit, he must, therefore, resist all temptation to consider his job as a sincere of that unit, he must therefore, resist all temptation to consider his job as a sincere. If sy trg and discipline are neglected during trg pds, the sy of a unit during active op will be bad. Unit Sy Measures
8. Generally sy measures in a unit fall under the broad headings of preventive and detective measures.
9. Preventive Measures. This incl measures taken to counter espionage sabotage and propaganda and these can be summarized as under: a. Unit Sy Standing Orders. They should be drawn up comprehensively and kept updateed. Some of the pts are contained in unit Sy Trg Pamph-1957 Appx B. These pts should be modified to meet the local reqr.
b. Con of Access. The first essential requirement of all sy measures is that no unauth pers, whether mil or civ is allowed access to unit. The unit sy offr is resp to ensure that, this principle is strictly enforced within his unit:
104 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(1) What to Admit. Many civs will like to enter into unit line for routine work etc. Only those who can prove them bonafide and essential for the efficiency of routine work may be admitted after proper check. To facilitate checking a pass system should be introduced. To ensure that the pass system is not abused, all pass holders should be pro vetted. Uniform and badges of ranks by themselves have no ident value. It is the ident docus alone which is estb bonafide.
(2) Parameter Around Unit Area. If the unit is fortunate enough to have a perimeter than the tfc should be canalized through the min no of gates - one entrance and one exist are enough. Two entries should be posted at each gate to check the visitors. One sentry should stop the visitor and the other to check the ident docus and passes should be thoroughly scrutinized and the purpose of the visit and person to be visited ascertained. All the details in the visitors’ book to be completed and signatures on the ident docus/pass carefully checked with that on the visitors’ book. If the visitors do not possess any docu then their bonafide should be ascertained from the person visited. After the check the visitor should be escorted out on the termination of the visit. On no acct the stranger should be allowed to have freely within the unit lines.
(3) No Perimeter Around Unit Area. Normally you will find that units have no perimeter around their area. In this case the task becomes much more difficult. One way of overcoming this difficulty is to increase the no of sentries. Sentries/patrols at suitable intervals should be posted around the unit area. Indl should be emphasized and all ranks should be encouraged to check stranger found in unit area. Measures for sy of offices should be intensified. (4) Gds. All gds and sentries should be thoroughly trained in checking the ident docus and passes. As further measures they should be encouraged to ascertain the bonafide of the visitors from the person visited. The mounting of gd is in itself no guarantee of the sy of the estb guarded, nor is a sy check sufficient to ensure the physical safety of the estb. Gds must be given simple and clear instrs so that they know exactly for what purpose they are serving, they must understand that uniform, whatever the badges of ranks, is in itself no guarantee of the bonafide of the wearer and consequently must challenge and examine identity of every unrecognized person who seeks admittance, they must be familiar with such ident cards, passes etc that are in current use.
c. Sy of Info. The USO is resp for ensuring that all possible steps are taken to prevent leakage of info of unit. The common dangers are:
(1) Careless Talk. The most frequent cause of leakage is discussion of mil matters in public places. The unit sy offr’s only answer is trg, vigilance and disciplinary action against the offenders. (2) Corres. Disc of mil info in pte ltrs and tgs is to be checked through unit censorship. This can be easily avoided if USO ensures that all ranks fully understand the reasons for unit censorship when imposed under the orders of AHQ.
105 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED (3) Inter Comm. While sig sy is mainly sig’s resp, unit sy offr must ensure that the sigmen know and appreciate the dangers to sy, particularly voice procedure and carr out preventive measures as laid down in sig instrs.
(4) Docus. Careless handling of docus gives out considerable info to the en. It is nec to have a system of cl, handling and acct for all docus, papers and official correspondence. This is laid down in the pamp Classification and Treatment of Protected Docus Bangladesh 1976. The distr of cl info should be on a ‘Need to know basis.’ Unit sy standing orders should specify what may or what must be taken into the battle. (5) Pub and Exhibition of Mil Info. News items in local or national news papers are thoroughly scrutinized by the en. USO must ensure that all advertisements, etc are passed to the press vetted by the USO before being put up.
(6) PW. Another task of the USO is his fight against leakage of info. Train unit pers - if taken PW, divulge nothing to the en beyond no, rk, name and age. This involves trg in countering en interrogation methods.
(7) Misc. Among other sources of leakage worth mentioning are photo which needs strict con, ltrs to pen pals, entries of particulars in hotel registers, visitors’ book, pte diaries, fortune tellers, shoulder titles, fmn sign, tattooing, etc. d.
Sy of Mat. (1) In this sense it means everything which helps in efficient conduct of ops. The measures in this aspect of sy will be to protect POL dumps, ammo stores, kotes, MT and other govt material against sabotage and pilferage. The counter measures in this respect will be based on con of access, backed by strict disciplinary action. Trg on sy consciousness of all ranks and indls’ vigilance by all can avert this treat to the sy of material. (2) Units from different fmns participating in the newly introduced battle inoculation at Hathazari Fd firing range are using live ammo. Proper accountability of the live ammo is a must from the overall sy pt of view and units should pay due imp to this aspects. It was observed in one occasion that lived small arms were gathered by the locals from the area where a unit had just conducted Battle Inoculation. (AHQ, GS Br (MT Dte) ltr no 1547/R/MT-2 dt 03 Aug 95)
e. Sy of Pers. The sy of pers aims at safeguarding the morale of tps against subversive propaganda, subversive literature, alarming news and rumours. The MWO can be a great help to the USOs in informing them the correct state of affairs in the unit. The tps should be made aval to tps to contradict the rumours and alarmist reports. Only correct literature should be allowed in units.
Defective Measures
106 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
10. The sy in a unit is mainly preventive. This does not absolve indls of their duty of reporting or detecting and helping in rounding up of suspects. In this fd the scope of a unit is very ltd but the fol measures can be of great help. a. Inculcating suspicious alertness in all ranks. They should be encouraged to report suspicious in idents immediately. b.
Counter rumours, subversive propaganda and defeatist talks etc.
c. Making offrs and men aware of their legal power and their use when the occasion crises.
Sy Trg
11. Good sy in any unit can only be achieved as a result of the tough and reg trg of all rks in sy principles and it is a dir reflection of the discip of the unit. The main factor to bear in mind is that sy trg should be intensive, realistic and continuous. As far as possible it should be incorporated with other trg and ex. Conclusion 12. To sum up sy is a relative form and severity op excess of its application would largely depend on the comds own approach and apprehension of the sit. A little slip here a minor omission there, can be bordize the sy of a unit and ultimately that of the Army.The std of sy of a unit is in dir proportion to the sy trg carried out . It should however be borne in mind that sy trg should be intensive realistic, continuous and as imp as possible incorporated with other trg and ex. Finally it must be remembered that int staff are resp for coord and assisting through Fd Sy pers the activities of the USO is their fmn. Anx: A. B.
Comm of Info. Official Secret Act, 1923.
107 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
COMMUNICATION OF INFORMATION
ANX A
299. Subject to Rules 300 et seq, the publication or disclosure in any form of unpublished official document, or of their contents or of official information to unauthorized persons, or the use of such documents or information in personal controversy or for any private purpose, without due sanction from the proper military authority is forbidden. Any breach of this Rule will be treated as an offence under the Official Secret Act, 1923. 300. A person subject to military law is except as provided for in Rule 303 to 308 to communicate to the Public, forbidden, anonymously or otherwise, through the press, wireless, television or any means whatever, any information or views on any matter affecting the army or on any other military subject without prior written sanction of the proper military authority.[See Rule 303 (a)]. 301.
(a) Any information of a professional nature that a person may acquire while traveling or employed on duty will be regarded as the property of the State and will NOT be published or communicated in any form to unauthorized persons or agencies without the previous sanction of the authorities concerned, vide Rule 303. (b) Similarly information acquired in an official capacity by a person serving or having served in an appointment or post under the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Commonwealth Relations or in any other government department will NOT be disclosed to any unauthorized person etc without the express permission of the department concerned.
108 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
302. The government copy-right of all official government publications including maps, sketches, plan, drawing etc and of all photographs taken for official purposes, or taken unofficially with government material, is vested in the Ministry of Defence. The prior permission of the said Ministry is necessary for the re-publication of reproduction of such publications, photographs, etc or extracts there from in any book, periodical, journal, postcard, lantern-slide or in any other form whatever.
303. Obtaining Permission. The person desires of publishing any material mentioned in the preceding rules will forward an application through proper channels to the authority competent to accord sanction on the basis of information to be published, reproduced etc, as contained in the following sub rules. No text will be given to printers, editors, etc until the required permission has been granted,. The application will be invariably accompanied by two copies of type written test complete in al respects, and with any photos, maps etc. The fact whether it includes any government copy-right matter will be clear stated:a. Rule 300 To the Chief of General Staff. b. Rules 301(a) and 302 To the Chief of General Staff for obtaining permission of the Ministry of Defence. c. Rule 301 (b) through the departmental channels,
(i) If still serving in that department, (ii)
d.
Otherwise, through the Chief of the General Staff.
All other lectures, addresses, publications, etc - To the Director of Public Relation, AHQ who will consult Military Intelligence Directorate, AHQ, if any matter or views concerning military subjects are included.
304. `In all cases under Rule 303, the officer commanding/head of department, establishment or office where the applicant is serving, will make a definite statement if he agrees with the communication of the information; any other higher authorities in the chain of transmission may also endorse any objections. If permission is accorded, the sanctioning authority will return one copy of the text, duly modified as necessary, to the applicant, through the normal channels. 305. The permission to publish will apply the articles etc, as submitted/modified, and no subsequent alternations, except of a purely editorial nature, or additions thereto, may be made without again obtaining the approval of the competent authority. This permission will NOT signify official endorsement of the contents of the articles etc. No statement tending to imply official approval of endorsement may be included in any part of the publication etc, nor may the permission be referred to in any way. 306. Any officer etc, proposing to publish a book which is likely, on account of its interest to the Army, to be adopted for official purposes, should communicate with the Director of Public Relation AHQ at an early stage, even though the book may not contain military information or views on military subjects, In such a case the Ministry of Defence may require special terms in the matter of price, and it is desirable that the author should be aware of the position in regard to this point, before he enters into negotiations with publishers.
109 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
307. The foregoing rules do not apply to communications of the nature referred to in Rule 308.
308. Press Interviews. Official communications to the press will normally be made only by an officer of the Ministry of Defence, not lower in status than a Joint Secretary, but such communications affecting only one formation may be made by an authorized official or a Senior Staff Officer of the formation headquarters, Commanding Officers of the units and depots will not invite representatives of the local press to visit units or furnish regimental news, without the permission of the formation commander under whom serving. 309. Official Documents. Official report or correspondence or copies thereof will not, without the special sanction to the Army Headquarters, be furnished to any person not officially entitled to receive them. The publication of official documents, or communicating their contents verbally or in writing or using them for any private purpose without due authority, will be treated as a breach of the Officials Secret Act, 1923.
310. Tuitions. An officer or soldier is forbidden, without the sanction of the Army Headquarters, to assist private tutors or tutorial establishments in preparing candidates for examinations in military subjects. 311. Expert Evidence. An officer or soldier is forbidden to accept invitations to appear as an expert witness in private law suits for the purpose of giving evidence on matters of which he has acquired knowledge the course of, and in connection with, his official duties, Any officer or soldier who receives such an invitation or summons should reply that he is precluded by regulation from giving such evidence. If however after replying in these terms, he is subpoenaed to appear as an expert witness, he should report the matter at once to his commanding officer who will, refer it through the usual channels to the Adjutant General, AHQ. In the case of units/individuals serving abroad, it will be referred to AHQ through the force commander concerned or the senior military officer of the Bangladesh Embassy/Mission in that country, when instructions will be issued as to the further action to be taken. (Auth : AR(R) 299-311)
199. Communication of Information. Personnel subject to the Military Law are forbidden to publish or communicate any statement or opinion which is capable of embarrassing the relations between the Government and the people of Bangladesh or any section there of, or the relations between the Government and a local Government or Commonwealth/foreign government or State in Bangladesh. Any statement affecting the said government etc, falls under the preview of AR Rules 299 ET SEQ and will NOT be published or communicated in any manner whatever, without prior permission of the Chief of the General Staff obtained through the Director of Military Intelligence, (MI Dte, AHQ). Similarly airing of grievances and expression of views through the press is forbidden and will constitute an offence under the BAA. The correct procedure is laid down in AR(I) 193 and 194. (Auth : AR(I) 199)
110 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ANX B THE OFFICIAL SECRETS ACT, 1923 Act No. XIX OF 1923 An Act to consolidate and amend the law in [Bangladesh] relating to official secrets.
[2nd April, 1923]
WHEREAS it is expedient that the law relating to official secrets in Bangladesh should be consolidated and amended; It is hereby enacted as follows:1.
Short Title, Extent and Application
a.
This Act may be called the Official Secrets Act, 1923.
b. It extends to the whole of Bangladesh, and applies also to all citizens of Bangladesh and persons in the service of the Republic wherever they may be.
Definitions 2.
In this Act, unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:a. Any reference to a place belonging to Government includes a place occupied by any department of the Government, whether the place is or is not actually vested in Government; b. Expressions referring to communicating or receiving include any communicating or receiving, whether in whole or in part, and whether the sketch, plan, model, article, note, document, or information itself or the substance, effect or description thereof only be communicated or received; expressions referring to obtaining or retaining any sketch, plan, model, articles, note or document, include the copying or causing to be copied of the whole or any part of any sketch, plan, model, article, note or document include the transfer or transmission of the sketch, plan, model, article, note or document; c.
“Document” includes part of a document;
d.
“Model” includes design, pattern and specimen;
e. “Munitions of war” includes the whole or any part of any ship, submarine, aircraft, tank or similar engine, arms ammunition, torpedo, or mine intended or adopted for use in war, and any other article, material, or device, whether actual or proposed, intended for such use;
111 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED f. “Office under Government” includes any office or employment in or under any department of the Government: g. h.
“Photograph” includes an undeveloped film or plate; “Prohibited place” means-
(1) Any work of defence, arsenal, naval, military or air force establishment or station, mine, minefield, camp, ship or aircraft belonging to, or occupied by or on behalf of, Government, any military telegraph or telephone so belonging or occupied, any wireless or signal station or office so belonging or occupied and any factory, dockyard or other place so belonging or occupied and used for the purpose of building, repairing, making or storing any munitions of war, or any sketches, plans, models or documents relating thereto, or for the purpose of getting any metals, oil or minerals of use in time of war; (2) Any place not belonging to government where any munitions of war or any sketches, models, plans or documents relating thereto, are being made, repaired, gotten or stored under contract with, or with any person or behalf of Government, or otherwise on behalf or Government; (3) Any place belonging to or used for the purpose of Government which is for the time being declared by the Government, by notification in the official Gazette, to be a prohibited place for the purposes of this act on the ground that information with respect thereto, or damage thereto, would be useful to an enemy, and to which a copy of the notification in respect thereof has been affixed in English and in Bengali; provided that where for declaring a prohibited place under sub-clause (c) or sub clause (d) a notification in the official Gazette is not considered desirable in the interest of the security of the state, such declaration may be made by an order a copy or notice of which shall be prominently displayed at the point of entry to, or at conspicuous place near, the prohibited place; (4) Any railway, road, way or channel or other means of communication by land or water (including any works or structures being part thereof or connected therewith) or any place used for gas, water or electricity works or other works for the purposes of a public character, or any place where any munitions of war or any sketches, models, plans or documents relating thereto, are being made, repaired or stored otherwise than on behalf of Government, which is for the time being, declared by the Government, by notification in the official Gazette, to be a prohibited place for the purposes of this Act on the ground that information with respect thereto, or the destruction or obstruction thereof, or interference therewith, would be useful to an enemy, and to which a copy of the notification in respect thereof, has been affixed in English and in Bengali; (5) “Sketch” includes any photograph or other mode of representing any place or thing; and
112 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
3.
(6) “Superintendent of Police” includes any police officer of a like or superior rank, and any person upon whom the powers of a superintendent of police are for the purposes of this Act conferred by the Government.
Penalties For Spying.
a. If any person for any purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the State(1) Approaches, inspects, passes over or is in the vicinity of, or enters, any prohibited place; or (2) Makes any sketch, plan, model or note which is calculated to be or might be or is intended to be, directly or indirectly, useful to an enemy; or
(3) Obtains, collects records or publishes or communicates to any other person any secret official code or password, or any sketch, plan, model, article or note or other document or information which is calculated to be or might be or is intended to be, directly or indirectly, useful to an enemy; He shall be guilty of an offence under this section. b. On a prosecution for an offence punishable under this section with imprisonment for a term which may extend to fourteen years, it shall not be necessary to show that the accused person was guilty of any particular act tending to show a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interest of the Stale, and notwithstanding that no such act is proved against him, he may be convicted if, from the circumstances of the case or his conduct or his known character as proved, it appears that his purpose was a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the state, and, if any sketch, plan model, article, note, document, or information relating to or used in any prohibited, place, or relating to anything in such a place, or any secret official code or password is made, obtained, collected, recorded, published or communicated by any person other than a person acting under lawful authority, and from the circumstances of the case or his conduct or his known character as proved it appears that his purpose was a purpose prejudicial to the sably or interests of the state, such sketch plan, model, article, note, document or information shall be presumed to have been Made, obtained, collected, recorded, published or communicated for a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the State. c.
A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be punishable:(1) Where the offence committed is intended or calculated to be, directly or indirectly, in the interest or for the benefit of a foreign power, or is in relation to any work of defence, arsenal, naval, military of airforce establishment or station, mine, minefield, factory, dockyard, camp, ship or aircraft or otherwise in relation to the naval, military or airforce affairs of Bangladesh or in relation to any secret official code, with death, or with imprisonment for a term which may extend to fourteen years; and
113 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(2) In any others case, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years.
3A. Restriction against Photographs, Sketches, etc, of Prohibited and Notified Areas.
a. No person shall, except under the authority of a written permit granted by or on behalf of the Government, make any photograph, sketch, plan, model, note or representation of any kind of any prohibited place or of any other place or area or area notified by the Government as a place or area with regard to which such restriction appears to the Government to be expedient in the interests of the security of Bangladesh, or of any part of or object in any such place or area. b. The Government may, be general or special order make provision for security that no photograph, sketch, plan, model, note or representation of any kind made under the authority of a permit granted in pursuance of sub-section (1) shall be published unless and until the same has been submitted to and approved by such authority or person as may be specified in the order, and may retain or destroy or otherwise dispose of anything so submitted. c. If any person contravenes any of the provisions of this section, he shall be punished with imprisonment for a term which may extend to three years or with fine or with both. 4. Communications with Foreign Agents to be Evidence of Commission of Certain Offences. a. In any proceedings against a person for an offence under section 3, the fact that he has been in communication with, or attempted to communicate with, foreign agent, whether with in or without Bangladesh shall be relevant for the purpose of proving that he has, for a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interest of the state, obtained or attempted to obtain information which is calculated to be or might be, or is intended to be, directly or indirectly, useful to an enemy. b. For the propose of this section, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provision,(1) A person may be presumed to have been in communication with a foreign agent if(a) He has, either within or without Bangladesh visited the address of a foreign agent or consorted or associated with a foreign agent or (b) Either within or without Bangladesh the name or address of, or any other information regarding, a foreign agent has been found in his possession, or has been obtained by him from any other person.
114 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(2) The expression “foreign agent” includes any person who is or has been or in respect of whom it appears that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting him of being or having been employed by a foreign power, either directly or indirectly, for the purpose of committing an act, either within or without Bangladesh, prejudicial to the safety or interests of the State, or who has or is reasonably suspected of having, either within or without Bangladesh, committed, or attempted to commit, such an act in the interests of a foreign power; (3) Any address, whether within or without Bangladesh, in respect of which it appears that there are reasonable grounds for suspecting it of being an address used for the receipt of communications intended for a foreign agent, or any address at which a foreign agent resides, or to which he resorts for the purpose of giving or receiving communications, or at which he carries on any businesses, may be presumed to be the address of a foreign agent, and communications addressed to such an address to be communications with a foreign agent. 5.
Wrongful Communication, etc, of Information. a. If any person having in his possession or control any secret official code or password or any sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information which relates to or is used in a prohibited place or relates to anything in such a place, or which has been made or obtained in contravention of this Act, or which has been entrusted in confidence to him by any person holding office under Government, or which he has obtained or to which he has had access owing to his position as a person who holds or has held office under Government or as a person who holds or has held a contract made on behalf of Government, or as a person who is or has been employed under a person who holds or has held such an office or contract(1) Willfully communicates the code or passwords, sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information to any person other than a person to whom he is authorized to communicate it, or a court of justice or a person to whom it is, in the interests of the state, his duty to communicate it; or (2) Uses the information in his possession for the benefit of any foreign power or in any other manner prejudicial to the safety of the State; or
(3) Retains the sketch, plan, model, article, note or document in his possession or control when he has no right to retain it, or when it is contrary to his duty to retain, it, or willfully fails to comply with all directions issued by lawful authority with regard to the return or disposal thereof; or (4) Fails to take reasonable care of, or so conducts himself as to endanger the safety of, the sketch, plan, model, article, note, document, secret official, code or password or information;
115 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED He shall be guilty of an offence under this section. b. If any person voluntarily receives any secret official code or password or any sketch, plan, model, article, note, document, or information knowing or having reasonable ground to believe, at the time when he receives it, that the code, Password, sketch, plan, model, article, note, document or information is communicated in contravention of this Act, he shall be guilty of an offence under this section. c.
A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be punishable,(1) Where the offence committed is a contravention of clause (a) of sub-section (1) and intend or calculated to be, directly or indirectly, in the interest or for the benefit of a foreign power, or is in relation to any work of defence, arsenal, naval, military or air force establishment or station, mine, minefield, factory, dockyard, ship or air-craft or otherwise in relation to the naval military or air force affairs of Bangladesh or in relation to any secret official code, with death, or with imprisonment of a term which may extend to fourteen years; and (2) In any other case, with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both.
6. Unauthorized Use of Uniforms; Personation, and False Documents.
Falsification
of
Reports,
Forgery,
a. If any person for the purpose of gaining admission or of assisting any other person to gain admission to a prohibited place or for any other purpose prejudicial to the safety of the state(1) Uses or wears, without lawful authority, any naval, military, air force, police or other official uniform, or any uniform so nearly resembling the same as to be calculated to deceive, or falsely represents himself to be a person who is or has been entitled to use or wear any such uniform; or (2) Orally, or in writing in any declaration or application, or in any document signed by him or on his behalf, knowingly makes or connives at the making of any false statement or any omission; or (3) Foeges, alters, or tampers with any passport or any naval, military, air force, police, or official pass, permit, certificate, license, or other document of a similar character (hereinafter in this section referred to as an official document) or knowingly uses or has in his possession any such forged, altered, or irregular official document; or (4) Personates, or falsely represents himself to be, a person holding, or in the employment of a person holding, office under Government, or to be or not to be a person to whom an official documents or secret official code or password has been duly issued or communicated or with intent to
116 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
obtain an official document, secret official code or password, whether for him self or any other person, knowingly makes any false statement; or (5) Uses, or has in his possession or under his control, without the authority of the department of Government or the authority concerned, any die, seal or stamp of or belonging to, or used, made or provided by, any department of the Government, or by any diplomatic, naval military or are force authority appointed by or acting under the authority of Government or any die, seal or stamp so nearly resembling any such die, seal or stamp as to be calculated to deceive, or counterfeits any such die, seal or stamp, or knowingly uses, or has in his possession or under his control, any such counterfeited die, seal or stamp, he shall be guilty of an offence under this section, b.
If any person for any purpose prejudicial to the safety of the State-
(1) Retains any official document, whether or not completed or issued for used, when he has no right to retain it, or when it is contrary to his duty to retain, it, or willfully fails to comply with any directions issued by any department of the Government or any person authorized by such department with regard to the return or disposal thereof; or (2) Allows any other person to have possession of any official document issued for his use alone, or communicates any secret official code or password so issued, or, without lawful authority or excuse, has in his possession any official document or secret official code or password issued for the use of some person other than himself or, on obtaining possession of any official document by finding or otherwise, willfully fails to restore it to the person or authority by whom or for whose use it was issued, or to police officer; or (3) Without lawful authority or excuse, manufactures or sells, or has in his possession for sale, any such die, seal or stamp as aforesaid;
He shall be guilty of an offence under this section. c. A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to two years, or with fine, or with both. d. The provisions of section (2) of section 3 shall apply, for the purpose of proving a purpose prejudicial to the safety of the state, to any prosecution for an offence under this section relating to the naval, military or air force affairs of Government, or to any secret official code in like manner as they apply, for the purpose of proving a purpose prejudicial to the safety or interests of the state, to prosecutions for offences punishable under that section with imprisonment for a term which may extend to fourteen years.
7. Interfering with Officers of the Police or Members of the Armed Forces of Bangladesh.
117 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. No person in the vicinity of any prohibited place shall obstruct, knowingly mislead or otherwise interfere with or impede, any police officer, or any member of the armed forces of Bangladesh engaged on guard, sentry, patrol, or other similar duty in relation to the prohibited place,
b. shall be fine, or with 8.
If any person acts in contravention of the provisions of this section, he punishable with imprisonment which may extend to two years, or with both.
Duty of giving Informations as to Commission of Offences.
a. If shall be the duty of every person to give on demand to a superintendent of police, or other police officer not below the rank of Inspector, empowered by an Inspector-General in this behalf, or to any member of the armed forces of Bangladesh engaged on guard, sentry, patrol or other similar duty, any information in his power relating to an offence or suspected offence under section 3 or under section 3 read with section 9 and, if so required, and upon tender of his reasonable expenses, to attend at such reasonable time and place as may be specified of the purpose of furnishing such information. b. If any person fails to give any such information or to attend as aforesaid, he shall be punishable with imprisonment which may extend to two years or with fine, or with both.
Attempts, Incitements etc 9.
Any person who attempts to commit or abets the commission of an offence under this Act shall be punishable with the same punishment, and be liable to be proceeded against in the same manner as if he had committed such offence. 10.
Penalty for harbouring spiesuss.
a. If any person knowingly harbours any person whom he knows or has reasonable ground for supposing to be a person who is about to commit or who has committed an offence under section 3 or under section 3 read with section 9 or knowingly permits to meet or assemble in any premises in his occupation or under his control any such persons, he shall be guilty of an offence under this section. b. It shall be the duty of every person having harboured any such person as aforesaid or permitted to meet or assemble in any premises in his occupation or under his control any such persons as aforesaid, to give on demand to a superintendent of police or other police officer not below the rank of Inspector empowered by an Inspector General in this behalf, any information in his power relating to any such person or persons, and if any person fails to give any such information, he shall be guilty of an offence under this section.
11.
c. A person guilty of an offence under this section shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to one year, or with fine, or with both.
Search uss Warrants.
118 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. If a Magistrate of the first class or sub-divisional Magistrate is satisfied by information on oath that there is reasonable ground for suspecting that an offence under this Act has been or is about to be committed, he may grant a search-warrant authorizing any police officer named therein, not being below the rank of an officer in charge of police station, to enter any time any premises or place named in the warrant, if necessary, by force, and to search the premises or place and every person found therein, and to seize any sketch, plan, model, article, note or document, or anything of a like nature, or anything which is evidence of an offence under this Act having been or being about to be committed which he may find on the premises or place or any such person, and with regard to or in connection with which he has reasonable ground for suspecting that an offence under this Act has been or is about to be committed. b. Where it appears to a police officer, not being below the rank of Superintendent, that the case is one of great emergency, and that in the interests of the State immediate action is necessary, he may be a written order under his hand give to any police officer the like authority as may be given by the warrant of Magistrate under this section. c. Where action has been taken by a police officer under sub-section (2) he shall, as soon as may be, report such action, to the District or Sub-divisional Magistrate.
Act V of 1898 - Power to Arrest 12.
Notwithstanding anything in the code of criminal procedure, 1898,a. An offence under this Act, other then an offence punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to fourteen years, shall be a cognisably and bailable offence; and
13.
b. Any member of armed forces of Bangladesh may, without an order from a Magistrate and without a warrant, arrest, in or in the vicinity of a prohibited place, any person who has been concerned in an offence under section 3, or under section 3 read with section 9 or under clause (a) or clause (b) of sub-section (1) or section 5, or under clause (a) of sub-section (1) or section 6,or against whom a reasonable complaint has been made or credible information has been received, or a reasonable suspicion exists of his having been so concerned, and shall without unnecessary delay take or send the person arrested before a Magistrate having jurisdiction in the case or before an officer in charge of a police station, and thereupon the provisions of the said code applicable in respect of a person who, having been arrested without warrant, has been taken or sent before a Magistrate or before an officer in charge of a police station shall apply to him. Restriction on Trial of Offences.
a. No Court (other than that of a Magistrate of the first class specially empowered in this behalf by the Government) which is inferior to that of a District Magistrate shall try any offence under this Act.
119 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. If any person under trial before a Magistrate for an offence under this Act at any time before a charge is framed claim to be tried by the court of Session, the Magistrate shall, if he does not discharge the accused, commit the case for trial by that court, notwithstanding that it is not a case exclusively triable by that court.
c. No Court shall take cognizance of any offence under this Act unless upon complaint made by order of, or under authority from, the Government or some officers empowered by the Government in this behalf; provided that a person charged with such an offence may be arrested, or a warrant for his arrest may be issued and executed, and any such person may be remanded in custody or on bail, notwithstanding that such complain has not been made, but no further or other proceedings shall be taken until such complaint has been made. d. For the proposes of the trial of a person for an offence under this Act, the offence may be deemed to have been committed either at the palace in which the same actually was committed or at any place in Bangladesh in which the offender may be found. e. The Government may, if it thinks fit, by general or special order direct that the procedure for the trial of an offence under section 3, or under section 3 read with section 9, or under clause (a) or clause (b) sub-section (1) or section 5, or under clause (a) of sub-section (1) or section 6 shall be that prescribed for offences under the Enemy Agents ordinance, 1943, or under the Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1958 (XL of 1958).
Exclusion of Public from Proceedings
14. In addition and without prejudice to any powers which a Court may possess to order the exclusion of the public from any proceedings if, in the course of proceedings before a Court against any person for an offence under this Act or the proceedings on appeal, or in the course of the trial of a person under this Act, application is made by the prosecution, on the ground that the publication of any evidence to be given or of any statement to be made in the course of the proceedings would be prejudicial to the safety of the state, that all or any portion of the public shall be excluded during any part of the hearing, the court may make an order to that effect, but the passing of sentence shall in any case take place in public. Offences by Companies, etc
15. Where the person guilty of an offence under this Act is a company or corporation, every director and officer of the company or corporation with whose knowledge and consent the offence was committed shall be guilty of the like offence.
120 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG SY AND MAINT OF ARMS AND AMMO IN A UNIT Ref: A.
AR(I) 475, 478 to 480, 483, 484, 486
Aim 1. To discuss the procedure for the safe custody of arms and ammo in a unit when the unit is loc at a peace sta or in a trg camp. Resp 2. Every person is resp for the safe custody of his personal wpn at all times except when it is lodged in the coy kote or is provisionnaly placed under an armed gd. An offr or sldr is forbidden to use or to carr svc fire arms or ammo except in connection with his duties. Arms and ammo should never be left unattended under any circumstances. 3. As a gen rule, in bks and under similar conditions arms will be with the men when reqr for trg, cleaning etc and in kotes at others. Kote/Mag/Ammo Stores/Houses 4. Kotes and mag should be in a strongly constr bldg as possible with secure bars. The windows should be out of reach from the grd outside. OC unit must make sure that
121 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
the selected bldg is suitable for the storage of arms and ammo and if need be fmn comd should be requested to get a bldg modified. In hutted tented camps where such bldg are NA, it is obvious that the supervision ex by the sentry must leave no loop holes and orders must be designed to that and such improvised measures to add to the sy as are possible should be taken. Bldg selected for storage of ammo/explosive must cfm to instrs contained in Ammo and Explosive Regs. 5. The bldg selected and used for storage of arms and ammo should be in view of the sentries who gd them. The whole gd should be accommodated in such a place that they can turn out and def the kotes at all items. Duties of the gd comd and sentries should be laid down. In peace sta some times it is essential to have elec lts at places so that nobody can move about indicated in the areas of the kotes. It should also be laid down in the order of gd and sentries as to who can approach the kote and open them during day and ni. 6. In Inf Bns each copy should be provided with separate arms kote in which the copy arms should be stored. The wpns should be placed by pls with a pl list of arms. The arms should be locked in the existing arms racks, or secured with a chain passing through the trigger of each wpn and pad locked. The mors, LMGs etc should be kept in their chests and pistols, revolvers should be locked in boxes. A selected NCO should be appt as kote NCO for each kote and his name should be pub in unit orders. The kote NCO may be given extra help if there are large no of arms in his kote but one NCO only must remain IC of a kote. Issue and Deposit 7. Tally Disc. In addition to kote register in which all entries of wdr and return of arms should be made in ink, tally disc system to draw arms or keys from the quarter gd should also be introduced in all units. Under this system arms or keys should only be issued on production by auth indl of a disc spl designed and mk. The indl concerned should hand over his tally disc to the kote NCO or gd comd in exchange for arms keys to which it partains and on depositing arms or keys the tally disc should be returned to him.
8. When arms and ammo are under lock and key, these are the resp of the auth indl having possession of the key. The quarter gd comd is resp for safe custody of the keys in his gd room. He will ensure that keys are only removed by auth pers and that too after correct tally disc has been deposited. 9. Kote NCOs are resp for the orderly issue and return of arms in kotes and that they are checked each time by them before and after any issue or return is made. All issues of wpns should be made against those disc and particulars of the wpns issued must be recorded in a register and the signature of the pl comd or pl Sgt must be obtained for such issues. Wpns issued to indls proceeding on course etc will be accounted for.
10. During the absence of coy kote NCO, arms may be handed over to the qtr gd comd for the safe custody for short pds. This indl concerned must be made resp that these arms are wdr from the qtr gd and kept in the coy kote as soon as kote NCO is aval. Keys
122 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
11. The duplicate keys of the kotes and mags should be kept in a sealed box in the qtr gd. The Adjt should keep the keys of this box and should not allow any person to open this box except himself. He should check this box once in a week. The duplicate keys box must be sealed and handed over as such by one gd comd to another on rel. 12. The original keys of the kotes should be kept in the kote key box by kote NCO when reqr from reveille to retreat. During this period the keys should be deposited by him in the box when in use. Just before retreat the Coy Kote NCO should check all the arms in the kote and sign in the register, lock the kote and on retreat hand over the keys to the Bn Duty JCO at qtr gd. The Bn Duty JCO should take over the keys and lock them in the box meant for original key and in turn hand over key of this box to the unit MWO or senior JCO who will keep it on his person/qtr till revellie. The original keys of the mags may also be deposited in qtr gd and not left out side. It is suggested that these should be locked alongwith the kote keys. The Coys Kote JCO, it is suggested, should be changed weekly/fortnightly and his name should also be pub in Bn order. Under no circumstances the Kote NCO should be allowed to keep the keys between retreat and reveille. 13. There should be a register in the qtr gd in which the gd comd should maint a record of the issue and receipt of keys. All keys should be properly levelled so that they can be recognised; and issued even in darkness. 14. Bn duty JCO will be present at qtr gd at the time of revellie. He will break seal of original key box in the presence of qtr gd comd and will hand over the kote keys to coy JCOs . Kote NCOs will proceed dir to kotes, and will wait for the keys, which will be handed over to them by coy kote JCOs, after checking the seals of the kote. Cleaning and Insp
15. Arms must be kept cleaned and oiled as laid down in the manuals. These ops should take place under orders of the pl comds and in the presence of Sec Comds who will examine each arms before it is returned to the kotes. Men should not be allowed to take the arms to bks for maint. 16.
Arms must be checked and inspected as under :
a. Coy kote JCO daily on retreat. He must check kote register of wpns (BAFO-1459) showing arms on charge daily. b. The pl comds once a week. Pls should keep pls arms roll, which should show the result of each weekly inspections. All effects found should be noted in this register for repairs. This register should be inspected by the coy comd at least twice in a month. c. The result of coy comd’s inspection should also be entered in pl arms roll. During this inspection coy comds should personally check kote register of wpns and ensure that rifles body and bolt number agree with this register.
d. Coy comds should also get the arms of their men, proceeding on course etc, inspected by the unit armourer before their departure and on their return. During the period of their absence coy/pl comd must ensure reg maint of their arms.
123 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
e. The unit armourer should inspect all arms periodically as laid down in current regs. Repairs 17. Coy comds are resp for ensuring that all repairs of arms are carried out expeditiously. If undue delay takes place the matter should be brought to the notice of the Bn Comd in writing. As a normal routine, coy comds should be allowed to deal dir with the unit armourer for minor repairs. Maj repairs must always be ref to the QM. Sy of Arms During Insp by Armourer 18. Cases of exchanges of svc components with country made components and exchange of svc rifles with country made rifles bearing the same no as the svc wpn were detected in the units some yrs ago. The modus operandi was that the armourer replaced the rifles or components during his prescribed inspection and it remained undetected. To avoid recurrence of similar cases fol procedures are recommended: a. Inspection of the armourer should be staggered in accordance with the work he can deal within a day. b. Arms will be sent for his inspection under a gd and the armourer’s shop will be guarded during the inspection. The arms will go back to the kote on the same day under a gd. No arms and components whether defective or otherwise will remain with armourer.
c. All the components will be on the charge of the QM and armourer will ident these on a job card. The defective components taken be returned to the QM who will return it to end in the normal manner. d. During the time the arms/components are in the armourer’s shop no unauth parson will be allowed access to it. e.
Arms for EME inspection will also be sent and brought under escort.
Losses/Thefts 19. Act by OC Unit. The OC unit, immediately on occurrence of a theft/loss of arms or explosive will take the fol act: a. Will report by sig the circumstances of the loss with details of arms/ammo involved to the auth as given in AR(I) 478. b. Info the civ auth as given in AR(I) 479. c. Action under AR(I) 228 will also be taken, when arms, ammo etc is taken away by a deserter/AWOL. 20. Act by Fmn Comd. Act to be taken by the fmn comd on receipt of the report is given in AR(I) 480. 21. Import and Recording.
124 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. Import. In accordance with Item 80 (3) (B) of BD Custom Tariff, an offr is allowed to import, without licence, one revolver or one automatic pistol of a nonprohibited bore with a max of 100 rounds provided the conditions laid down in AR(I) 486 are fulfilled.
b. Recording. The particulars of wpns/fire arms permitted to be possessed by an offr under AR(I) 475 will be recorded in his AB-439 soon after their purchase. The entry will be countersigned by CO/Mil msn abroad (Auth AR(I) 486).
22. Pte Arms Register. Maint and checking of pte arms register and other essential details are given in AR(I) 488. Camps
23. In camps, arms will usually be issued to men at ni and each man is resp for own arms. By day, when conditions permit, arms will be fastened between tent poles by means of locked iron rifles chain with one or two sentries on each tent. Otherwise arms remain in custody of each indl. If the OC unit decides to keep all arms centrally at ni, then all arrangements for the sy will be made. One sentry in each tent (Lit up with a hurricane lamp) and a proper guard for the kotes area is considered nec. Clear orders for sy will be issued. In such cases gds should be doubled. When arms are in possession of the man at ni they should be checked at the evening stand to/roll call and morning stands to first parade by pl or equivalent comd and report made to the senior JCO. The senior JCO in turn will report to MWO and Coy Comd. The rifles will be secured by all men on their person by fixing one end of the sling/chain to wrist or belt or arm. Any person who is permitted to leave camp for short time at ni will leave rifle and ammo with JCO IC of the nearest gd. Forms and Docus 24. The various forms and docus which should be maint in a unit pertaining to small arms can be divided under two headings: a.
Forms and docus in the Q or Coy Office.
b.
Forms and docus in the kote.
Forms and Docus Maint in `Q` or Coy Office 25.
Fol forms and docus are maint in `Q` or coy office :
a. BAFO-1410 (Wpn History Sheet). This is a self explanatory docu and is a complete history of each wpn. It contains the fol info: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Type of wpn. Barrel no. Belt no. Manufactured at. Name and rank of the indl to whom transferred with date.
125 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(6) On the reverse side of this form is a record of insp showing the condition on handing over and on each insp by ISA or unit armourer, Coy comd/QM are reqr to sign all entries on this form with date. b. BAFO-1418 (Gun History Sheet). This is similar to BAFO-1410 except that this is used for MGs and LMGs. In addition, record of ammo fired by the wpn is also given in this form. c. BAFO-1455 (Nominal Roll of Small Arms). This is a nominal roll of small arms on charge of a unit and is presented to inspecting offrs at the time of insp. The reverse side contains the fol : (1) Description of wpns with no. (2) Place of manufacture. (3) Date of issue to the unit. (4) Condition at the time of issue. (5) Inspecting offr’s sentence. (6) The reverse side is the summary of the total wpns on one sheet with a list of abbrs used by the inspecting offr and remarks about the gen condition of the wpns.
d. BAFZ-2102 (Reg Art Repairs Book). This is a complete record of all repairs carried out by the unit armourer and stores demanded and condemned. e. BAFZ-2286 (Arms Ledger). This is a comprehensive record of the wpns and accessories held on charge of a unit. The reverse side of the page gives the internal distr of the wpns within coy. Whole reverse side gives the total no held on charge. This is an auditable docu and should be completed and upto date in all respects. f. BAFO-1444 (Ammo, Explosive Ledger). Contains six parts. In part I all svc ammo/explosives and in Part II prac ammo will be acct for. Similarly in other parts acct of items reqr to be maint therein will be kept. This ledger is an auditable docu. g. BAFO-1370 (Work Order). This form is used by the unit when any wpn has to be sent for repair to the demanded EME wksp.
h. BAFO-1443 (Defect Report). This form is used when a defect is observed in any wpn and is considered inherent in design or due to manufacture’s fault. Forms and Docus Maint in the Unit Kote 26.
Fol forms and docus are maint in the unit kote: a. BAFZ-1339 (Pte Arms Register). This is a record of all pte arms of unit pers deposited in the unit kote for safe custody. This register contains the fol info: (1)
Regt no of the owner.
(2)
Rank and name of the owner.
(3)
Full description of the wpn.
126 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED (4)
Address from whom purchased.
(5)
Loc of the wpn.
(6)
No and date of the licence and date of expiry.
(7)
Date on which OC unit sanctioned possession with initials.
(8)
Any ident mk on the wpn.
b. BAFO-1459 (Kote Register of Wpn). This is a record of all wpns in the unit kote at the time of retreat. Kote NCO fills this register at retreat every day giving description and loc of wpns. Coy duty JCO checks signatures for the correctness of the figures shown in the register.
c. BAFZ-2280 (Index Card). This is an upto date record of prac ammo. It is displayed prominently on the ammo chest to show qty of ammo actually in the chest. Ammo 27. Mgt and Conduct of the Store. The ammo stores will be kept under the charge of an offr, JCO/WO. The keys remain in the custody of a resp NCO, who will be resp for cleanliness of the store and its contents. (Auth: Ammo and Explosive Regs Part III para 25) 28. Pouch Ammo. Pouch ammo of all types should be stored under the supervision of the QM in mags, in accordance with the current orders. While storing the ammo, QM should keep in view that ammo may have to be issued to the sub-units in an emergency in a short time, therefore, he should have an issue plan made and store his ammo accordingly. This plan should be made known to all concerned and may be practised once a month. 29. Prac Ammo. The prac ammo will not be stored with the pouch ammo as far as possible. It should be in a separate building, but if not possible it should be placed separate from all other ammo and marked as ‘PRACTICE AMMO’. It is suggested that prac ammo should be stored centrally and issue and expense vouchers prep by the QM. This will help to maint con on expenditure and timely detection of any irregularities. Issue/ Return of Prac Ammo/ Fired 30. Issue of prac ammo by QM to sub units, return of unexpended balance and recoveries by sub units to QM and acct there of will be carried out accordingly. 31.
While at the ranges the fol actions are suggested in regard to prac ammo: a. The ammo is taken to the ranges and laid out. Every sealed box should be opened in the presence of the coy comd/OIC firing pt and discrepancies noted. b. The ammo is issued by the men of the working party to the men reqr to fire in accordance with the orders of the coy comd.
127 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c. Men who fire ammo are resp to collect fired cases and return them to the JCO IC ammo. If a certain prac involves fire and move, then another person should be detailed to move with the firer and collect the fired cases. d. On completion of firing and before leaving the range the live ammo and fired cases should be checked and acct for. If any loss is reported the whole area used for firing should be searched. The coy comd will ensure that no live ammo remains in the wpn mag, pouches and in the bandoleers. 32. Surplus. There is a tendency amongst the unit QMs to keep on SAA and grens up their sleeves as surpluses to off set possible losses during exs, annual firing etc. This is a very dangerous habit; surpluses induce theft/malpractices. 33. Accidents Due to Firing by the Army Pers on Ranges/Field Firing Areas Safety Precautions. See AR(I) 483, 484. Concl 34. Every unit must have Standing Orders about the sy of arms/ammo which should be kept upto date to suit the changing conditions. Every person is resp for the sy of his wpn at all times except when it is kept under an armed sentry. All the orders mentioned in this precis should be a matter of routine in a good unit. There must be periodical checks and inspecting offrs should ensure that the sy orders are adequate, understood by all concerned and are complied with. ASEA ADMIN TRG WG
THE BANGLADESH ARMY MOBILIZATION REGULATIONS, 1976 Ref: A.
The Bangladesh Army Mobilization Regulations, 1976.
CHAPTER I EXPLANATORY AND GENERAL INSTRS
Sec 1 – Mob, Gen Implications of 1. These regulations may be called the Bangladesh Army Mobilization Regulations, 1976. 2.
These regulations shall come into force at once.
3. Mobilization is the process by which an armed force passes from a peace to war footing, and may be either general or progressive. In Bangladesh this transition from a place/semi peace to a war footing may comprise, not only the formation and despatch of forces for a major war, but also counter insurgency operations or any special emergency.
128 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
4. The Mobilization may be governed by these regulations or Special Instructions issued by the Army Headquarters. ‘General mobilization’ may be preceded by ‘Progressive mobilization’. By this is meant the Mobilization, as may be required, of only certain components of the Army, followed later by the mobilization of the remainder as the situation demands. 5.
The components for progressive mobilization are, in general terms, as follows:
a. Field Army. b. Log Area Troops. c. BGB/Para military force. d. The Reserve, either as a whole or part including Ex-Servicemen who may be embodied. e. Other Auxiliary Forces. 6. Some stage of ‘Progressive mobilization’ is likely to be ordered, where active operations develop on a scale and intensity requiring maintenance and support beyond the scope of the peace organization. This will be the case when the forces engaged as a result of counter insurgency operations in Bangladesh which are likely to be prolonged. 7. ‘Progressive mobilization’ will involve only the mobilization of such units and the calling up of such reservists, as may be required for the force to be mobilized or for the maintenance of a force that has been formed and despatched under the special instructions of Army Headquarters. 8. Should it become necessary to proclaim general mobilization it will take place when ordered mobilization of all units of the Army (including the BGB/para military force/BNG, if raised) and the calling up of the Regular Army Reserve, and the Supplementary Reserves. On general mobilization being ordered the Chief of Army Staff will issue the necessary executive orders, through the Adjutant General, for placing the Army on a war footing in accordance with such plans as may have been prepared in peace. 9. Throughout these regulations, the term ‘general mobilization’ or ‘mobilization’ will, wherever applicable, be held to include ‘progressive mobilization’ and the provisions laid down therein will be followed in the case of unit affected by progressive mobilization except where specially modified.
10. Unless otherwise ordered TO&E will be brought into force on the first day of mobilization. Units may retain personnel, stores, equipment etc, surplus due to change over up to the date the mobilization is completed provided that no specific orders exist or issued for the disposal of surpluses at a date earlier than the completion of the mobilization. 11. Unless orders to the contrary are issued, units which exist in peace will mobilize at their peace stations. 12. Commanders of all formations, stations, units, depots and establishments are responsible that adequate preparations are made in peace in accordance with these regulations for mobilization. These preparations will include not only the arrangements by which the unit or establishment passes from a peace to a war footing, but also all
129 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
arrangements of local administration which will arise on mobilization. These arrangements will be contained in detail in a mobilization scheme. 13. A mobilization scheme will similarly be maintained by the holders of such appointments of which the functions change on mobilization or who are, on mobilization required to take special action. 14. Departmental mobilization schemes will also be maintained by heads of department and services at each formation up to and including Army Headquarters, Bangladesh Army. 15. The order to mobilize is issued by the Adjutant General. The order will include the scale of clothing to be adopted i.e summer or winter. 16. In order to reduce congestion on the signal system, the signal ordering mobilization will bear a special short originator’s number and will commence: 17.
‘XI, Mobilize. MI.....................................’ (MI is an abbreviation for the first day of mobilization). In the event of progressive mobilization only the units affected will be addressed.
18. The further executive orders or special instruction referred to in this section, will be issued as a separate communication. 19. On receipt of orders to mobilize, the commanders of formations will inform all concerned who are under them for administration. 20. On general mobilization the Chief of Army Staff will cause it to be announced by radio and in the press and, in addition, will cause mobilization posters to be displayed ordering all soldiers on leave or furlough to rejoin their units without further order, and recalling all army reservists, including the Supplementary Reserves, to army service. 21. In the event of progressive mobilization, no general notice will be issued but special instructions will be issued by Army Headquarters Mobilizations posters will not be displayed. 22. Mobilization posters will be printed under arrangements of AHQ during peace for distribution to formation commanders and others as provided for in Paragraphs 23 and 24. 23. Formation commanders will distribute, in peace copies of the above posters to such units, depots etc, as they consider should be in possession of them with instructions as to their prompt display on general mobilization only. 24. Similar arrangements are made by the Army Headquarters, Bangladesh Army with civil authorities. The Railway Department, the Posts and Telegraphs Department, Recruiting Officers, and the Districts Armed Services Boards for the custody of mobilization posters in peace and for their prompt display on general mobilization only. Sec 2 – Misc Instrs
130 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
25. On general mobilization, the telegraph offices shown in Annex I of Mob Regs will be kept open continuously and will accept military telegrams without prepayment until further orders. In the case of progressive mobilization, Army Headquarters, will furnish the T&T Department with list of officers required to be kept open continuously, copies being sent to all concerned as early as possible. 26. The local military authority concerned will give written notice to the Telegraph Master concerned, when it is no longer necessary to keep any particular office open continuously. 27. A telephone may be installed in the lines of each unit mobilizing, at the discretion of the Formation or Static Commander. 28. On either general or progressive mobilization all telegrams which require particularly expeditious disposal will be marked ‘EXPRESS’. 29. On either General or Progressive mobilization officers commanding stations will provide the local postal authorities with lists showing: a. b.
The units which have been formed in the station, with their addresses. The units which have left the station, with their new postal addresses.
30. On general mobilization the use of service labels on military official telegrams will be discontinued. Telegrams on official military business will be accepted by the telegraphs offices without prepayment. Such telegrams must be signed by a commissioned officer or gazetted civilian officer, and will show clearly the rank and appointment or designation of the officer sending the telegram. 31.
In the case of progressive mobilization the following procedure will be adopted: a. On receipt of a written request from the Formation or Station Commander that the situation demands it the Head of the Posts and Telegraphs Circle concerned will issue the necessary orders to telegraph masters: Firstly, to accept State credit telegrams; and secondly, to keep telegraph offices open as requested. b. Receiving telegraph offices will deliver recall telegrams as expeditiously as possible. To assist in recognition, such telegrams will be marked ‘STATE MOBILIZATION’. When the Post or Telegraph Master anticipates that a telegram marked as above, if delivered by the normal service, will not reach the address within twenty-four hours of its receipt, he will have it delivered by a special messenger.
32. Owing to the danger of congestion leading possibly of the temporary break-down of the telegraphic system, no messages will be sent during the mobilization period by telegraph or wireless unless: a. The use of one of these means is specifically ordered by the Departmental Book of Instructions, War Book or these regulations, or b. The despatching officer is convinced that the result to be obtained justifies placing further load on already overloaded systems and that a telegram
131 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
or wireless message will, in spite of the load on these systems, reach its destination quicker than a letter. 33. In reaching a decision under sub-para (a) above the despatching officer should bear in mind that:
a. It is normally unnecessary to report by wire when any process is taking place, according to plan. b. Only failures or serious deficiencies likely to lead to failure to complete mobilization arrangements are to be the subject of a telegraphic report.
34. Communication by wireless/signal or telegraph is specifically authorized by these regulations in the case of those reports and orders detailed in Annex II. 35. Officers Commanding all units will report by immediate secret signal by quickest means to Formation Commanders, a copy being sent to Army Headquarters and to the Fmn Commander concerned as soon as mobilization is completed. 36. In the event of any occurrence which is likely to delay the mobilization of a unit, or its departure from its peace station beyond the date laid down, this fact will be reported similarly. CHAPTER II MOB SCHEME
Sec 3 - Gen 37. Mobilization schemes form the basis of mobilization and ensure that, so far as can be foreseen, every detail connected with the process of change from a peace to war footing has been planned in peace. 38. In addition to the schemes prepared by the individuals referred to in Section I, a mobilization scheme will be prepared for every unit which does not exist in peace. For this purpose the commander of the higher formation within whose jurisdiction the station of mobilization of the unit is situated will detail an officer to be ‘the Officer-in-Charge in peace of the unit mobilization scheme’.* The mobilization scheme when prepared will be kept at station headquarter for handing over to the officer commanding of the unit to be raised in war. *Note: In certain cases the Officer-in-Charge in peace of the unit mobilization scheme may be specially detailed by higher authority.
39. In order to economize in personnel, and to interfere as little as possible with the mobilization and concentration of units existing in peace, the mobilization schemes of all units which are due to be raised in the same station will, as far as possible, be made the responsibility of one individual officer who will act as ‘officer in charge in peace of the unit mobilization scheme’ for all such units. 40. When mobilization is ordered the officer commanding a unit formed on mobilization will:
132 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
a. Go at once to the station of mobilization and take command of the personnel who report there for duty with the unit, and b. Take over the mobilization scheme and equipment of the Officer-inCharge in peace and complete the mobilization of the unit.
41. In addition to the mobilization scheme, all active units which exist in peace will maintain a scheme to enable them to operate at short notice under conditions not entailing mobilization. This scheme will be drawn up in accordance with local conditions and orders, and will be complementary to the mobilization scheme.
42. All mobilization schemes will contain a certificate from the officer commanding the station of mobilization that the scheme in question is compatible with the station mobilization arrangements. This certificate will be renewed annually. Sec 4 – Prep, Custody and Disposal of Mob Scheme
43. A general outline of the arrangements to be included in a unit mobilization scheme and of the form which should be followed in its compilation is contained in Annex III. It must be realized that the arrangements and form appropriate to a unit may not meet the requirements of establishments, staff offices, individuals, etc., and this outlines must be taken only as a guide. 44. All books, orders and documents relating to the mobilization scheme, except those in regular use, will be kept in mobilization boxes.* 45. In cases where the urgency of mobilization is such that the necessary work connected therewith cannot be carried out by the military personnel available (without delaying the completion of mobilization), civilian assistance as required will be employed. Subject to the condition that no expenditure is to be incurred in peace, officers concerned will, with due regard to economy, make in peace the necessary arrangements for obtaining any temporary civilian assistance required during the mobilization period. Sec 5 – Review of Mob Schemes
46. Formation commanders are responsible that all mobilization schemes maintained by individuals under their orders are prepared and are complete in all respects. All schemes will be reviewed as circumstances require, and Bde/Log Area Commanders will ensure that each unit is in possession of a practical and workable mobilization scheme which provides for any individual unit to be used for any active role. CHAPTER III ORG AND ADMIN Sec 6 – Centre Sys 47. All active units, services and establishments are based upon a ‘centre’ which is a general term applied to all establishments whose primary function is the provision of the personnel necessary to maintain units of arms and services at their authorized establishments.
133 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 48. In the event of some units being mobilized whose centres do not exist in peace, AHQ will issue separate orders as to which centres will become responsible for the provision of their reinforcements. 49. On progressive mobilization, AHQ will issue separate orders as to the extent to this centres will be responsible for the provision of personnel. 50. The method by which centre obtain the personnel to enable them to carry out this function vary and will include the reception and control of reservists, the use of training establishments forming part of the centres themselves or merely, the demanding of recruits from the recruiting organization as and when required. 51.
Other functions of centres are as follows: a.
To receive the nucleus parties of mobilized units.
b. To receive men discharged from hospitals or who become available for other reasons. c. Storage of heavy baggage of units and individuals as far as practicable to be arranged centrally at station level otherwise by the centre concerned. d. To take charge of and operate, the regimental and private funds of mobilized units under arrangements made in peace. e. To account for pay, issued in the form of advances, of men present at the centre. (It should be noted that the officer commanding a centre is not responsible for maintaining the running accounts of personnel based upon the centre. This responsibility rests with the Field Pay Officer (FPO) detailed by the Military Accounts Department). 52. A list of centres upon which arms and services will be based on general mobilization is given in Annex IV to Mob Regs. Sec 7 – Record Offices
53. On general mobilization all units will despatch their subsidiary documents to the Records Office on which dependent. In the event of unit being formed which do not exist in peace, AHQ will issue separate orders as to which Records Offices will become responsible for maintaining their basic and subsidiary documents. 54. Records Offices may, or may not, be located with centres. It will be administratively convenient for these two establishments to be located together but, however located, their functions must remain independent. 55.
The general functions of a Records Office are: a. To hold books and records of active units and to publish Part II Orders (see also Regulation 212 and/or Para 163).
134 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. To maintain the basic and subsidiary documents of all individuals of the Regt/Corps it administers. Officers documents will continue to be maintained in Central Officers’ Records Office as in peace. c. To report officer casualties to the Ministry of Defence Casualty Section, which will inform next-of-kin. d. To inform next-of-kin direct in the case of JCO and other rank casualties. e.
To arrange the despatch of family allotments of JCOs, ORs, and noncombatants enrolled.
f. To receive and dispose of the personal effects of deceased ranks CORO will handle those of officers (less JCOs).
Sec 8 – Rft Procedure 65. No first reinforcements are held by units. Procedure for provision of reinforcement in war is issued by Army Headquarters separately. Sec 9 – Time Factor
66. In certain circumstances, units may have to leave their mobilization stations before their leave and furlough men have rejoined, therefore, they have not been able to complete the process of mobilization at full war establishments. In these circumstances the unit will move initially with the existing strength and will leave behind in its peace station a minimum party, under an officer, who will receive and administer the returning leave and furlough men until arrangements can be made for them to rejoin their unit in the field. Section 10 – Issue of and Accounting for Pay and Allces, Rat, Clo and Eqpt
67. Officers accounts will continue to be maintained by the AG(M) and pay and allowances will be remitted to their bankers. 68. Officers will however be permitted to draw advance in the field from the field cashiers/unit imprest holders on personal cheque books. Such advance when drawn will be intimated by the field cashier/unit imprest holder to AG(M) who will recover the amount in full from the officers pay before remitting the balance to his nominated bankers. The officer may also arrange for the payment of family allotment through official channels if so authorized by Government. Detailed instructions for the payment of advance and accounting thereof are contained in the pamphlets ‘Pay accounting on War System-General Instructions and Field Imprest Holders Instructions’. 69. Particulars as to the daily ration drawing strength of units on the lines of the system existing in peace time will continue to be maintained for such time as units do not actually move into the theatre of operations. The above provision will apply on progressive mobilization only to those units which have been ordered to mobilize. 70. Units on peace establishments will not be considered to have completed their mobilization unless brought on war establishment (TO&E).
135 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
71. Rations continue to be admissible on the peace scale and accountable on the peace system in the case of all units and individuals other than those who enter the theatre sector of operations. Ration allowance, where admissible in peace, continues to be so. 72. Units not situated in the theatre/sector of operations pass from the peace to the war system on the date they enter the theatre/sector of operations. Units already situated in the theater/sector of operations, however, pass to the war system on the date of mobilization. 73. Clothing and kit allowance, if being paid, will cease to be admissible to all individuals except officer of the BD Army from the first day of the month of mobilization. All subsequent replacements of clothing will be free. The war scale will apply to all those who are in or are ordered to move into the theatre/sector of operations. To all others the peace scale will apply. For hair cutting and washing services, the procedure as laid down from time to time will be followed. In this connection AI(B) 2/S/58, as amended from time to time, may be referred to. 74. Equipment is issued and accounted for on the peace system in the case of units which do not enter the theatre/sector of operations, and on the war system in the case of unit which do so. In both cases, the scales permissible are those contained in the TO&E and other Orders issued from time to time.
CHAPTER IV PROVISION OF PERS Sec 11 - Gen 75. The sources from which units are completed to war establishment in personnel include the following: a. b.
Peace establishment present with units, etc. Personnel absent on leave and furlough.
c. Personnel recallable from extra regimental employment or from institutions closed on mobilization. d.
Reservists, including officers liable to recall:
(1) The Bangladesh Army Regular Reserve of Officers (abbreviation BARRO).
(2) The Bangladesh Army Supplementary Reserve of Officers (abbreviation BASRO).
136 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(3) The Bangladesh Army Regular Reserve of Junior Commissioned Officers (abbreviation BARROJ). (4) The Bangladesh Army Regular Reserve of Other Ranks (abbreviation BARROR). (5) e.
The Bangladesh Army Supplementary Reserve JCOs (abbreviation BASROJ) and Other Ranks (abbreviation BASROR).
Recruits at Centres who are fit for active service.
f. Unit promotion or promotion authorized by higher authority or by the Regt/Corps Centre as regards officers and non-commissioned officers. g.
Transfer from other units.
h. Recruitment on mobilization either by units concerned or through the recruiting organization. j. Civil Departments of the Government in accordance with schemes prepared in peace. 76. Personnel withdrawn from units or formations to form new units or to expand other existing units, may be replaced by temporary personnel on basic rates of pay until recruited personnel become available. The employment of temporary personnel will, however, be resorted to only when all the available reservists have been called up. 77. In the even of progressive mobilization, AHQ will issue instructions as to which of the above sources will be drawn upon to complete the units to be mobilized up to war establishment in personnel. 78. Officers will be disposed of under orders of the Military Secretary, Army Headquarters. 79. Before leaving their place of mobilization all ranks (including reservists) and noncombatants will be medically examined by officers appointed by the Officer Commanding the military hospital and only those passed fit will be permitted to proceed. This examination will include an inspection for the detection of venereal disease. 80. The Medical Officer will be furnished by the Officer Commanding with a nominal rolls in duplicate, of all ranks and non-combatants stating their age where possible) and date of first commission of enlistment, and leaving a blank column for the Medical Officer’s remarks. The latter will enter against the name of each individual whether he is fit for active service or otherwise, and return one copy of the roll to the Commanding Officer concerned: the other copy will be retained in the military hospital. 81. The Medical Officer in carrying out this examination will satisfy himself that each individual is efficiently protected by vaccination against small pox and by inoculation against the enteric group of diseases. In cases where such protection does not exist, every endeavour will be made to carry out the necessary vaccination or inoculation before the individual leaves his place of mobilization. The necessary entries regarding fitness,inoculation and vaccination will be made in the soldiers service and pay book
137 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(AB-64 or AB-64M) and the temporary personnel service book (BAFK-1157), or in the case of personnel not in possession or these books on BAFM-1239. When it has not been possible to complete inoculation or vaccination before departure, nominal rolls of all individuals not fully protected, showing the dosage of T.A.B. vaccine given, and the vaccination against small-pox, will be taken by the Medical Officer in charge who will ensure that protection is completed at the earliest opportunity. 82. Should there by any doubt as to the physical fitness of any individual for active service, the following procedure will be followed: a. Officer may appear before a Medical Board convened at the station if sufficient officers are available, excluding the examining officer. If not, the officer will be sent to another station for the Board. b. In the case of JCOs and other ranks the Commanding Officer of the unit concerned will apply for a Medical Board to inspect the men in question. The decision of Medical Boards assembled as above will in all cases be final. 83. Soldiers will be considered fit for service on mobilization if they fulfill the following conditions:
a. Are the opinion of their Commanding Officers, capable of bearing arms and sufficiently trained. b.
Are medically fit for service.
c. In technical units, in addition to the above qualifications, men must have received training in their technical arms/service or possess special qualifications. In Signal units, in addition to the above qualifications, signalmen must have received training in military signaling or possess special qualifications, d. Non-combatants (enrolled) must have reached the age of 18 years and not be over 40 years. (The condition may be waived at the discretion of the OC of the unit and the Medical Officer concerned). 84. Recruit who have fired the recruits range course and are considered by the Commanding Officer capable of performing efficient service in the field, may be included in the establishment of the unit. They must be attested before they are sent on service. Sec 12 – Lve and Furlough
85. Officers (other than Junior Commissioned Officers) on leave will be recalled as follows: a. The Commanding Officer will immediately recall them by telegram (by Post in the case of Schools of Instruction except where immediate recall by telegram is essential) except those on leave on medical certificate. The names of the latter will be submitted to Fmn or Log Area Headquarters by whom arrangements will be made for the medical examination of these officers. Those pronounced fit for duty will be ordered to rejoin their units without delay.
138 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. Officers on leave ex-Bangladesh. The addresses of officers will be forwarded to the Military Secretary, Army Headquarters, by officers commanding units in order that the necessary arrangements for their recall can be made. c. Civilian Officers - They will be recalled by Heads of Branches concerned at Army Headquarters through the Ministry of Defence in the case of officers on leave ex-Bangladesh. 86. All JCOs and men who are on leave and furlough in Bangladesh will be recalled at once, except those on medical certificate; the latter will rejoin their centres on expiry of their leave. Recall orders will be sent in all cases irrespective of the fact that a notice to the same effect has been issued in the case of general mobilization. At the same time a railway warrant for the return journey will be sent to all soldiers on furlough or leave exceeding 15 days, who are not already in possession of return warrants or concession return tickets. 87. Returning leave and furlough men are authorized on mobilization, to travel by express and mail trains.
88. Recall orders will be despatched through the post office for general or progressive mobilization on post cards BAFF-941 which will be franked by an officer. These will, wherever possible, be maintained ready and signed and requiring only the addition of a date stamp. 89. Un-urgent cases Army Headquarters will authorize recall orders being sent by telegram. As, however, the dispatch of telegrams in large numbers from small stations involves considerable delay, it is possible that recall by post may be as quick as, if not quicker than recall by telegram. In such cases it is left to the discretion of the Commanding Officer to employ the method he may consider the more expeditious. The word ‘STATE MOBILIZATION’ (which will be transmitted free of charge) will be written by the sender as a service instruction on all mobilization recall telegrams dispatched.
Sec 13 – ERE, Echools of Instrs, etc
90. In the event of either general, or progressive mobilization being ordered, the details of Schools of Instructions which will function, will be issued by Army Headquarters (MT Dte) from time to time. Current instructions will be issued by that Dte. Sec 14 – Reservists, Offrs, JCOs and OR
91. On mobilization officers of the BARRO and BASRO will be called to army service by a notification inserted by Military Secretary/DGMS in case of Medical/Dental/Nursing Officers, Army Headquarters in the Gazette of Bangladesh. 92. On the authority of the notification referred to above officers of the BARRO, BASRO, will be called forward by the Military Secretary/ DGMS in case of Medical/Dental/Nursing Officers, as and when required to complete authorized establishments.
139 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
93. On receipt of the posting orders referred to above, each officer will proceed to the nearest military headquarters which, under the authority of the same order, will provide him with a railway warrant from station of residence to station of joining. Officers residing out of Bangladesh will be recalled under regulation 94. On arrival of officers from overseas the Embarkation Commandant will issue railway warrants from the port of disembarkation to joining stations or Station Headquarters. 94. Unit and formations to which the officers are posted will report to the Military Secretary/DGMS in case of Medical/Dental/Nursing Officers, the dates of departure from their ordinary places of residence and the dates of arrival. The dates on which officers will leave their residences will be the effective dates of their call to army service. The Military Secretary/DGMS in case of Medical/Dental/Nursing Officers, will notify their appointments in the Gazette of Bangladesh. 95. Individual orders to rejoin (BAFY-1954) will be sent by Centre Commandant to reservist administered by them, both regular and supplementary, as and when required to complete authorized establishments. These orders to rejoin, together with addressed envelopes (BAFY-1956) and form BAFY-1955 (Postmasters receipt for BAFY-1956) will be prepared and held in peace by centre commandants. 96. The Postmaster’s receipt will be taken on BAFY-1955 in respect of all envelopes dispatched. 97. The special envelop (BAFY-1956) containing BAFY-1954 will be dispatched to the reservist who will detach the railway and shipping portion of BAFY-1954 for use for journey to the place of duty. 98. Centre Commandants will withdraw from each reservists as soon as he joins, his Termination of Service Certificate (BAFY-1964). 99.
Reservists found medically unfit on reporting for duty will be dealt with as follows: a. Those found permanently unfit for any service in or outside Bangladesh will be discharged. b. Those found temporarily unfit for any service in or outside Bangladesh will be retained under treatment at their centres and re-examined after one month if they are considered unlikely to become fit for service within two months, they will be discharged. c. Those found permanently or temporarily unfit for service outside Bangladesh but fit for service in Bangladesh will be posted for garrison duties or to centres under the orders of centre commandants.
100. Reservists called up on mobilization will, time permitting, fire the range course applicable to their arm of the service. Sec 15 – Promotion and Grant of Temp and Acting Rank on and after Mob 101. Promotions and the grant of temporary and acting rank on and after mobilization will be governed by the rules laid down by the Government from time to time. Sec 16 – Inter-unit Transfers
140 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 102. Instructions for inter-unit transfer, if these become necessary, will be issued by Army Headquarters, based on those instructions, Regimental/Corps Centres will take necessary action. Sec 17 – Recruiting on Mob
103. Demands for recruits will be placed and complied with in accordance with the instructions issued by the Adjutant General from time to time. The extent to which the provisions of existing Recruiting Regulations will apply in the event of mobilization will be decided by the Adjutant-General, as and when the necessity arises. CHAPTER VI WAR OUTFIT
Sec 23 - Gen 104. The war outfit of a unit is the material of all kinds authorized for it for war and consists of: a. b.
War equipment. Clothing and necessaries.
105. War equipment is the whole of the equipment with which a unit takes the field; it consists: a. Of that portion of the peace equipment which a unit retains on mobilization. b. Mobilization equipment issued and taken into use on mobilization only. 106. Details of war equipment are given in the various War Equipment Tables (TO&E). 107. War equipment is sub-divided into (a) personal equipment and (b) unit equipment: a. Comprises the equipment (arms and accoutrement)* which is issued for the personal use of the soldier, and which he would take with him when transferred or attached to another unit. b. Consists of such arms and accoutrements as are not personal equipment and of the guns, gun ammunition, SAA, vehicles harness, saddlery stationery, medical equipment and other stores held by or for a unit either as peace or mobilization equipment. It is, in short the whole of the equipment which is not personal equipment. 108. Clothing and necessaries consist of items as authorized from time to time in AIs(B).
109. Divisional and independent formation commanders are responsible for the general supervision of the arrangements for holding mobilization equipment, etc, and for arranging for the turnover of perishable articles. Officers in charge of articles forming
141 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
part of war outfit are responsible that these are at all times up to scale, serviceable and fit for issue. 110. All items of war outfit to be taken into the theatre/ sector of operations will be written off charge by the unit in its ledger supported by a certificate voucher. Any balance will be checked immediately and brought to account by the officer taking over e.g. the officers commanding station, or officer commanding relieving unit as the case may be. If these stores are not required by the relieving unit or the officer who took over balance of war outfit, these stores will be returned to Ordnance Depot on which dependent, as is done in case of surplus equipment vide Section 34, Regulation 229 of Mob Regs (Para 172). 111. Any discrepancies discovered by the officer taking over will be reported at once to the officer commanding the unit, and all possible information obtained in writing regarding them. If no steps are taken by the officer left in charge, he will be held responsible for any deficiencies subsequently discovered. 112. Thereafter, up to the time of departure, it will only be necessary to maintain a simple store account of transactions in accordance with AI(B) 109/54 as amended from time to time. 113. Articles forming part of peace scales, but not included in war scales, which are deficient will not be replaced, but the cost of these articles will be debited to the unit or individual in accordance with normal procedure.
114. The war outfit of a unit will be surveyed by a special board on receipt of orders to mobilize with a view to replacing any articles that may have become unserviceable or deficient since the last survey. 115. The board will include a technical expert (in an advisory capacity) to advise on the condition of technical equipment of the unit. 116. Emergency indents to complete deficiencies will be placed on the supplying establishments concerned supported by the boards proceedings. These indents will be countersigned by the Div/Log Area Comdt. 117.
All outstanding indents will be considered as cancelled.
118. Emergent indents will be complied with forthwith by supplying establishments. In cases where it is doubtful whether the articles demanded can reach the unit before departure from its peace station, the controlling establishment will inform the establishment responsible for supplying: a. b. c.
Of the war station of the unit. To forward equivalent articles to railhead for issue to the unit, and Notify the unit accordingly.
119. Should any articles, dispatched to units by such establishments in compliance with emergent indents, not reach the unit before departure from its peace station, the officer commanding unit will inform the supplying establishments concerned by express letter or telegram, depending upon the degree of urgency. The supplying establishments will then make arrangements for supply at railhead in a similar manner to (a) above.
142 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 120. Stores consigned to military units or formations delivery of which is not taken, will be reported by the local railway authorities to the station commander. 121. The station commanders will arrange to despatch the stores to the units which have left the station for the theatre/sector of operations, care of their Rail/Road heads. 122. When the stores cannot be despatched to the units for some reasons, the Station Commander will arrange for the stores to be rebooked on military credit notes issued under his orders to the nearest Ordnance establishment, the railway receipt being sent to the establishment with a short covering letter giving a general description of the packages being sent to enable the establishment to identify, them on receipt and bring the stores on charge by a certificate receipt voucher or forward them to the appropriate depot responsible for stocking the items concerned. 123. On arrival in the theatre/sector of operations the war outfit will be re-examined and any losses which have occurred since departure from the mobilization station will be made good at the expense of the unit or individual concerned unless a satisfactory explanation is forthcoming. Sec 24 – Ord Sup
124. In the event of a unit going on service short of war establishment, no reduction will be made in its unit equipment. Full scale of tentage will always be taken to the war station. Personal equipment of leave and furlough details due to rejoin in the peace station will be left in the peace station in charge of the officer commanding the Nucleus Party or under arrangements to be made by the officer commanding station. 125.
All arms will be inspected before leaving the station of mobilization.
126. The formation commander will arrange, when time permits, for vehicles, guns, carriages, ammunition and all technical equipment to be examined if more than three months have elapsed since the last examination. In case no technical assistance can be arranged, units will survey this equipment regimentally. 127. On receipt of orders to mobilize, officers commanding units which have vehicles undergoing field repairs will immediately ascertain whether such vehicles will be available for duty within the period in which the unit is to mobilize. Should this not be the case the deficiency will be reported to formation headquarters who will arrange through AHQ for the issue of suitable replacements. In cases where vehicles have been evacuated for field repairs without replacement, and notification has not been received that replacement vehicles are under issue, officers commanding units will apply immediately through usual channels for replacements. Sec 25 – ASC Sup
128. Checked indents for all articles of Army Service Corps supply required on mobilization will be prepared in peace by officers in peace change of the mobilization scheme of units which do not exist in peace. 129.
The procedure for the preparation of these indents will be as under:
143 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
a. The indenting officer will certify that the articles indented for are authorized giving the number of personnel allowed under the TO&E of the unit concerned. b. The supplying officer will endorse the indent as checked on the authority of the above certificate and supply the rations demanded accordingly. 130. XIII.
Instructions for the issue of emergency and hard rations are contained in Annex
131. Formation HQ and units who have not received their authorized proportion of MT vehicles as per TO&E may be authorized by Div/Log Area Comd to hire civilian transport. Hired transport can be taken into operational areas. When Government transport cannot be provided, the Div/Log Area Comd may authorize the hiring of cars for officers of supplying departments when, in his opinion, they require a car for purchasing duties. Sec 27 – Books, Forms and Stationery
132. The procedure for provision of books, forms and stationery is laid down in Annex XIV to Mob Regs. Sec 28 - Misc
133. All kits of Officers, JCOs, Non Commissioned Officers and men, and all other baggage, stores, etc will be weighed. The authorized weights given in TO&E are not to be exceeded. 134. All loads and packages which are taken on service will, as far as practicable be made up to one maund in weight, and not exceed 36” x 15” x 15” in measurement. They will be clearly marked with the ode letters of the unit and formation to which it will be attached in the field, and the kits will, in addition, be marked with the numbers of their owners. This marking will be done under unit arrangements. Code letters will be allotted by Army Headquarters and will be issued by Centres to units. 135. Identity Discs will be issued and worn suspended from the neck. The round metal, or round red-fibre disc will be attached below the other disc. Each disc will be stamped with the number, name, code letters, and religion of the wearer in peace and kept ready for issue on mobilization. In no case will the unit be stamped on identity discs. CHAPTER VII DOCUMENTS AND ACCOUNTS
Sec 29 – Books, Forms and Documents
136. A list of the books and forms required for action on mobilization giving the scale on which they are to be maintained and details of the action required in peace, is given in Annex XV. 137. The action to be taken on books, forms and documents on mobilization is described in the following paras. This procedure is equally applicable to non-combatants (un-enrolled) and other civilian personnel proceeding on field service.
144 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 138. Entries regarding pay in AB-64M & BAFK-1157 will be checked before an individual proceeds on field service. The book will also be signed by the individual concerned and the Company (or equivalent) Commander. This AB-64M must at all times remain in the possession of the owner, and must be produced for the necessary entry to be made whenever a payment is made. Should it be necessary to withdraw a book temporarily from its owner a receipt will invariably be given. 139. Kit inspections will be held and all items of clothing and equipment will be entered on the following forms and their condition noted and initialed by Coy (or equivalent) Commanders: a. BAFF-957B (Inventory of Kit Combatant). b. BAFF-957C (Inventory of Kit Non-Combatants un-enrolled). 140. Publication of Part II orders by units ordered to mobilize will cease and submission of casualty returns (BAFY 1973) will commence. Part II Orders will then be published by CORO and Cerntres. 141. Nominal rolls showing personnel proceeding with the unit/formation will be submitted to:
a. OIC CORO/MPRS(O) and AG(M) Dhaka in respect of officers (less JCOs). b. Records office concerned in respect of JCOs and men of formations; separate nominal rolls will be prepared for each records office.
142. Next of kin as shown in AB-439 and 64-M will be verified and any changes notified in Casualty Returns. 143.
BAFF-1000 will be prepared and submitted to the Records Office concerned.
144. BAFF-958 and BAFM-1242 of all personnel will be sent to the Records Office concerned. 145.
Field Imprest Account will not be closed.
146.
Records clerks will be dispatched to Records Offices.
147. Publications and amendments surplus to the scale laid down in TO&E of units and formations mobilizing and which they do not desire to retain, will be returned before departure from their peace station to CAO Dhaka. 148. Surplus confidential, security and secret publications, war establishments and war manuals will be returned to the authority from whom they were received.
149. Military Training Pamphlets and Army Training Memoranda will be retained by units. 150. One set of BAOs and AIs(B) covering the previous two years will also be retained.
145 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
151. Correspondence which a Formation Headquarters does not desire to retain, but to which future reference may be necessary, will be handed over to the OC Station for retention. 152. Correspondence which a unit does not desire to retain will be handed over to the Centre concerned for retention. 153. The following will also be handed over to the Centre concerned for disposal as shown: a.
Digest of Regimental Services, War Diaries To be kept in safe custody by the of any other historical records pertaining to Centre. the unit.
Section 30 – Reports and Returns 154. As regards field service reports and returns, units/fmns will take action in accordance with SBAO-46/51 or any orders issued from time to time. Sec 31 – Pay and Accounts
155. If any increase in pay or grant of an allowance, while serving in the field service area, is sanctioned by the Government, it will be admissible to units and formations when serving in that area: a.
Those mobilizing inside the From the first day of mobilization. theatre sector of operations...
b.
All others...
From the date of arrival in the theatre/ sector of operations or from the dates which the Government may decide from time to time.
156. Advances of pay for individuals going on field service will be made at the rates authorized by Government. Unless specifically ordered otherwise, civilians going on service will receive an advance of pay to the end of the current month, and for the following month. Advances for the civilians will be obtained from the controller of Military Accounts concerned. They will be paid to the individuals on acquaintance rolls before they leave their peace station, and will be duly recorded in pay books. 157. Detailed procedure for the payment of family allotment is laid down ‘in Financial Regulations, Pt-I, Rule 251. Family Allotment Rolls BAFF-1000 (two copies) will be sent by the Officer Commanding the unit proceeding to the field or on border defence duty to the Officer in Charge Records of the Depots/Centres. The latter will make payment of his cash assignment after the amount has been debited into the IRLAs by the FPO. The amount of family allotments will be entered in the pay books of the individuals for purpose of restricting pay in the field by paying officers. 158.
The procedure for the stoppage of regimental cutting will be as follows:
146 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. Before a unit proceeds on field service the officer commanding the unit will make over to the FPO a roll, in duplicate, of regimental cutting debitable to the pay of all individual, other than commissioned officers of the unit. A copy of this roll will be forwarded to the officer commanding the centre. Any subsequent changes in regimental cuttings will be similarly notified by the officer commanding the unit in the field to the FPO a copy of such notification being sent to the officer commanding the centre. 159. On mobilization OC units are authorized to take over from JCOs, and OR any amount they may desire to dispatch to their families by money order. If time permits these money orders should be dispatched before the unit leaves its station of mobilization. In cases where this cannot br done, the money will be sent to the Centre by Remittance Transfer Receipt, together with lists giving names of men names of addressees, and amounts to be sent. On receipt of the above the centre Comdt will despatch the money orders, and inform the OC unit in the field, of the date of their despatch. Also, not later that two months after the date of dispatch, the OC Centre will forward to the OC unit a list showing the dates on which the money has been acknowledged by the addressees. 160.
Responsibility for this money will be as follows: a. OC unit will be responsible until the receipt of the Centre Comdt is received. b. The Centre Comdt will be responsible until the postal receipt is obtained on the dispatch of the money orders.
c. From then onwards the responsibility rests with the postal authorities in the usual way. 161. The introduction of this procedure in any unit is entirely optional. It is not compulsory for an OC unit to adopt it nor is it compulsory for an individual to avail himself of it. 162.
The books and forms required on field service to accounting purposes are: a. Pay Book (AB-64M Part-II) and BAFB-122M for each soldier and enrolled follower and BAFK-1157 for temporary personnel (kept by the individual). b. BAFM-1531-A, Imprest Account (kept by the officer commanding unit). c. BAFA-860, Acquaintance roll (all arms) (kept by the officer commanding unit). d. BAF-1036, Imprest holder’s requisition for cash to be supplied by the Field Cashier or FCMA of the force.
163. Record Offices will be responsible for initiating action for the grant of increment/Good Service Pay in respect of individuals whose documents are maintained on the field service system. Any information required in this connection will be obtained by them from OC units (see also Regulation 61 of Mob Regs and/or Para 55). CHAPTER VIII
147 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
DISPOSAL OF UNIT AND PERSONAL PROPERTY, SUR EQPT, FAMILIES Sec 32 – Unit and Personal Property 164. The rules regarding the storage of unit and personal property on mobilization are contained in Annex XVII of Mob Regs. 165. Arrangements for the storage of such property will be made in peace, and included in mobilization schemes. a. In the case of men’s private kits, these will be done up in kit bag, box, or separate bundle for each man. b. Each man will insert in his kit bag, box, or bundle a list showing all the articles, it contains and after checking the articles, an officer and the individual both will sign this list. After the kit bags, boxes and bundle have been checked and marked with the owner’s name and number and with the abbreviated title of the unit they will be sealed and dispatched to the Centre for safe custody. c. Officers taking over baggage will be responsible for the number of packages taken over but not for their contents. d. As regards ACC personnel arrangements for storage of private kits will be made by ACC Centre with the nearest Regimental/Corps Centre. 166.
Band instruments will not be taken on service.
167. The OC unit will collect and forward in a special box to the Centre for safe custody, the medals of serving soldiers and reservists. He will enclose a nominal roll of the soldiers to whom the medals belong, giving in each of case particulars of medals and clasps. Securities, Defence Saving Certificates and Policies or Wills, which personnel want to deposit with their Centre will also be sent in the same box. Full particulars as to their disposal in the case of their owner’s death will be given. 168. Colours will be deposited with Centre concerned. Section 33 – Record of Disposal of Regimental and Private Property and Funds
169. A table will be prepared showing the arrangements made in peace for storing or depositing regimental and private property and funds. On mobilization a copy of this table will be sent to the Centre. 170. During the absence of the unit on field service the funds will be administered, interests due on securities, etc collected and authorized payments made, by the Centre Commandant who will be authorized to carry out these functions by the unit commander. 171. Each fund book will have a sheet, pasted on its first page giving detailed instructions about its administration and the purpose for which the fund exists. These instructions will also contain the maximum amount up to which the centre commandant can spend money without obtaining prior sanction of the unit commander. The Centre Commandant will sent to the unit on field service, a quarterly statement of fund showing credit balances and details of income received, and expenditure incurred during the quarter.
148 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Sec 34 – Sur Eqpt, etc 172. After completion to full scale, any surplus ordnance stores, clothing and necessaries with units will be returned to the Ordnance Depot on which dependent as early as possible. 173. Station stores including barrack furniture and barrack equipment, of units leaving the station will be stored in charge of the OC station or returned to the source of supply. 174. Instructional equipment of Engrs units will be disposed of under the orders of the Comd Engineers, concerned. Section 35 - Families
175. On mobilization, the families of officers will, as far as possible, be allowed to remain in occupation of their quarters. Should military exigencies necessitate their removal, the Corps/Div/Log Area Comd will authorize the arrangements necessary for such removal to the nearest suitable place of residence, the cost being adjusted in the same way as the cost of operations. 176. Such families as belong to the authorized married establishment, in the case of all men who are proceeding on service, will be dispatched to their homes at public expense. Such men as are considered necessary to escort families to railway stations nearest to their homes will be detailed by the OC unit from men who are left behind when the unit leaves its peace station. Further rules regarding the disposal of families are contained in Passage Regulations (Provisional) (1952). Those families who have no homes to go to will be disposed of by the unit Comd after consultation with the Station and Centre Commandants. 177. On progressive mobilization, the families of units and personnel affected will be disposed of in accordance with the foregoing instructions. ANNEX II TO SECTION-2 TO MOB REGS LIST OF REPORTS AUTHORIZED TO BE SENT BY TELEGRAPH DURING THE MOBILIZATION PERIOD 1.
Mob order.
2.
Ack of mob order.
3.
Report of occurrence which is likely to delay mob departure from peace sta.
4.
Recall of offrs on lve in Bangladesh.
6.
Instrs from units to DC regardinf recall of pers.
5.
Recall of unseconded offrs in ERE.
149 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
7. Recall of students at School of Instrs, when recall is essential (By post in case of Schools of Instrs). ANNEX III TO SECTION-4 TO MOB REGS
COMPILATION OF MOB SCHEME
178. A mobilization scheme will contain all information and documents required to enable the process of mobilization to be carried out with the minimum amount of labour and without reference to regulations, local orders, memoranda etc. All documents will be completed in peace so as to require on mobilization the addition only of numbers, dates, places and other details which cannot be determined in peace. Difficulties may arise in the case of progressive mobilization over staffs and departments and in some cases corps eg, increase in cipher personnel, censorship staffs etc. Such cases will have to be dealt with according to the situation and the scope of the progressive mobilization. These considerations may necessitate increase in staffs, departments or training establishments proportionate to the number of units maintained, or even up to the full numbers laid down for general mobilization. 179.
Mobilization scheme will be divided into five parts which will be cross-referenced: a. b. c. d. e.
A detail of action required. A diary. Annex. Appendices. A summary.
180. The above parts will each be held in separate covers which will be marked clearly to show the contents eg Part I - Detail of action required.
181. Detail of Action Required. This will consist of all the various processes to be gone through and of all the various items upon which action has to be taken. This list will be used as a guide towards the preparation of the Diary, Annex and Appendices and will include no details as to persons responsible, time, location etc. It will be crossreferenced to the current edition of Mobilization Regulations and also to the various other parts of the mobilization scheme. It will generally be found more convenient to follow the sequence of Mobilization Regulations in compiling this list, rather than to attempt to arrange the list in chronological order. 182. Subj
The following form of action required will be used:
DETAIL OF ACTION REQUIRED
Ref to Mob Regs
Item
Action required
Ref to Diary, Appendix etc
183. A specimen detail of action required is given at the end of this Annex. This specimen must not be taken as comprehensive as local conditions will vary, as also will the requirements of units, establishments, etc.
150 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
184. Diary. The diary will be divided so as to show the duties that are to be carried out on each day, giving the time whenever possible and the individual responsible for carrying them. The diary will commence with ‘Day of receipt of orders to mobilize’, the following day being described as M day. 185. Time
The following form of diary will be used:
DAY OF MOBILIZATION
Duties in Order in which Indl Resp They Should Take Place
Ref Detail of Rmk Act, Appx, etc
186. A specimen diary is given at the end of this Annex. These specimen must not be taken as comprehensive as local conditions will vary, as also will the requirements of units, establishments etc.
187. Annex. The annexes will contain the complete arrangements and all the documents necessary to implement all items in the detail of action required. They will contain the actual documents to be used on mobilization e.g. lists, indents, telegrams, recall post-cards, draft unit orders, etc. The required numbers of each document will be prepared, and each document will be completed as far as possible. Each annex will be complete in itself and will deal with as many items in the detail of action required as may be convenient. Thus all the telegraphic reports and acknowledgements which have to be submitted on, and after mobilization by a particular officer may conveniently be included in one annex. On the other hand, the item f recall of leave and furlough men will usually require an annex of its own.
188. Appendix. Each appendix will consist of an envelope for each individual for whom duties are assigned in the diary. The envelope will contain a complete copy of the diary, the parts that affect the individual being plainly marked, together with copies of all documents with which he is concerned. Each appendix will contain all necessary information to allow the individual concerned to carry out his duties without further reference to the mobilization scheme or other orders. Appendices will be circulated periodically to acquaint all concerned with their duties on mobilization.
189. Summary. This will contain briefly the salient points of the mobilization arrangements so that an officer on first taking over can rapidly obtain a clear general idea of the scheme. The summary will commence with a brief description of the new functions of the unit, establishment or individual on mobilization and in the case of a unit its allotment in war. The summary will be divided into sections headed according to the subject dealt with and will follow as closely as may be suitable the sequence of this volume.
ANNEX V TO SECTION-9 TO MOB REGS
PROCEDURE WHEN UNITS LEAVE MOB STA AT STR LESS THAN AUTH TO&E 190.
The minimum party to be left behind in the peace station will consist of:
151 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. b. 191.
Unfits. Nucleus of the party for eventual transfer to the Centre.
This nucleus will be responsible for: a. b.
Receiving, mobilizing and despatching returned leave and furlough men. Completing arrangements for evacuating the peace station.
192. It will, therefore, be commanded by an officer, and will contain sufficient personnel to enable it to carry out the duties. 193. A suggested nucleus party of an infantry battalion is given at the end of this annex. 194. Moves of personnel to and from a unit in the field and its centre and peace station will be controlled by Army Headquarters. The Officer Commanding, nucleus party will, therefore, with effect from date of departure of the unit report daily by wire to Army Headquarters the number of personnel at the peace station, ready and available for drafts. A similar report will be rendered daily by the commander until instruction are issued that this daily report should cease and that the normal reports required on field service by Army Headquarters should commence. 195. As soon as the combined resources of peace station and centre are sufficient to provide a, draft to bring the unit in the field up to War Establishment, Army Headquarters will issue orders for the necessary number of personnel to move. 196. Later, when the combined resources of peace station and centre are sufficient to provide the personnel required as 1st reinforcements, Army Headquarters will issue orders for the necessary drafts to move to reinforcement camps. 197. Finally, when the majority of returning leave and furlough personnel have arrived at the peace station, Army Headquarters will issue orders for the move of the nucleus party form the peace station to the centre. 198. The orders referred to in paragraph 3 above will in all cases by repeated to the station commander concerned.
199. The minimum strength at which units will at all times be prepared to move at short notice will be laid down from time to time, in peace, by Army Headquarters. 200.
Suggested nucleus party of an infantry battalion: Officer ... ... Hav Clerk ... ... Hav GD ... ... NK/LNK Instructors ... ORs (GD Personnel)...
... ... ... ... ...
... ... ... ... ...
1 1 1 3 11
ANNEX VI TO SECTION-13 TO MOB REGS
PERS NOT RECALLABLE ON MOB
152 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 201.
The following categories of personnel are not recallable on mobilization: a.
Officers of the Recruiting Staff, including Recruiting Medical Officers.
b. c.
Clerks in the authorized establishment of staff offices. Staff and instructors at schools of instruction.
d.
Personnel on a tour of duty at a centre, or on its permanent staff.
e. Instructional staff (less temporary instructors) University Officers Training Corps and BDR/Para Military Forces. f. Soldiers who have passed the Military training Survey Class and are in extra regimental employment.
g. Officers officiating in appointments in the judge Advocate General’s Department. h. Movement Control staff officers at Chittagong Embarkation Headquarters and at any other station/port. J. Unseconded attached medical officers at Chittagong Embarkation Headquarters. k. Personnel attached to: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) l.
Embarkation staff. Movement Staff (Railway Traffic Section) Army Service Corps. Army Ordnance Corps. Military Farm Department. RV&F. Survey Department.
Staff of Transit Camps at Dhaka and Chittagong.
ANNEX VIII TO SECTION-23 TO MOB REGS
RESPS FOR HOLDING IN PEACE, MOB ARTICLES OF ORD SUP (EXCEPT AMMO AND MT STORES) FOR ALL UNITS Table 1 : Eqpt – Gen Instrs
202. Items of personal equipment required to complete to the field service scale will be held in respect of personnel shown in War Establishments as follows: a. b.
‘Attached’, by the unit to which the personnel will be attached in war.
‘Not Included in the totals’ by the despatching unit.
203. All personnel other than those required to complete the initial War Establishment of a unit who are transferred to a unit on field service scales on or after mobilization will
153 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
proceed equipped in accordance with the field service scale authorized for the unit they are to join. 204.
All personnel transferred will, if armed, take pouch ammunition.
205. Officer Commanding newly raised Units will draw necessary stores from the Ordnance Depot concerned on indents or in special cases as directed by AHQ. Table 2 : Clo and Nec – Gen Instrs
206. Items of clothing required to complete to scale will be held in respect of personnel shown in War Establishments as follows: a.
‘Attached’ by the units to which the personnel will be attached in war.
b.
‘Not included in the above totals’, by the despatching unit.
207. All personnel transferred on and after mobilization will proceed clothed in accordance with the scale authorised for the unit they are to join. 208. Officer Commanding newly raised units will draw clothing and necessaries from the Ordnance Depot concerned on indents of in special cases as directed by AHQ. Table 3 – Extra Issue Items for Winter – Gen Instrs
209. All articles of Extra Issue Clothing for winter are stored in accordance with current orders and instructions. 210.
EI clothing for reinforcements will be in accordance with current orders.
ANNEX IX TO SECTION-23 TO MOB REGS
PROVISION OF AMMO TO COMPLETE UNITS TO WAR SCALE 211. 1st Line Ammo. Units will hold ammunition in accordance with the scale authorized in their TO & E.
212. 2nd Line Ammunition. This will be held by Ordnance in bulk as part of the general reserve. Formations will prepare checked indents and will be responsible that these are kept up-to-date.
ANNEX X TO SECTION-23 TO MOB REGS RESPS FOR HOLDING IN PEACE ARTICLES OF MT STORES AND MT VEHS 213. The vehicles required to complete TO&E of units on mobilization will be issued by Ordnance under orders from GS (DWE) according to the availability of stock existing
154 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
at that times. The demands will be submitted to MGO Br in accordance with the procedure laid down from time to time. 214. All units responsible for carrying out field repairs to vehicles. will move with their peace stocks of MT miscellaneous stores and spare parts of AOC supply. 215. Spare parts for units which do not exist in peace will be supplied by AOC on mobilization.
ANNEX XI TO SECTION-23 TO MOB REGS
RESPS FOR HOLDING IN PEACE MOB ARTICLES OF MED SUP 216. Checked indents will be submitted in quadruplicate. The following particulars will be shown on the indents: a. b. c.
The name of the unit. The station to which articles are to be despatched. The day in terms of M Day, by which articles are required to be delivered.
217. Checked indents will be sent to the supplying establishment on which they are dependent in peace.
ANNEX XIII TO SECTION-25 TO MOB REGS
ISSUE OF EMERGENCY AND HARD RAT 218. Emergency and hard ratiuons will be issued by the ASC as follows, to units mobilizing: a.
Emergency ration:
On emergency rations per head.
b.
Hard ration: Order for issue of hard rations will be given by formations in accordance with the situation at the time.
c. Individual pack rations at a proportion of 2% of the mobilized troops or as ordered by the force comd for personnel employed on long range patrolling and armoured reconnaissance, may also be maintained in the sector of operations. ANNEX XIV TO SECTION-27 TO MOB REGS PROVISION OF BOOKS, FORMS AND STATIONERY 219. The following particulars will be furnished in memo form to the CAO Ministry of Defence, Dhaka when demanding type writers and duplicators: a. b.
The name of the unit.
The Railway station to which the stores are required to be despatched.
c. The day in terms of M Day, by which the stores are required to reach destination.
155 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED d. Number of stores required in accordance with sanctioned scale, and type of machines required. 220. Typewriters and Duplicators which are on charge of existing units and which are surplus to requirements on mobilization will be sent to CAO’s Office, AHQ, Dhaka.
ANNEX XVI TO SECTION-31 TO MOB REGS
PAY AND ACCOUNTS ON MOB 221. On mobilization the system of maintenance of pay and accounts will be as follows: a. Field Cashiers will be appointed by AHQ in consultation with the Military Accountant General (in Bangladesh, cash may me drawn against imprest accounts from Government Treasures). b. The procedure as outlined in Regulation 75(a) and (b) of Mob Regulations (Para 67) will be followed.
c. Pay for JCOs and Other Ranks will be drawn from the imprest account held by unit commanders. The cash will be obtained from Field Cashiers, Payments will be made on acquaintance rolls which will be passed to the FPO at Records Offices for debit to individuals running accounts. Payments will be entered, and initialed by an officer in Pay Books.
ANNEX XVII TO CHAPTER-VIII TO MOB REGS RULES REGARDING THE STORING OF UNIT AND PERSONAL PROPERTY ON MOB 222. Surplus Government property and the heavy baggage of units will be stored at Government expense at Centre or where ordered by AHQ. 223.
The following are included under the term ‘Baggage’ referred to above: a.
Regimental property.
b.
Band property.
c.
Personal property, other than furniture, of officers, JCOs and other ranks.
224. In stations where storage room is not available, the Fmn of Log Area Commander may authorize property to be moved at Government expense to a place where adequate storage accommodation can be arranged, or suitable accommodation can be hired.
156 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 225. The amount of baggage including furniture which will be conveyed to, and stored in centre, will be the baggage allowed by regulations to be carried free on change of station on permanent duty, less the field service scale of baggage and stores taken on service by the unit and personnel. Mounds should be converted into cubic feet at one mound per ten cubic feet. 226. Furniture belonging to individuals will not be conveyed free at Government expense. Arrangements will, however, be made, wherever possible, fir its storage at the individual’s peace station. 227. Vouchers in triplicate will accompany all baggage mended in for storage, and after being signed by the officer responsible for storage, will be disposed of as follows: a. b.
228.
Original copy retained by the officer responsible for storage. Duplicate returned to the individual.
c. Triplicate forwarded to the officer responsible for the maintenance of the individual’s records.
Absence of voucher will individual subsequent claim for compensation.
229. Compensation for loss, if any, will be admissible under Rule 132 et seq of the Pay and Allowances Regulations, Volume II (Provisional) for the Bangladesh Army. 230. When defects in the condition of store building of in the arrangement for the care of stores are reported, a board will be assembled at once by the OC Station concerned. 231. The proceeding of the Board will be forwarded to AHQ, through formation concerned, accompanied by the recommendation of the authorities concerned, and approximate cost of repairs, etc, recommended. 232. No expenditure in connection with the storage of baggage and stores on mobilization (including the provision of additional buildings) will be incurred prior to mobilization without the sanction of the Government.
157 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG REGT INSTITUTES AND COMMITTEES Aim 1. The aim of this precis is to explain the org and functioning of various regt institutes which are normally found in a unit/estb. INSTITUTES
JCOs’ Messes 2. Opening and initial monetary grant for Fd Svc Mess for JCOs. See AR(I) 583 AI 28/63 Corr 57/63 and P & A Regs Vol II Rule 307 B. Clerks’ Messes
3. No clks mess are auth but may be org by OCs unit subj to no extra expenditure being caused to the state. AR(I) 647. Messing - OR
4. Men’s messing will be arranged by OCs within the resources aval. For auth of dining hall and furniture see Bk Synopsis and Bk & Hosp Schedule. Family and Child Welfare Centre
5. The aim of this institution is to provide the best facilities for the welfare and edn of families and children of JCOs, OR and NC(E)s of a bn. 2IC is normally resp for the efficient functioning of this institute.
158 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
6. In addition to the financial assistance from the Govt, units are allowed free accn, water, electricity, furniture and such medicines as are issued by the CMH, for family and child welfare centre. The use of Govt MT at amenity rates is also allowed where conveyance by amb is not admissible/ possible. Recreation Room
7. The aim of recreation room is to provide recreational facilities to OR, NC(E)s and civs emp in the unit who are not members of any mess eg, Sgt, Cpl, Lcpl, Snks, NC(E)s and civs in the bn. It is, therefore, recommended that this room should be at a suitable place away from the offices, qtr and parade grd. The fol facilities are normally provided in this room: a.
Writing material.
b. c.
Envelopes and post cards on payment. Newspaper.
d.
Gramophone/radio.
e.
Indoor games.
f.
Soft drinks and snacks on payment.
8. The unit edn staff is normally resp to coord the recreational activities and to arrange the layout of this room. 2IC is overall resp for the efficient functioning of this institution. Info Room/ Study Room
9. In every Inf Bn a separate room is normally maint which serve the dual purpose of a reading room and a library. In this room various types of charts and posters are displayed on the walls. Reading materials of various types are also aval. The unit edn staff is directly resp for the upkeep and maint of this room. The eqpt and material reqr for this room is normally purchased out of Amenities Grant and Edn Trg Grant (ETG). Canteens
10. In some units canteens are run by the units themselves while in other they are run by contractors who pay a rebate to the bn as fixed in the terms of the contract. There is no doubt that a unit canteen is a money making concern provided it is run by honesty and efficiency. Experience has shown that this system has invariably led to dishonesty and misappropriation of stores and funds as well as other irregularities of serious nature. It is, therefore, recommended that unit canteens should be run by a contractor. 11. A contractor shall not give credit to indl of any rank except against a written auth signed by the contracting offr. A contractor may cash cheques of offrs and OR on the str of the unit. Any such encashment is purely a voluntary act on the part of the contractor. OC, may, if he so desires, prohibit this practice for any offr or OR under his comd. Any such cheque represented for encashment will not be cashed if post dated. The supervision over the management of the canteen is carried out by the 2IC against by the line committee. It is also recommended that a member of the line committee should
159 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
make a surprise check daily to ascertain the quality of non-CSD goods sold in the canteen, wet or dry, and the prices charged. He should record his check in a book which should be provided for this purpose. He should also ensure that the current price lists, both for CSD items and bazar items are prominently displayed in the canteen. 12. All units running their own canteens and the canteen contractor of units level (excl sta canteen) are permitted to sell in their canteens locally purchased stores to meet requirement of their units’ pers. The OC units will ensure that: a. b.
Stores locally purchased are kept and sold separately from CSD stores. Prices of the locally purchased items are strictly con.
Tailor, Muchi, Cycle, Dhupi and Barbar Shops
13. The aim of these shops is to provide good and cheap svcs to the pers of the unit. It is suggested that unit canteen contractor should be made resp for running these institutes. Bn Masjid
14. The Bn Masjid is managed by a committee consisting of MWO, the unit RS JCO and one or two members. It has its own ledger acct and cash acct. The Masjid Fund is financed by monthly subscriptions from all ranks of the unit except non-muslims. Source of Income - Fund
15. The fol are the sources of income for family and child welfare centre, recreation room, info/study room and Bn Masjid: a.
b.
The annual allotment of spl welfare funds, as sub-allotted by Bdes/Stas for: (1) regs.
Provision of such hosp comforts as are not covered by existing
(2)
Any other item of collective welfare.
(3)
Families’ welfare.
Amenity grants.
c.
Edn Trg Grant (ETG).
d.
Units’ subscriptions.
e. Donations and other proceeds. Amenity grants are admissible under JSI 9/88 as extended from time to time. Existing method of claiming the amount will be fol. COMMITTEES
16. In order to ensure the smooth running of a bn and to ensure that an opportunity is afforded to all ranks of the unit to express their view/recommendation regarding day to
160 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
day admin, various committees are formed. Besides the various mess committees reqr for the management of offrs, JCOs and Clerks’ Messes, the fol committees are normally found in Inf Bn. Line Committee
17. Composn. 2IC, QM, MWO, one JCO, one NCO and one Sep as detailed for each qtr in the bn part I orders. Duties 18.
Fols are the duties of line committee: a. To fix and scrutinize monthly and revise when nec the rates changed by the canteen and various tdn. b. To scrutinize if nec, all bills whether personal or regt submitted by the regt tdn and pass them on the offr of indls concerned.
c. To arrange for accn and comforts of indls and parties temp att to or accommodated by bn. d. To arrange for the entertainment of unit and obtain sanction of CO for est expenditure. e. To consider constantly all matters effecting comfort, wellbeing and contentment of OR and NC(E)s and where nec to suggest improvement of the existing system. f.
To consider and report on any matter ref by the CO.
19. The committee should meet once a month and the proceedings of the meeting should be recorded in a register kept by the 2IC. This register should be put up to the CO for approval. Pts are to be incl in the agenda which should be submitted to the 2IC before the meeting. Sports Committee
20. This committee is normally composed of 2IC, sports offr, SM, sport JCO and sports NCO. The duties of this committee are: a.
To ensure adequate sports gear consistence with the funds aval.
c.
To arrange refreshments of matches/competitions.
b. To ensure that wastage through misuse is minimised and unsvc articles are replaced in time. d.
e.
To carr out periodical checks of sports gear. Equally distr the sports gear to coys.
21. These duties should be divided among all the members of the committee by the president. The committee should meet during first week of each month and record its proceedings in a register to be kept by the Sports Offr.
161 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Band Committee 22. The band will be managed by a committee of three offrs appt qtr by the OC unit. The accts and qtr audit board proceedings will be laid before these committee meetings. Messing Committee
23. A unit messing offr will be appt in each maj unit. In smaller units, it is the duty of the OC to make himself familiar with the men’s feeding arrangements. He may appt a JCO or sr NCO as aval for the immediate supervision and con of men’s messing. 24.
Men’s Messing Committee.
a. In each maj unit a men’s messing committee, comprised as under, which may be modified as nec, will be inaugurated:
b.
(1)
Chairman
-
(2)
Members
-
Usually the 2IC of the unit.
Med Offr Messing Offr A Sep from each sub unit. NCO cook In smaller units, the composn of the committee may be modified to suit local reqr. Terms of Ref. The committee is reqr to :
(1)
Draw up a bill of fare (whenever possible).
(2)
Indicate dishes which are definitely unpopular.
(3) Offer suggestions and proposals for the improvement of cooking and service of meals. (4) Give proper assistance to unit cooks, and to arrange for their further trg.
c. Committee Meetings. The committee will meet regularly as dir by the CO. Mins of the meetings will be put up to the CO for his signature, remarks and action. Unit Darbar 25. Commanding Offrs will hold open darbars once a month. Such darbars provide means whereby every man presents his case personally to his CO for consideration and also provides CO with a regular opportunity to put across his policy in person. The gen principles for the holding of darbars are given below as a guidance: a.
The darbars must be org and stage managed. It should not be too formal.
162 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. The CO and his offrs and JCOs should all be present but as regards OR their attendance can be made optional. c.
Any man who wishes should be entitled to state his case.
d.
Darbars must be held at definite intervals, say monthly.
e.
A darbar minute book should be kept.
f.
Decisions may be given by the CO on the spot as far as possible.
g.
Questions of promotion and discipline are usually barred.
Petition Committee
26. This committee is normally composed of 2IC, MWO, Head Clk and coy sr JCOs. The duties of this committee are: a. The committee will consider all petitions addressed to the civ auth satisfying themselves: (1) That the contents are based on the facts and that there are no exaggerations nor false presentations of facts.
(2) That the petition is not debared by any regs or orders on the subject. (3) That the petition is addressed correctly to the offr of the dept concerned of the Civ Govt and that it is suitably worded. (4) That the petition is limited to the interests and grievance of the petitioner himself or his dir dependents and not those of his relations.
b. The president will sign each petition after having been satisfied as per Para 26a above and forward it to the coy concerned for further disposal. c. The committee will meet gen once in a week at a time and place to be notified by the president to consider petitions for the week. 27.
d.
For further details in this regards see AR(I) 718 and 719.
Petitions Submitted to Military Authorities.
a. The procedure to be observed for the submission of petitions to the military authorities by persons who have been, but are no longer, in military employ (including reservists), or their relatives, on matters relating to their military service is as under: (1) In the first instance the person who whishes to submit a petition should, whenever possible, consult the nearest member of his district armed services board.
163 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(2) When necessary, a petition will subsequently be addressed to the comdt parent regt/corps centre, or to the authority indicated on the discharge certificate, and where possible the remarks of the district armed services board concerned will be endorsed thereon. (3) Petitions should in no case be sent direct to the CAS or to officers at AHQ; petitions so addressed involve further delay in examining the petitioners’ request as it is invariably necessary to refer to the comd and regt/corps centre before any reply can be given. (4) Comdt regt/corps centre will only after consideration refer to higher authority petition which they are unable to dispose of themselves or on which it is desirable that the order of higher authority should be passed. Any petition so referred will be accompanied by full particulars and, where possible, a definite recommendation. (5) Petitions which contain a request for a grant of land will not be forwarded to the civil authorities.
(6) COs and Centre Comdts will ensure that these orders are understood by all persons in military employ at the time of their transfer to reserve or discharge. b. Petitions, especially those submitted by ex-soldiers or their relatives will be replied to in clear and sympathetic form and will be answered in the language in which they are written and also in English for the benefit of touring officers. In case where a petitioner’s request cannot be granted the reasons for rejection should be sympathetically explained. Paras of regulation or instructions etc will not be referred to as in the majority of cases, they convey no meaning to these petitioners. c. The foregoing procedure will, however, not apply to petitions against finding and sentence of a Court Martial as these are provided for in BAA Sec 131 in conjunction with BAA Rule 170. Auth: AR(I)718
28. Petitions to Civil Authorities. Petitions, the home affairs of military personnel, will be forwarded to the District Armed Service Board for verification and further action. No such petition will be submitted to any other civil authority. The following types of petitions are not to be forwarded:
29.
a. The grievances of anyone except the petitioner, his wife or minor children or any near relative who is unable suitably to represent his won case. b. A case pending before a civil or criminal court except a request for its expedition. c. The re-opening of a case already opened by a civil or criminal court. Auth: AR(I)719 Civil Employment of Ex-Servicemen.
a. Policy. For Class IV posts and services, and class III posts of staff car drivers, in the Central Secretariat, Attached Department and subordinate offices (which include military units and establishments) there will be a cent percent
164 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
reservation for demobilized Armed Forces personnel, subject to the following exceptions: (1) For staff car drivers, others things being equal, preference will be given to ex-servicemen.
(2) The existence of vacancies will be subject to the absorption of any surplus staff already held in various departments.
b. Employment Procedure. Recruitment to these posts will be made through the Employment Exchanges, to whom all vacancies are to be reported. If the Employment Exchange certifies in writing that no suitable ex-serviceman is available the post may be filled otherwise. 30. All ex-servicemen is required for employment in the Army against authorized vacancies will be obtained by placing a demand upon the Employment Exchanges, giving the number of personnel and requisite qualifications for each post. Non-exServicemen will not be employed ex-servicemen are not forthcoming. In every case, the first demand on the Employment Exchange will be for ex-servicemen. If the Employment Exchange cannot provide ex-servicemen, a second request for other personnel may then be made. Auth: AR(I)715 31. All units etc, will forward a quarterly return to the AG’s Branch (W&R Dte) AHQ, showing the number of ex-servicemen employed during the preceding three months. The number of vacancies filled by non-ex-servicemen due to the non-availability of exservicemen as in (AR(I) 715) will also be shown in this return. Auth: AR(I)716 32. The preceding instructions are primarily applicable to static units etc, but active units who are authorized vacancies tenable by civilians and NCs(U) will also comply with the above procedure, as far as possible. Auth: AR(I)717 33.
Invitation to Retired Army Officer and JCOs on Army Functions.
a. All Station Headquarters will maintain an up-to-date list of addresses of retired Army Officers and JCOs residing in their area. For the preparation and maintenance of these lists assistance will be taken from the respective District Armed Services Boards. These lists will be used for inviting retired Army Officers and JCOs to military functions which are held in stations. The purpose of such invitations is to help in fostering and reviving past traditions and also raising the morale of ex-service personnel. b. Stations and formations will ensure that retired Army Officers and JCOs are invited to appropriate military functions, for example, Republic Day Parades, other Ceremonial Parades, functions on Defence of Bangladesh Days, Athletic and Sports Meetings, etc. c. Retired officers and JCOs when invited will be paid due attention, courtesy and respect. They will be treated at par with serving officers and JCOs of their ranks unless any civil post that they may be holding demands a higher order of precedence. Auth: AR(I)719A
165 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG REPORTS AND RETURNS Refs: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J.
AR(R) 44 - Acct Procedure - Offrs. AR(R) 45 - Acct Procedure - Sldrs. AR(R) 212 - Notification of Offrs’ Promotion. AR(I) 130 - Approval/Notification of Subs/subs Temp Promotion - Offrs. AR(R) 213-219 Temp Promotion - Offrs. AR(I) 131-133 AR(I) 801A to 801H Reporting of Cas (other than battle cas). SD in the Fd-2006. JSSDM-2003
Intro 1. Reports and returns are reqr for planning, provisioning and other admin action. If the staff are not fully acquainted or knows the compilation/prep and procedures of submission then it creates real problem to the admin to over come the admin inconvenience and to ensure the smooth functioning of admin. Fol types of report and returns have been introduced in the Army: a. Fd Svc Reports and Returns. To be submitted by units of Fd Svc in the out break of hostilities. Units not on Fd Svc will cont to submit all current reports and returns applicable to them under the existing orders. Compilation instrs as issued from time to time by the relevant auths will be strictly complied with. In no circumstance will a variation be made therefrom without the specific approval of the auth concerned. When the addition of a new return becomes nec, prior approval of AHQ, GS Br (WE&S Dte) will be obtained. If urgency does not permit to obtain prior approval then the reqr info may be called for under the auth of an offr not below the rank of Brig Gen but subsequent approval of AHQ, GS Br (WE&S Dte) must be obtained ASP. (Auth AR(I) 795-798)
166 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. Non Fd Svc Reports and Returns. To be submitted by the unit for the day to day admin of the Army. Aim 2. The aim of this precis is to explain the principles and method of compiling/prep and submission of reports and returns. Definitions 3.
The definitions are given as under which will come in the subsequent discussions: a. Reports and Returns. ‘Reports’ are normally in the narrative and a ‘Return’ contains the data of statistical nature in a tabular or graphic form. Reports and returns are of the fol cats: (1)
Recurring. These incl: (a) Periodic. Those which convey essentially the same type of info regularly at a prescribed intervals eg, daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, half yearly and yearly.
(b) As Reqr. Those, other than ‘periodic’ for which standing orders have been estb for submission upon each occurance of an event or sit eg, accidents, losses, discipline, etc.
b.
(2) dir.
Non-recurring.
Those spl reports and returns prep once only as
(1)
Death due to any cause incl suicide and murder.
Cas. The term ‘cas’ incl:
(2) Wound/ injury, sustained in aid of civ power or from any other cause irrespective of whether the indl concerned is placed on the SI or DI list. (3)
Missing, other than AWOL or desertion.
(5)
Transfer from one hosp to another whilst on SI or DI lists.
(4) Placing on SI or DI lists, transfer from one list to the other and removal therefrom.
c. Officer Commanding. mean as under:
For the purpose of cas return, the term ‘OC’ will
(1) The OC hosp is the CO when death occurs in a hosp or the indl is placed on the DI or SI lists. (2) On board ship, the OC tps is the OC at sea, if in wrls comm. In all other circumstances concerning sea voyage, the emb Comdt is the OC unit.
167 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED (3) In transit by land or air or on leave, the nearest mil comd, or SSO to whom the cas is reported. (4) In all other cases, the OC unit on whose posted or att str the indl is held. For pers on the str of AHQ the CO Admin wg, AHQ is the OC unit. For pers serving in HQ lower fmns, the offr performing the duties of OC unit. List of Reports and Returns 4.
5.
Fd Svc reports and returns are as under: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. j. k. l. m. n. p. q. r. (Auth:
SITREP. Ptl report. AFV report. Air sp requests. Daily fighting str state. Daily battle cas report. Veh cas report (beyond unit repair). LOCSTATE. Ammo /Explosive stores. AC report. SHELREP. MORTREP. BOMBREP. TOXREP. INTSUM. INTREP. Sec 22, SD in the FD 1975)
Non Fd Svc Reports and Returns.
a. Annual Consolidated Reports, Official Secret Act. Each HQ Div/Log Area/Area HQ/Indep Bde will render an annual consolidated cert (in duplicate) to the eff that every offr and clk (mil or civ) of any nationality, emp by them or units/sub units under their comd is fully acquainted with the provisions of the Official Secret Act, 1923. It will be explained to them in the language they understand, these incl all other mil pers and civs, contractors and extra estb viz, office orderlies, sweepers, dhupis, etc at least once in a month.
b.
Ident Card (loss).
(1)
Nearest police sta.
(2)
Immediate Fmn HQ.
(3)
Issuing auth.
(4)
AHQ, GS Br (MI Dte).
Auth : AR(I) 210- 212
168 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. d.
(5) Monthly return to MI Dte by fmn HQ or equivalent on the last day of each month showing the issue, cancellation and loss of Def Svc Ident Card as per AR(I) 211.
Breach of Sy. AHQ, GS Br (MI Dte) through proper channel. (AR(I) 227) Absent and Desertion.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12)
The local police. The local rly auth. The SP of the dist concerned. DC of the dist concerned. Rect offr (in case of newly rect). NOK. AHQ, GS Br (MI Dte). MP unit - which may assist in apprehension. Div/Bde/Log Area/Area HQ. DIG police. PO of the dist to which the deserter belongs. Secy, BD Armed Svc Board. Auth : Appx 'O' to AR(I).
e. MT Accident Reports. In case of an accident of veh incl MC/gun/bridging eqpt of Arty, svy devices etc, a report by sig will be initiated within 24 hrs to AHQ, AG’s Br with the copies to the fol: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
AHQ, AG’s Br (PS Dte). AHQ, GS Br (WE&S Dte). Fmn HQ concerned. Unit concerned (in case of att MT). MP unit concerned. (Auth : AR(I) 260).
f. Six Monthly State of Offences. HQ Divs, Area HQ, Log Area, Indep Bde will render a CONFIDENTIAL report to AHQ, AG’s Br (PS Dte) by 25 Jan and Jul each yr showing the no of MT offences, desertion, AWOL, insubordination, misappropriation, theft and civ offence, etc which have occured in their fmn during the preceeding six months on the fol proforma : (1)
Nature of offence (See BAA).
(2)
No of offence and incidents.
(3)
Contributory factors.
(4)
Disposal.
(6)
Remarks.
(5)
Remedial measures adopted/recommended. (Auth : AR(I) 261).
169 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED g. Conviction by Civ Courts. The conviction of an offr or sldr, except for very minor tfc etc, offences, will be reported to the undermentioned auths: (1) Offrs - AHQ, AG’s Br (PS Dte) through fmn by sig. (2) JCOs - AHQ, AG’s Br (PS Dte) through fmn by sig. (3) OR - Fmn by ltr. (Auth : AR(I) 263). h.
Delay Report - C of I. (1) (2)
Serious nature to AHQ, AG’s Br (PA Dte)/JAG Dept. Simple to the fmn only. (Auth : AR(I) 331A).
j.
Lose of Cl Docus.
k.
Theft/Loss of Arms and Ammo.
(1) (2) (3)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
l.
AHQ, GS Br (MI Dte). AHQ, GS Br (PS Dte). AR(I) 478 The SIB, PS Dte, AHQ. Dte concerned at AHQ. Fmn concerned. The OC unit will also info to the fol : (a) SP of the Dist concerned. (b) Local police. AR(I) 479 (c) DC. (d) DIG police.
Accident Arms/Ammo. (1)
m. n.
Fmn HQ. AHQ, GS Br (MT Dte). AHQ, GS Br (Sig Dte for crypto ltr/msg). (Auth : AR(I) 337).
AHQ, AG’s Br (PS Dte) with a copy to the fol : (a) (b) (c)
AHQ, GS Br (MT Dte for prac ammo). Dte concerned at AHQ. Fmn concerned. AR(I) 484(a).
Pte Arms Report Blood Donner Report
- AR(I) 488. - AR(I) 545(d).
p. Fitness Insp Report as per Spl BAO on Fitness Insp for Fd Fmn HQ and Units and AR(I) 605, APPX ‘Y’.
q.
Indebtness Report
- AR(I) 641.
r.
Annual CONFIDENTIAL Report - Appx 'KK' to AR(I) 801 (LL).
170 RESTRICTED
s.
Str Return. (a) (b) (c)
RESTRICTED
Monthly str returns of offrs - BAFY-1977. Monthly str returns of JCOs/OR - BAFY-1974. Cas returns (on occurances) - BAFY-1973.
Fundamental Principles 6.
The fol are the main principles for preparing or compiling reports and returns: a. Accuracy. Accuracy is most essential as the foundation of stats and planning depends on it. Incorrect info defeats the object of submitting reports and returns as this leads to wrong planning. b. Clarity. Should be clear and the details in reports and returns should be given at the appropriate place as reqr in the reports and returns. It should be definite and precise. c. Punctuality. Should be submitted on due date because it will be of no use if it does not reach the auth concerned in time. d. Sy. Should be given proper sy cl to protect it form falling into the hands of unauth pers or en agents.
Concl 7. Reports and returns are sent for stats and planning purposes. Accuracy in compiling them cannot be over stressed. It is equally imp that these must reach the auths on due dates otherwise the purpose for which they are submitted is defeated. To achieve this obj, list of reports and returns received from various auth should be maint in all offices and kept up to date. The staff must meticulously observe the above four principles for smooth functioning of the admin.
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG BUDGET ESTS Intro 1. Budget is an est of the probable receipts and expenditure during a financial yr formulated in anticipation as accurately as possible with ref to the actual expenditure and receipts during the past yrs (generally three yrs) and the policy of govt to be adopted in that particular yr. Its obj is to est expenditure in adv so as to have con over it with a view to enforcing strict economy. To achieve this obj no expenditure is permissible unless it is budgeted or provided for in beginning of a financial yr. It is the resp of all concerned to ensure that strict supervision of expenditure is enforced all times. Allotment of funds is made by AHQ based on the demands submitted by various units and fmns in the form of budget ests.
171 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Aim 2. To discuss the necessity of budgeting and submission of reports thereof to the higher auth. Items of Expenditure Budgeted
3. Expenditure for which provision is made in the Def Svcs budget ests falls broadly under the fol cats :
a. Pay and allces of the Armed forces, admin svc, etc (excl payments to temp lab). b.
Payments to temp labour emp in store depots and factories etc.
d.
Payments for stores.
e.
Tn charges.
f.
Wks expenditure.
g.
Non eff expenditure.
c.
Misc expenses.
Heads of Expenditure
4. All cats of def svc expenditure have been numbered ser and each no had been further split up into distinctive alphabets to assist in assessing and allocation of funds for the expenditure likely to be incurred and to compare the same with receipts which will occur. This numbering is called allocation of head of expenditure and the same in brief are: a. Main Heads. Represent cat of expenditure by arms/svcs trg estbs etc. For example Main Head 2 is for Admin Svcs.
b. Sub Heads. Indicate nature of expenditure ie, under main head 2 sub head 'A' means 'Mil Trg'.
c.
Minor Heads. Means the types of estb ie, represent BMA.
d. Con Head. Indicates the type of expenditure vide 'Misc Expenses. The method of showing the above head is very simple and easily understood provided the contents of FR Par I, Appx I are carefully studied. Heads are shown as 7-A(e), meaning 'TN CHARGES RAIL CHARGES MOV OF PERSONS/STORES'.
Budget provisions 5.
Budget ests are categorized as under : a. b.
Ests for the next financial yr. Revised ests of the current financial yr.
172 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 6. In order to ensure prompt and uniform submission of these ests and to enlist budgetary con over expenditure units/fmns submit forecasts, revised ests etc to AHQ by specified date as mentioned in paras 10 to 12. Prep Budget Ests 7.
See FR Part I Rule 100.
Budgetary Con
8. All auths in the Army from OC unit to AHQ are equally resp to the Govt through the MOD to ex strict con over the budgeted expenditure. To do so certain info must be maint and submitted as discussed in the fol paras. The budget reports specified below are submitted by the Central controlling Auths at AHQ to D Budget at the dates indicated against each. 9.
Ests for the Financial Yr.
a. Forecast. This is the first est prep for a financial yr. It is based on the actual average expenditure of the previous three yrs. It is submitted to reach D Budget by 20 Dec each yr. b. Budget Ests. This is the 2nd and final forecast for the fol financial yr. Any events or factors that are likely to have effect on the fol yr’s budget and which could not be incl at the time of the above forecast should be taken into acct. It is submitted to reach D Budget by 20 Jan each yr. (Auth : FR Part I Rule 101). c. Unit Allce and Misc Expense Grants - Reports. See Precis Admin 'A' ser no 19.
10. Revised Ests for the Current Financial yr (Excl Unit Allce and Misc Expenses Grants). See FR Part I Rule 101 & 104. Distr of the Sanction Budget
11. Allocations of funds from the sanctioned budget of the Army are made by D Budget who also ex overall con over the Army Budget. Except for pay and allces, misc expenses and non-eff charges (Pensions) funds are allotted to the Central Controlling Auths in dtes concerned at AHQ in respect of the heads/sub heads administered by them. The controlling auths at AHQ in turn make sub allotments to the intmed Controlling auths at Div/Log Area or dir to the units/dept/instls. Expenditure on pay and allces is centrally con by MOD. Sub allotments on this acct are made to other auths. 12. In the case of misc expense grant capitation rates have been fixed for various items of expenditure except 'Office Contingencies' etc for which allotments of funds are made by D Budget to all the units/fmns. 13.
For diagram gives the existing chain of con over budgeted expenditure : MOD (Fin Div)|
173 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED GS Branch (Budget Dte), AHQ Dtes, AHQ (Central Controlling Auths) Fmns( Intmed Controlling Auths) AHQ Tps/Units (Primary Controlling Auths) These auths are resp for exercising of eff and continuous over the expenditure. Details are given in FR Part I, Appx I colm 3,4 and 5 (Controlling Auths and colms 1 and 2 (the type of expenditure). (Auth : FR Part I Rule 52 and 54 (a). Resp - Primary/Intmed Auths 14.
Initial Distr of Budget Grants. See FR Part Rule 54 (b).
15.
Watching Expenditure Against Allotments. See FR Part I Rule 54 (b).
Submission of Reports and Returns 16. The reports mentioned in paras 9 and 10 above are submitted on the fol proforma : a. Para 9 a and b. prescribed by AHQ.
In a ltr from if no maj change otherwise on a proforma
b. Para II. These are submitted in manuscript as decided by the controlling auths at AHQ. c.
Para 9c. On the form set out in Anx `A` and `B` to SBAO 27/S/63
174 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG FITNESS INSPECTION REPORTS Ref: A. B.
Intro
Spl BAO on Fitness Insp for Fd Fmn HQ and Units. AR(I) 605, APPX ‘Y’.
1. Every comd is resp to ensure that his unit is fit to carr out its msn successfully both in peace and war. In peace time, trg ex and periodical insp are the only methods by which a comd can assess the preparedness of his command for war. There sp for the fitness of the Army as a whole devolves upon the CAS. The insp sys must, therefore, be such that the CAS gets a true picture about the efficiency of the Army. Insp is a fun of command and fmn comds are resp for all matters within their fmns. There are, however, certain other offrs resp. These offrs are reqr to carr out regular periodical insp. The Director of arms/svc is further resp for the tech working as well as tech trg, doctrine in so far as it relates to his arms/svc and must, therefore, carr out his own insp to ensure that tech directive and procedure are being comlied with. Aim
2. The aim of this lesson is to give the students a clear idea about the precise system of carr out fitness insp of a unit/HQ. Definition
3. Insp. The term ‘Insp’ may be defined as ‘obsn’ or inquiry into the condition of a unit. Insps are conducted to provide the CAS and fmn comds with an indep appraisal of the performance of msn and the state of discipline, efficiency and economy in the unit, report deficiencies and recommend corrective actions. New ideas and suggestions may also be obtained during insp.
175 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 4. Visit. A ‘Visit’ may be defined as ‘to go to see a unit in order to succour’. Visits are paid with a view to advising unit and fmn comds of the means and methods of improving the efficiency of their respective command and for rendering help in the difficulties confronting them. AHQ policies and doctrines are also explained and their implementation facilitated by advice and the guidance. Visiting offrs are not reqr to render regular insp reports. They may, however, issue ‘tour notes’.
Gen Principles of Insp 5.
The fol are the gen principles of insp:
a. The aim being the assessment of a unit’s proficiency in practical tasks, an insp offr must look for highest std in tac and tech performance. Subsidiary documentary display by units such as unnec charts, registers, proforma etc, therefore, be kept to the absolute min, to ensure that max possible time is aval for and spent on checking the trg and actual performance of their duties by the units. b. All insps should be confined within limits and there should be no duplication or overlapping of insp by the insp auth, eg if a PSO decides to carr out a fitness insp of a certain unit, there should be no such insp of the same unit during the same yr by the director. In that case there is no bar on ‘Visits’ by the Director. c. Not withstanding the fact that insps are meant for assessment of a unit’s fitness, the reports must be constructive and obj in that these must result in enhancing the overall efficiency and battle worthiness with the unit. d. Insp must not create an impression of being an unnec in ques or an effort to catch the CO or his staff. The method and approach should always be that of constructive advice and help to the CO and not that of critic. e. Corrective act must speedily follow at all levels. This cannot be done unless both the insp auth and the unit inspected are satisfied with the fairness of the insp. The insp must not give any impression of prejudices or favoritism, and the insp unit must readily accept and implement the comments/rmks of the insp auth in the interest of the unit’s efficiency. f. Insp must be properly bal in that insp report must indicate clearly how far a defect is attributable to the negligence etc of a unit, the fmn staff or supporting svc. Tech insp must realize that in certain aspects eg maint and repair of veh, the unit and the wksp both have almost equal resp.
Gen
g. Result of an insp may provide an elm in determining certain coord capabilities of a CO, but it must not form the sole basis for assessments in OPR.
176 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
6. Spl BAO on Fitness Insp for Fd Fmn HQ and Units supersedes any other FI system for field formation headquarters and units and will be incorporated in due course of time into the ‘The Army Regulations Volume II (Instructions)-1985’, where instructions 603-613 are required to be modified on the basis of this order. Until the modifications are affected in ‘The Army Regulations Volume II (Instructions)-1985’, instructions contained in this ‘Special Bangladesh Army Order’ will be followed. 7. Unless otherwise specified, for the purpose of this order, the term ‘unit’ will be taken as to include a field formation headquarters and field unit (both major and minor units). 8.
This ‘Special Bangladesh Army Order’ is applicable for the following HQ/units:
a. Armour Unit. b. Artillery Unit (Field/ Medium/Self Propelled). c. Artillery Unit (Air Defence). d. Artillery Unit (Locating). e. Division Engineer Battalion. f. Engineer Construction Battalion. g. Riverine Engineer Battalion. h 57 Engineer Company. j. Independent Field Company Engineer. k. Division Signal Battalion. l. 10 and 11 Signal Battalion. m. Independent Brigade Signal Company. n. Infantry Battalion. p. Mechanised Infantry Battalion. q. Division Support Battalion. r. Para Commando Battalion. s. Army Aviation Unit. t. Army Supply and Transport Battalion. u. Division Supply and Transport Battalion. v. Field Ambulance/Hospital Units. w. Division Ordnance Company. x. Independent Ammunition Platoon. y. Field Workshop Company Electrical and Mechanical Engineering. z. Army Military Police Unit. aa. Military Police Unit. bb. Field Intelligence Unit. cc. Division/Independent Bde/ Bde HQ/ HQ SWO. dd. Any other newly raised field formation headquarters/ field unit of different type than above.
Guidelines and Instrs
9. The major focus of the inspection is to assess overall fitness of a unit through simple but efficient methods of inspection. Guidelines of fitness inspection are: a. Formations should carry out FI of the under command units minimum once in 2 years. Duration of the inspection may remain at the discretion of Formation Commanders. b. Test on operations proficiency should preferably be conducted during brigade/division group/collective training. Two sided exercises may be organized
177 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
to test the units. Non lethal weapon may be used to ascertain the correct state of casualty during this exercise. However, flexibility will be on the Formation Commander in this aspect. c. Inspection should be carried out by Formation Commander or an officer nominated by Formation Commander. Members of the team will be composed of: (1) Team formed by Formation Headquarters to include technical personnel/representatives as required taking the type of unit into consideration. (2) One member to be detailed by concerned arms/services directorate. (3)
ARTDOC may send observer in coordination with respective fmn.
(1)
Administration.
(3)
Operations.
d. The inspection team should focus on three major aspects of the unit as under: (2)
Training.
e. For any statistic/calculation, duration from last inspection to present inspection to be considered.
f. The magnitude and duration of briefing by unit Commander during inspection should be at the discretion of Inspecting Officer. However, it is suggested that unit commander may brief the inspecting officer only on the critical aspects of the unit. g. For physical efficiency test (PET) and range efficiency test (RET), result of bi-annual individual physical fitness test (IPFT)/ unit physical efficiency test (UPET) and Chief of Army Staff’s trophy firing should be taken into consideration. In addition, random sampling test should be carried out on these two events taking following limits: (1) IPFT: 15% to 25% of present manpower.
(2) RET: 10% to 15% of present manpower (Both on grouping and firing as per Sena Operations Shooting Nirdesika (SOSN)).
h. A unit generally carries out numerous activities throughout the year. Apart from FI performance, other operational, training, administrative and miscellaneous activities of a headquarters /unit should also be reflected in the overall result. Therefore, ‘Evaluation by Formation Headquarters’ is added in the FI format where following aspects are included: (1) Performance in the exercises (brigade/ division group/ collective training etc). (2) Achievements in training/games/sports competitions.
178 RESTRICTED
(3) (4)
RESTRICTED
Performance in various administrative activities. Any other subject deemed appropriate by Fmn HQ.
j. Annual Technical Inspection, Ammunition Technical Officer’s Inspection and Monthly Sanitary Inspection are very important tools to ascertain the condition of vehicle, weapon, arms, ammunition, equipment, hygiene, sanitation and living standard of the troops. Hence, performances of the units in these inspections are added to FI result. k. Storage of weapon and ammunition, vehicle, fire control instrument, signal, mobilization stores and other miscellaneous stores will form part of ‘Materiel Management Efficiency’ and some of these aspects should be checked during move practice/ deployment. l. Proportionate marks may be allotted if an item/event cannot be tested due to non-availability of personnel, weapon and equipment. Inspection team may test any other element of same magnitude. m. There will be total 1000 marks to ascertain the standard of the unit through quantification. Distribution of marks is as under: (1) Administrative proficiency (2) Training proficiency (3) Operations proficiency (4) Evaluation by Formation Headquarters (5) Annual Technical Inspection (6) Ammunition Technical Officer’s inspection(7) Monthly Sanitary Inspections (Cumulative till the date of inspection)
150. 30. 20.
300. 160. 240. 100.
n. The obtained marks would indicate the battle worthiness of a unit. Unit scoring below 50% marks ie, unsatisfactory result may be considered as ‘Unfit’. Level of battle worthiness of a unit is appended below: Ser
Mark
Result
Battle Worthiness
1.
80% and above
Excellent
Fit
2.
70% and above
Very good
Fit
3.
60% and above
Good
Fit
4.
50% and above
Satisfactory
Fit
5.
Below 50%
Unsatisfactory
Unfit
It is to be specified whether the unit is unfit either for operational inefficiency or equipment deficiency. Whenever a unit is found unfit, formation may carry out reinspection at a convenient time, but preferably with the same unit commander. p.
Written test during the inspection should be avoided.
179 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
10.
q. Result/marks obtained by a unit largely depends on unit commander’s commitment and leadership qualities. As such, it should be reflected in the Officers Performance Report of the unit commander in whose time the inspection is carried out, but it must not form the sole basis for assessing the Officers’ Performance Report. Same is applicable for other officers of the unit.
The aims of the ‘FI Report’ are:
a. To provide the appropriate commander with detailed information concerning a unit on which he will assess its fitness to carry out its mission in peace and war. b.
To increase efficiency of the unit by: (1) (2)
Rendering help and advice. Resolving any difficulties.
(3) Receiving any ideas and, after examination, adopting those if they are approved.
Form of FI Report 9.
Form of FI Report is at Annex A. It comprises the following:
a. Part A. Particulars of the unit to be inspected, battle worthiness of the unit and comments of higher authorities. b.
Part B.
Comments of the inspecting authority.
c.
Part C.
Administrative proficiency.
d.
Part D.
Training proficiency.
e. Part E. Operations proficiency (To be tested during brigade/ division group/ collective training). f.
Part F.
Evaluation by formation headquarters.
g.
Part G.
Technical efficiency.
h.
Part H.
Monthly sanitary inspection.
j.
Part J.
Special points raised by the unit commander.
Completion of the Form of FI Report 10.
Various parts of the ‘Form of FI Report’ will be completed as under:
a. Part A. It will be completed by the inspecting authority except the portion relating to the next higher authority, which will be entered in by the later at the appropriate stage.
180 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED b.
Part B.
It will be completed by the inspecting authority.
c. Part C, D and E. Section 1 of Part C (Administrative state), Part D (Training state) and Part E (Operational state) will be completed by the unit commander. The inspecting authority will complete the Section 2 of Part C, Part D and Part E. d. Part F. Headquarters.
This part will be filled in by appropriate officer of Formation
e. Part G. This part relates to technical inspection of the unit. The inspection team will complete this part basing on the results of ‘Annual Technical Inspection’ and ‘Ammunition Technical Officer’s Inspection’. f. Part H. This part relates to monthly sanitary inspection of the unit. The inspection team will complete this part basing on the results of ‘Monthly Sanitary Inspection (cumulative till the date of inspection)’. g. Part J. This part which will accompany the main report will be filled in by the unit commander and handed over to the inspecting authority who will take further action as required.
Disposal of Fitness Inspection Reports 11.
Fit Report. Disposal of ‘Fit Report’ will be carried out as under: a. The inspecting authority will prepare four copies of the reports and forward two copies of the report to the Formation Headquarters; the third copy will be returned to the unit concerned, and the fourth copy be retained as office copy. Formation Headquarters will forward one copy of the report to Army Headquarters (concerned arms/services directorate). b. Formation Headquarters will ensure that actions are taken to remove shortcomings which lie within the power of the unit commander and lower formation headquarters.
c. Shortcomings which cannot be removed by the Formation Headquarters to be informed to Army Headquarters (concerned arms/services directorate) for removal of shortcomings as a general measure. d. Concerned arms/ services directorate will circulate these points to other directorates for action on their respective points.
12. Unfit Report. Followings steps to be taken as soon as possible to dispose of ‘Unfit Report’: a. The inspecting authority will prepare six copies of the reports and forward four copies of the report to the Formation Headquarters, the fifth copy will be returned to the unit concerned, and the sixth copy be retained as office copy. Formation Headquarters will forward three copies of the ‘Unfit Report’ without delay to Army Headquarters (concerned arms/ services directorate).
181 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED b. After obtaining orders of the Chief of Army Staff on it, concerned arms/services directorate will return two copies of the report to the authority from whom the report was received including all the remarks or directions for action to be taken at various levels. c. The third copy will be retained by concerned arms/services directorate for circulation to the directorates concerned for further action to ensure that the unit is brought to its standard of fitness as quickly as possible to fulfill its role in peace and war.
13. Declaring a unit ‘Unfit’ due to deficiency in equipment, transport and personnel etc, does not in any way, throw a discredit on the unit/formation concerned. On the other hand, it expedites remedial action including, where possible, readjustment of priorities for release of equipment, transport and personnel. Concl
14. Fitness insp is of almost imp for both the comd and the unit insp upon. If this imp is felt by the two agencies the main purpose of it will be achieved. Insp auth should have the attitude to succor the unit and the unit insp upon should have the spirit to accept the suggestions/advice to improve the std. The unit insp upon should disclose the problems faced by them in exec of their task and list the faults/false pointed out by the insp auth for rectification. Finally mutual trust has to be dev between the two agencies to achieve excellent result out of this insp. Anx: A.
Form of AFI Report (Field Unit).
182 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ANX A TO FI REPORT FORM OF FI REPORT (FIELD UNIT) PART A
SECTION 1-GENERAL INFORMATION (To be completed by the Inspecting Authority ) 1.
Dt of Present Inspection
:
2.
Dt of Last Inspection
:
3.
Unit Reported on
:
4.
Mission of unit
5.
Formation
: :
6. Dt web Unit returned from UN Msn/ Chittagong Hill Tracts
:
7.
Commanding Officer/Officer Commanding
:
a.
Personal number
:
b.
Rank
:
c.
Name
:
d.
Dt of Assuming command
:
SECTION 2 -CLASSIFICATION OF FITNESS 8.
Battle Worthiness of the Unit: Fit/Unfit.
9.
If Unfit, it is due to : operational Inefficiency/Equipment Deficiency.
10. I recommend adoption of following measures for achieving the required standard of battle worthiness:
183 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Station:
Name Rank
Date...........
Designation (Inspecting Officer)
SECTION 3- REMARKS OF THE NEXT HIGHER COMMANDER/AUTHORITY
Station: Date
(name in Block Capital) Rank Designation PART B SECTION 1- MARKS OBTAINED AND SUMMARY OF COMMENTS
Ser
Aspect
(a) 1.
(b) Administrative proficiency Training Proficiency Operations Proficiency Evaluation by formation headquarters
2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7.
Mks Alt
(c)
Mks Obtained
(d)
%
Result
(e)
Battle Worthiness
(f)
Technical efficiency a. Annual technical inspection b. Ammunition technical officer’s inspection Monthly sanitary inspection Overall
------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
184 RESTRICTED
(g)
Insp Auth’s Rmks and Act to be Taken (h)
(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 1)
RESTRICTED
(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 2)
-----------------------------------------(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 3)
----------------------------------------(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 4)
-----------------------------------------(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 5a)
----------------------------------------(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 5b)
-----------------------------------------(Name in Block Capital) (Inspecting Authority for Ser 6) SECTION 2 – ACTION TO BE TAKEN BY Ser 1. 2. 3. 4.
Aspect Administrative proficiency Training proficiency Operations proficiency Evaluation by formation headquarters
6.
a. Annual technical inspection b. Ammunition technical officer’s inspection Monthly sanitary inspection
5.
Higher Formation
Army Headquarters
Technical efficiency
PART C – ADMINISTRATIVE PROFICIENCY SECTION 1- ADMINISTRATIVE STATE 1.
Permanent Establishment.
Ser
Category
(a) 1. 2.
(b) Officers Junior Commissioned Officers
3. 4. 5. 6.
Authorized Establishment (c)
Posted (d)
Other Ranks Non Combatant (Enrolled) Non Combatant (Un-Enrolled) Civilians
185 RESTRICTED
Surplus (e)
Deficiency (f)
Remarks (g)
RESTRICTED
2. Attached Establishment. Ser
Category
(a) 1. 2.
(b) Officers Junior Commissioned Officers Other Ranks
3. 3.
Posted
Surplus
(d)
Deficiency
(e)
(f)
Remarks (g)
Absent On Duty (from Permanent and Attached Establishment).
Ser
Category
(a) 1. 2.
(b) Officers Junior Commissioned Officers
3. 4. 5. 6.
Out Station
Within Station
(c)
(d)
Without Leave
(e)
Sick
In Custody
(f)
Total
(g)
(h)
Other Ranks Non Combatant (Enrolled) Non Combatant (Un-Enrolled) Civilians
4. Actually on Parade. Offrs
JCOs
(a) 5.
Authorized Establishment (c)
(b)
OR
NC(E)
(c)
NC(U)
(d)
Civilians
(e)
Total
(f)
(g)
Details of Personnel Whose Absent Adversely Affected Unit Administration:
Discipline State 6.
Number of Accident during past 12 month a.
Number of Vehicles on charge, Mileage run -
Fatal
Serious
b. 7.
-
Accidents.
Ordinary
Finally Disposed of
Pending
Court Martial and minor punishments (during past 12 months) Ser (a) 1. 2. 3. 4.
Category (b) Officers Junior Commissioned Officers Other Ranks Recruits
GCM (c)
DCM (d)
SCM (e)
186 RESTRICTED
Minor Punishment (f)
Remarks (g)
5. 8.
Non Combatant (Enrolled)
Desertion and Absent without Leave. a.
Ser (a) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. b.
c. 9.
RESTRICTED
Total number during past 12 months.
Offence (b) Desertions Absent Without Leave Over staying Leave Deserters Tried Deserters Tried Deserters Awaiting Trail
Offrs (c)
JCOs (d)
OR (e)
NC(E) (f)
Backlog of deserters not yet apprehended
:
(1) (2)
:
Past Year 12 Month under review
:
Recruits (g)
Remarks (h)
Steps taken to reduce Desertion/Absent without leave/ Over staying leave:
Promotion Statistic ( Junior Commissioned Officers/other Ranks).
a. Percentage authorized by classification. b. Actual state by classification. c. Reasons for large-scale deficiency as well as action taken to make up shortage of deficiency classification (where applicable). d. Number of vacancies unfilled for over three months and reasons for this delay.
SECTION 2- TEST ON ADMINISTRATIVE PROFICIENCY 10. Result of inspection held by inspecting authority (Following table to be adjusted basing on the modalities set for headquarters/Units being inspected): Ser (a) 1. 2. 3.
Items (b) Regimental spirit/traditions and morale Security Discipline
187 RESTRICTED
Marks Allotted (c)
Marks Obtained (d)
Remarks (e)
RESTRICTED
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Care development of soldiers including promotion prospects of individual Office management and documentation Soldiers documentation including personal items Account Audit (test and local) Military transport accident Recreational facilities Obesity First aid Fire fighting drill and equipment Materiel management efficiency Availability and standard of training aids Total marks
PART D – TRAINING PROFICIENCY SECTION 1- TRAINING STATE (As on the Date of Inspection) 1.
Officer’s Training. a.
Promotion Examination. Ser
Examination
(a) 1.
(b) Lieutenant to Captain Captain to Major
2. b.
Number Eligible
Number passed/ partially passed
(c)
(d)
Organization of Training – Details of
:
(1)
Study periods
:
(a)
:
(2)
(3) (4)
Exercise (b)
Map/Sand model exercise
Tactical exercise without troops:
Organization of private study
Failed to pass within spec svclimit (e)
:
:
Organization of unit library and its utilization by officers:
(5) Other activities to improve operations, training and administrative proficency: c.
Physical Fitness. Result of IPFT and UPET as per unit records:
188 RESTRICTED
2.
RESTRICTED
Junior Leaders’ (Junior Commissioned Officers/Non Commissioned Officers) Training. a.
Organization of Training – Details of. (1)
Training Cadres (Excluding promotion cadres) held.
(3)
Tactical exercise without troops/Skeleton Exercise.
(5)
Other activities to improve administrative, training and operations.
(2)
Study periods.
(4) Arrangement for regular study of pamphlet and training publication by junior leaders. b.
Number attended tactical course for junior leader at Army School. (1)
3.
Junior Commissioned Officers’ -
(2)
Non Commissioned Officers’ –
Junior Commissioned Officers and Other Ranks. a.
Specialist Training. (1)
Number of each category authorized -
(3)
Number of trained reserve held -
(2) b. Auth (a) c.
Number trained
(4) Number trained in dual trade/specialistOther Rank Clerk. Held Qualified for up classification/Promotion to Junior Commissioned Officers( Class-1 Only) (b)
Course (a)
Remarks
(c)
(d)
Weapon Training. (1) (2)
c.
-
Date of last Chief of Army Staff Trophy Firing: Standard Achieved.
Ser
Weapon
(a)
(b)
Number of Personnel Appeared (c)
Marksman
First Class
Standard Class
Failed
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(3) Date of last Annual course shooting/Air defense Firing/Heavy Weapon Firing:
School Trained Unit Instructor. Authorized (b)
Held ©
Officers
Authorized (d)
Held (e)
Authorized (f)
189 RESTRICTED
Held (g)
Deficiency (h)
Remarks (j)
4.
RESTRICTED
Training Exercise. Details of exercise held: a. b. c. d.
Unit Exercise. Night Training Exercise. Headquarters Exercise. Field Firing Exercise.
190 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
SECTION 2 – TEST ON TRAINING PROFICIENCY 5. Result of tests/exercise held by inspecting authority (following table to be adjusted basing on the modalities set for headquarters/unit being inspected): Ser
Items
(a) 1. 2.
(b) Field craft Driving training (for supply and transport unit only) Physical efficiency test a. Result of bi-annual IPFT/UPET b. Random sampling test on IPFT
3.
4.
5. 6.
Marks Allotted (c)
Marks Obtained (d)
Remarks (e)
15% to 25% of present manpower
Weapon training a. Result of ‘CAS Trophy Firing’ b. Random sampling test on RET (both on grouping ad SOSN)
10% to 15% of present manpower
c. ETS d. Heavy weapon e. Annual course shooting/air defense Firing/heavy weapon firing f. sabot/suyb calibre/simulation firing Map reading Specialist and instructor state (state and skill) Total marks PART E – OPERATIONS PROFICIENCY SECTION 1- OPERATIONAL STATE
1. Ser (a)
2. Ser (a)
Deficiency of Manpower as per Battle Grouping: Battle Grouping (b)
Class (c) Officers Junior Commissioned Officers Other Ranks
Authorized (d)
Manpower State Held Dfc (e) (f)
Dfc % (g)
Deficiency of Weapon, Major Equipment and Vehicle: Weapon/Equipment/ Vehicle (b)
Authorized
Held
Deficiency
Deficiency %
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
SECTION 2 – TEST ON OPERATIONS PROFICIENCY 3. Result of tests/exercise held by inspecting authority (Following table to be adjusted basing on the modalities set for headquarters/unit being inspected)
191 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Ser (a)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Items (b) Battle procedure and battle drill
Marks Allotted (c)
Marks Obtained (d)
Remarks (e)
Major operations/major task
Special task/support elements
Military operations other than war Material management efficiency Minor operations Move practice
Alarm scheme 8. Total marks PART F – EVALUATION BY FORMATION HEADQUARTERS 1.
Evaluation by Formation Headquarters: Marks Allotted (a)
Marks Obtained (b)
Remarks (c) Evaluation may be based on followings: (1) Performance in the exercises (brigade/division group/ collective training etc). (2) Performance competitions.
in
training
/games/sports
(3) Performance activities.
in
various
administrative
(4) Any other subject deemed appropriate by Formation Headquarters.
PART G – TECHNICAL EFFICIENCY 1.
Result of Annual Technical Inspection: Marks Allotted (a)
2.
Marks Obtained (b)
Result Ammunition Technical Officer’s inspection:
192 RESTRICTED
Remarks (c)
Marks Allotted (a)
RESTRICTED
Marks Obtained (b)
Remarks (c)
PART H – MONTHLY SANITARY INSPECTIONS 1.
Result of monthly sanitary inspections (cumulative till the date of inspection): Marks Allotted (a)
Marks Obtained (b)
Remarks (c)
PART J – SPECIAL POINT RAISED BY UNIT COMMANDER Ser
Point Raised by the Unit Commander
(a) 1.
General point
3.
Quartering point
2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
(b)
Comments/Recommendation of the inspecting Officer (c)
Administrative point Supply and transport points Medical points
Ordnance points
Electrical and mechanical engineering
points
Miscellaneous points General suggestions
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG MIL LDRSHIP Ref: A.
Leadership and Mil Command 1975 (GSTP-0030).
Intro 1. Leadership is an art and that must be proficiently ex by comds at all levels. Learning the art of leadership involves the ability to understand and apply sound leadership principles and tech. 2.
The subj is discussed in three parts as under:
193 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. b. c.
Part I Part II Part III
-
Principles. Techniques. Traits.
Aim 3. The aim of this precis is to explain in simple and understandable terms, the principles, tech and traits of leadership. Study of these principles and tech comb with actual practice with tps will dev the high std of leadership dmd by our Army. Definition
4. Leadership Principles. A guide which a person should observe for the proper ex of leadership.
5. Leadership Tech. A method of applying leadership principles. It will vary with the personality of the comd, the types of men he commands, the size of the command and the particular sit. 6. Leadership Traits. A personal quality of character that is helpful in the ex of leadership. The degree of the different indl traits varies with the indls according to their personality. PART I - PRINCIPLES
Basic Concept
7. Before we discuss the principles of leadership it is imperative to understand the difference and relationship between leadership and comd: a. Leadership. Leadership is defined as the art of influencing and directing others to any given task in such a manner so as to get their confidence, respect, obedience and loyal coop. Mil leadership is the same art demo and applied within the profession of army. Any leader who fails to achieve any of the four reqr of leadership ie, confidence, respect, obedience and loyal coop, cannot be characterized as a ldr. What helps to achieve these qualities will be discussed in Part II of this precis. b. Comd. Comd is the auth that a man of the mil profession lawfully excerts over his subordinates by virtue of his rk and appt.
c. Relationship between Leadership and Comd. Leadership can be ex by any one at any time irrespective of the framework of command. For eg, a gp of men may be given a task without any comd. One of them may emerge as a ldr and get the willing coop of others in the accomplishment of that task. But in the army leadership, it is within the comd framework. Therefore, in one sense mil leadership is the proper ex of comd. d. Obj of Mil Leadership. The obj of mil leadership is the creation and maint of an org which will loyally and willingly accomplish any reasonable task asg and to initiate suitable act in the absence of orders. The proper application of the principle of
194 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
leadership to a command can create on efficient and well discip org possessing high morale and espirite-de-corps. Indications of Mil Leadership 8.
The main features which contribute towards the success of leadership are: a. Efficiency. Is the ability of accomplishing successfully a given task in the shortest possible time, with the min expenditure and least possible confusion. Efficiency in a command is partially the result of proficiency and knowledge and is built by sound trg and by eff admin. It is enhanced by good discip, high morale and espirit-de-corps. b. Discip. Mil discip is the state of order and obedience existing within a command. It involves the ready subordination of the will of the indl for the good of the gp. Mil discip is a specialized application of discip of any organized society. True discip demands habitual but reasoned obedience to command, an obedience that preserves initiative and functions without faltering, even in the absence of the commander. Discip is created within a command by trg, by judicious use of punishment and reward, and by installing a sense of confidence and resp in each indl. Discip demands correct performance of duty. The need for discip is best inculcated in an indl by appealing to his sense of reasons but where this fails, use of punishment is made. Commendation or words of praise to an indl or gp of indl where they deserve gives a long way in strengthening this discip and helps to build a healthy team. c. Morale. Morale can be defined as a mental and emotional state of an indl. This is the biggest single factor in winning war. Good morale is indicated by the fol: (1) Keenness and the volunatry effort which the men give to their tasks over and beyond the perfunctory obedience to commands and regulations. (2) A basic sense of personal worth founded on confidence in ldrs, trg, wpn and eqpt. (3)
Pride of the indl in the accomplishment of the asg msn.
d. Espirit-de-Corps. Espirit-de-corps is the emotional and mental state of the unit. It is the total interacts of the persons of that unit towards each other. Where espirit-de-corps is high the larger interests of the unit over shadow the indl interest. There is a gp spirit and the personal dissatisfaction of some indl does not in any way tend to come to lime lt. Unit achievements both past and present are a strong force in raising espirit-de-corps. A unit with a high espirit-de-corps can accomplish its msn in sp of seemingly insurmountable odds. Espirit-de-corps is enhanced when the gp ident is increased and conversely is lowered when it is decreased. Principles of Mil Leadership 9.
These are as fol:
a. Know Your Job. In order to know one's job a ldr must have a wide fd of knowledge. He is not only to know the tech aspects of his comd, method and
195 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
procedure of org, admin, instr and personal Mgt but should also have a sound human relations. One shall know much more than one’s subords in every fd. Subords are one’s best judges and if one shows that he does not know what he is reqr to know they are likely to lose their confidence in him. If he fails to gain that confidence, he has certainly failed as a ldr.
b. Know Yourself and Seek Self Improvement. It is the duty of every ldr to evaluate himself and to recognize his str and weaknesses. An indl who does not know his own capabilities and limitations is not master of himself and can never hope to be a ldr. The late Fd Marshal Earl Wavell of crevice and Winchester has said that: (1) He who knows not, and knows not that he knows not at he knows not, he is a fool - shun him. (2) He who knows not, and knows not that he knows, he is teachable teach him. (3) him.
He who knows, and knows not that he knows, he is asleep - wake
(4)
He who knows, and knows that he knows, he is wise for him.
c. Know Your Men and Look after Their Welfare. A ldr will have a better understanding of how the men react and fun under various conditions, if he makes real effort to know his men, recognize their indl differences and to share their joys and sorrows. By making sure that his subords are comfortable, will care for and counted as the circumstances permit, he will win their confidence, respect, loyalty and coop. He will then be able to utilize and emp them more eff. But on the other hand, a ldr loses all of these if he neglects their welfare. d. Keep Your Men Info. Experience has approved that a ldr who is well info of the sit, men and purpose of the particular task is more eff than the one who is doing a job blindly. The former can make full use of his initiative but the later cannot. e. Setting the Example. Men instinctively look at their ldrs for the pattern of conduct which they fol or use as an excuse for their own short comings. By outstanding performance the comd sets the std of his comd. The courage and boldness of TARIQ, ROMEL and NEPOLEON can be quoted as an example in this respect. A comd, who degraded himself in the eyes of his subords, destroy the respect that mutually exists between them. f. Ensure the Task is Understood, Supervised and Accomplished. A ldr must give clear and concise orders which cannot be misunderstood by them. Then by close supervision he must ensure that orders are properly exec. A wise comd will make proper use of his staff and subord comds but one who fails to make real use of his subords and his staff but merely realise or giving orders without ensuring their implementation, is failure. g. Train Your Men as a Team. Modern armies are complex org involving different arms and svcs, all wk as a team towards a common end. Each part of the team must understand where it fits into the common effort. The duty of every ldr includes the through trg of his comd and dev team wk. There is hardly anything that
196 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
can be accomplished by one indl. Lots of others are involved and if team spirit is lacking in those, in the chain, will not either understand the job or their contribution towards its accomplishment will be little. Any ldr who fails to foster team wk while trg, his comd will not get the desired degree of unit efficiency. h. Make Sound and Timely Decision. The ability to make a quick appreciation of a sit and come to a sound decision is an essential attribute of a ldr. He must be able to reason logically under difficult conditions. He must be capable of making a quick decision to avail of the opportunities as they occur. By indecision a comd will not only lose such opportunities but will create hesitancy, lack of confidence and indecision within the comd itself. The ability to take sound and timely decision can be acquired by constant study and by trg in making appreciation. j. Seek Resp and Dev a Sense of Resp among Subords. A ldr must take the initiative in the absence of instr from his comd. By seeking resp a comd dev professionally and ex his ability. Proper delegation of auth is also a sound attribute of leadership. Reluctance on the delegation of auth is often a mk of retard growth in leadership. k. Emp Your Command in Accordance with its Capabilities. Before employing his comd properly, a comd must know the capabilities and limitations of his comd both in the tac and admin. He should not allot impossible tasks to his comd but evaluate all the factors incl time and make a sound judgement. Any ldr who fails to observe these principles is likely to invite failure and collapse of morale and espiritde-corps. l. Take Resp for Your Acts. The resp lies on the shoulders of the comd for all that his unit or sub-unit does or fails to do. Any attempt to avoid such resp destroys the bond of loyalty and respect between the comd and his subords. A bad ldr always take the credit and blames others for his subords. PART II - TECHNIQUES
Gen 10. One should remember that it is easy for a comd of a small unit to ex leadership through personal contact but this is not so in case of a bigger unit or comd. A comd has make use so his subs and staff to Asst him in ex of leadership techniques differ with the per of the comd and size of the comd. A particular sit may also dmd a different technique. The method of applying principles of leadership i.e. techniques, cannot possibly be all embracing but are mostly eff under most of the circumstances. As one grows in svc he may dev his own technique suit his per and emp them eff. These methods of application of mil leadership are discussed in the succeeding arias. Know Your Job 11. It is essential for a ldr to estb his superiority in knowledge of his profession in all spheres. It will not be correct to be satisfied with only the outline and sketch knowledge of the subj relative to the profession otherwise an embarrassing sit will arise. The knowledge of the job can be achieved by the fol means: a.
Through course of instr, indep reading, research and study.
197 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED b.
Study of act and techniques of capable offrs.
c. d.
Learn enough details of other arms and svc. Knowledge acquired must be applied and practised.
f.
Keep abreast of current mil dev. Study all aspects of war.
h.
Know the capabilities of limitations of your comd.
e. Avoid over emphasizing in too narrow a fd. Dev a thorough knowledge of all phases of wks. g.
Learn at least on foreign language. It helps while serving abroad.
j. Broaden your global knowledge by study of geography and its influence on people and on mil op. Know Yourself and Seek Improvement 12. It is a common obsn that every body thinks himself to be a better man that the other and is quick in finding faults with the other. But if he analyses himself objectively he will know a lot of his weaknesses. Nobody is perfect. This can be done as under: a.
Recognize your weak pt and make an effort to overcome them.
b. Ask and get opinion of your friends. Make best use of your desirable qualities and claimant the undesirable ones. c. Profit by studying the causes for the successes or failures of other ldrs, past and present. d.
Supervise the exec of your orders, look for the results.
e. civ.
Cultivate cordial relations with members of the other arms and svc and with
Know Your Men and Look after Their Welfare 13. This is a very imp aspect of leadership. A ldr would make it an op that the must see his men to the max extent possible and he should allow the men to see him. This way he can learn a lot about their reacts in various spheres and can take steps of guide them pro. The fol pt will be of great value in this respect: a. Dev an intimate knowledge and understanding of your subords through personal contat and aval records. b. Know the living conditions of your subords incl their food, clo, accn and family troubles. c.
Provide amenities sp, welfare svc and facilities, incl religious activities.
198 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d. Provide fair and quotable lve roster, sound promotions and appt, decorations and awards policies. Keep Your Men Info 14.
These are as fol: a. While allotting a task explain it with reasons for doing and how you propose to do it. b.
Ensure dissemination of nec info to tps (subj to sy restrictions).
c. Build confidence and espirit-de-corps by exploiting all info concerning the success of your unit. d.
Detect the spread of false remours. Stop remours by replacing them with truth.
e. svc.
Ensure tps are info of the capabilities and limitations of sp units, arms and
Set the Example 15.
The fol examples will be setup: a. Be at all times physically fit, mentally alert, well groomed and correctly dressed. b. Be master of your emotions. Avoid intemperate bursts of anger or pd of depression. This makes gaining and holding the respect and loyalty of subords difficult. c. Conduct yourself so that personal habits are not open to censure by your subords and men. Avoid selfishness and self indulgences in luxuries not aval to your comd in gen. d.
Coop in spirit as well as in fact.
e.
Ex initiative and promote the spirit of initiative in your subords.
f.
Be loyal, sp competent indl but show no protection to incompetents.
g. Avoid forming cliques. Be impartial. If you like a person for his loyalty and wk which is but naturally don’t show it as far as you can. h. Be normally courageous. Stand by your principles and don't attempt to avoid the resp for mistakes of your comd. j. Share danger and hardship. Visit site of danger and hardships as often as possible. Ensure the Task is Understood, Supervised and Accomplished
199 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
16. The fol pts will be applicable to ensure that task is understood, supervised and accomplished: a. The rough study and practice dev the ability to think clearly and to issue clear, concise and positive orders.
b.
Encourage subords to seek imm clarification.
c.
Ques your subords to ensure these are results.
d.
Supervise the exec of your orders. Look for the results.
Train Your Men as a Team 17.
These are as fol:
a. See your unit/sub-unit is trained according to the prog and the policy laid down by the higher auth. b. Provide for progressive trg and ex involving combination of various components of a comd. c. Ensure that men are acquainted with the capabilities and limitations of other elms. This will dev mutual trust and confidence. d.
Insist that every offr and OR knows the peculiarities of other elms.
e.
Train for one step higher up. Dmd high std of discip and team wk.
Make Sound and Timely Decision 18.
These are fol:
a. Dev orderly and logical thinking by making objective appreciations. Army appreciations will not do. b. Plan for over contg that can be reasonably foreseen. Let subords also plan accordingly and foresee contingencies in their share. c.
Consider the advice of subords.
d.
Announce your decision in time for subords to exec efficiently.
Seek Resp and Dev a Sense of Resp Among Subords 19.
These are as fol: a.
Learn the duties and resp of your imm superior.
b. Seek different kinds of asgs which will give you resp and command experience.
200 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c.
Perform any task, big or small to the best of your ability.
d.
Take advantage of any opportunity which offers increased resp.
e. Tell your subords what to do and not how to do it. Hold men resp for results. Delegate and supervise and do not interfere unless nec. f. Be quick to recognize the accomplishment of your subords who emp initiative and resourcefulness. g. Correct error in the use of judgement and initiative in such a way as to encourage the indl. Avoid pub criticism or condemnation. Be liberal in praise where due. h. j.
Back your subords. Unless proved otherwise have faith in each subords. Demo to your command that you are willing to accept resp.
Emp Your Comd in Accordance with its Capabilities 20.
These are as fol: a.
Know, understand and apply the principles of war/ admin (as applicable).
b.
Be info of the op eff of your comd.
c.
Make sure that the task allotted can be performed.
e.
Asg task proportionately.
d.
Analyse the task; if means are not adequate ask for addl resources.
Take Resp for Your Acts 21.
These are as fol: a.
Accept justified criticism.
c.
Have the courage of your convictions and stick to what you think is rt.
b.
Remember that you are resp for all acts of your comd. PART III - LEADERSHIP TRAITS (QUALITIES)
22. The study of mil hist and the practical experience and analysis of leadership principles estb certain traits for successful leadership. These traits are many way co-related
201 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
and interdependent or each one is indispensable. These are as fol and have been discussed in the succeeding para: a.
Knowledge.
b.
Decisiveness.
c.
Initiative.
d.
Tact.
f.
Courage.
g.
Endurance.
h.
Dependability.
j.
Justice.
e.
k.
Manner and bg.
Enthusiasm.
Knowledge 23.
These are as fol: a. This is the most imp quality. A ldr must also possess other qualities, but knowledge is the starting as knowledge creates self-confidence. b. In addition to professional knowledge a ldr must acquire good gen knowledge. Because if he lacks such knowledge he may lose the confidence of the tps. c.
To ensure that one is kept abreast with dev in one's profession: (1) (2)
Decisiveness 24.
Train yourself.
Study by maint a small library of your own.
(3) Read newspapers and mags to acquaint yourself with national and international affairs.
These are as fol: a. A ldr must be decisive by expressing himself clearly and forcefully. Any indecision or hesitation may irritate one's subords. b.
A poor plan, if exec decisively, is better than no plan at all.
202 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. A decision must be well thought out. Decisiveness is a matter of practice and indecision is the result of lack of knowledge. d.
Take advice from subords, but remember that the decision is yours.
e.
An occasional wrong decision should not impose exec caution on you.
f. Judgement is the ability to make a wise choice of policy or act. It is an inspiring quality which enables the ldr to apply his knowledge with decisiveness and judgement by the fol: (1)
Dev confidence by increasing your knowledge.
(2)
Practice.
(3)
Check if decisions made by you are sound.
(4)
Learn from mistakes of others.
Initiative
25. Is the ability and willingness to originate and carr out a thought or act. It is the dir product of self-confidence and will power: a. In addition to using initiative, the ldr must foster initiative among his subords by not interfering in the detailed performance of task Alt by him. b.
Initiative must be dev by practice.
c. Resourcefulness is the ability to deal with a sit in the absence of normal means. It is a quality closely associated with initiative and can be dev as under: (1)
Check yourself for laziness.
(2)
Form a habit of doing things without being told.
(3)
Continuously think ahead.
(4)
Be alert.
Tact 26.
These are as fol: a. Tact is the ability to deal with men without generating friction. It is the commonsense appreciation of 'When' and 'how' to do thinks. b. Criticism or ticking subords must be done in such a way that it does not cause discouragement.
203 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. Normally one is tactful to one's superiors otherwise it will bring imm results which are likely to be unpleasant. This brake does not exist when dealing with subords and is a pt which must be remembered. d.
e.
One should be courteous and polite in one's dealings.
Tact and courtesy can be dev by the fol: (1)
Study the act of successful ldr.
(2)
Dev the habit of coop and spirit.
(3)
Check yourself for tolerance and politeness.
Manner and Bg
27. Con of manner is nec for a ldr. He should use decent language when addressing tps and always avoid cursing and shouting: a. b.
Avoid reprimanding a subords in front of his men. Avoid sarcasm and irony.
c. Bg is one's appearance and conduct in dress and behavior. A ldr must always conduct himself with dignity. d.
Courage 28.
To dev good manners and bg the ldr must: (1)
Ex con over voice, facial expression and gesture.
(2)
Cultivate an attitude of calmness, sincerity and understanding.
(3)
Master his emotions.
(4)
Practise simplicity and directness of speech.
(5)
Avoid coarse behavior.
These are as fol: a. Courage is mental quality, which recognizes fear, but enables the indl to meet danger or composn with calmness and firmness. b.
c.
There are two types of courage that a ldr must dev: (1)
Morale courage- Truthfulness and righteousness.
(2)
Physical courage - Mental con over emotion of fear.
To dev courage the ldr should:
204 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Endurance 29.
(1)
Look for and readily accept resp.
(2)
Stand for a thing he considers rt.
(3)
Never pass on the body.
(4)
Accept blame when the blame is yours.
(5)
Study your emotion of fear.
These are as fol: a. Endurance is physical and mental stamina. This implies ability to stand pain, fatigue, distress and hardship without breaking and giving in. b.
Endurance can be dev as under: (1) Avoid ex which will lower both physical and mental stamina. (2) Cultivate physical trg habits.
Dependability 30.
These are as fol: a. A dependable person is one who is loyal to the team, loyal to the cause and loyal to what is rt. He will ensure that orders are carried out. b. Loyalty is the willing and voluntary compliance with the plans and the will of the superior. It is not a blind obedience, but an act and willing effort to carr out the intent of the comd to the best of the ldr’s ability. c. You may give your suggestion but once a decision is made, carr out it whole heatedly. d.
Avoid criticism of sr or jr.
f.
How to dev dependability:
e. Loyalty wk both ways - to superiors as well as subords. Be more sp towards one’s subords. (1)
Study and understand loyalty.
(2)
Dev within yourself a keen sense of loyalty.
Justice 31.
These are as fol:
205 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
a. Justice implies rendering of reward and meeting out of punishment in accordance with merits of the case. There should be no personal likes and dislikes. b.
One must be completely impartial and fair.
c.
How to dev: (1)
Search your mental attitude and get rid off any prejudices.
(2)
Learn to be impartial.
(3)
Create a habit of searching for merits of the case.
Enthusiasm 32.
These are as fol: a. Enthusiasm implies a cheerful and optimistic attitude towards life. A pessimist will be a bad ldr. b.
How to dev: (1) (2) (3)
Understand and believe in the worth of your wk. Dev a cheerful and optimistic attitude. Meet each task with vigor.
Summary of Leadership Qualities 33.
These are as fol: a.
Knowledge
-
Professional, cultural and gen.
b.
Decisiveness -
Ability to make prompt and correct decisions.
c.
Initiative
-
Ability to originate and carr out a thought or act.
d. e.
Tact Manner -
Ability to handle human relations. Incl language and bg. Dignity and suitability of conduct and appearance.
f.
Courage
-
g.
Endurance
-
h.
Dependability- Compliance of proper and loyal performance of duty.
Mental con of fear and developing the attributes of truthfulness and righteousness. Physical and mental stamina.
206 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED j.
Justice
-
Giving every man his due.
k.
Enthusiasm
-
Intense interest and belief in life.
Concl 34. Acquiring the art of leadership is simply a matter of mastering certain techniques and bldg those sterling qualities that give eff expression to natural talents. The average person is a good potential ldr provided he is willing to wk at being one.
35. This precis contains sufficient thought material regarding the art of leadership but comd at all levels will only be good ldrs if they practise the principles and traits mentioned in this precis. The void test is the practical ability of being a good mil ldr. Gen TRUDEAU US Army wrote: ‘The successful offr of tomorrow will be the one whose vision, edn and trg eqquip him for varied tasks in a diversified Army. But, foremost, one offr must be a ldr well versed in the art of leadership.’
207 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG ETHICS, VALUES AND ETHOS OF THE ARMY AND WAYS TO INSTIL THOSE Ref: A. AHQ Project Study Paper on ‘Ethics, Values and Ethos of the Army and Ways to Instil Those’ Conducted by 19 Inf Div in 2012 (Downloaded from Army Web Portal). INTRODUCTION
1. The purpose of any profession is to serve society by effectively delivering a necessary and useful specialized service. To fulfil those societal needs, professions— such as medicine, law, the clergy, and the military—develop and maintain distinct bodies of specialized knowledge and impart expertise through formal, theoretical, and practical education. Each profession establishes a unique subculture that distinguishes practitioners from the society they serve while supporting and enhancing that society. Professions create their own standards of performance and codes of ethics to maintain their effectiveness. 2. The complex ethical pressures upon the military professional are the rules, goals, and situations that provide the context and criteria for determining what is right and wrong, good and bad. The moment of decision making or action taking for the military professional is crowded with signals emanating from rule-oriented obligations, goaloriented aspirations, and situation-oriented demands. Each individual is responsible for juggling the moral claims from these sources and for determining which signals merit priority. 3. Change seems constant in society at large and it would be hypocritical not to recognize the armed forces as a microcosm of the society. Lately, we have been awash in quite a few military scandals. Sad tales abound of Armed Forces in an existential identity crisis, financial mismanagement, accusations of sexual harassment, drugs related offences, espionage and involvement in anti-state activities. While a series of isolated incidents may seem unrelated on the surface, they may also reflect deeper institutional shortcomings regarding ethical matters and underlying cultural attitudes regarding duty and accountability. For the last couple of years, there have been extensive study and research carried out by different formations and institutions on this pertinent issue. Number of presentations were delivered at different levels by divisions, brigades and units. After threadbare and hair-splitting discussions, and feedback from the formations Bangladesh Army has adopted and circulated sets of values and ethos to be followed by all of its members. This study while taking in to cognizance the previous empirical endeavours shall preclude theoretical discussions on the definitions or conceptual frameworks. Inference shall be drawn from certain surveyed data with a view to finding ways and methods to instil values and ethos. AIM
208 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
4. On this backdrop, the aim of this study is to highlight causes of decline in values and ethos in the Army, and suggest measures to instil those. VALUES AND ETHOS OF BANGLADESH ARMY
5. Army culture is a consequence of customs, traditions, ideals, ethos, values, and norms of conduct that have existed for decades. Army culture promotes certain norms of conduct, and leaders who manage operations affected by the law of warfare, require the highest level of individual and organizational discipline and moral values. It is the ‘glue’ that makes the profession a distinctive source of identity and experience that, in turn, informs the character in its individual members. Thus, a strong culture exists when a clear set of norms and expectations—usually as a function of leadership—permeates the entire organization. It is essentially “how we do things around here.” We contend that, present trend of globalization, pace of development, economic emancipation, and ever increasing involvement of the Army in national and international affairs have and will continue to bring about changes on the Army’s culture. 6. Army culture includes a unique Service Ethics expected of every soldier to make personal sacrifices in selfless service to the nation. Commitment to this ideal is embodied in the Army Ethos. The Army ethos are developed and sustained through discipline, realistic training, commitment to the Army Values, and pride in the Army’s heritage. Soldiers show their commitment to these guiding values and standards by willingly performing their duty and subordinating their personal welfare without expecting reward or recognition. Combined with the Army ethos and the Army values embody the Army ethics. 7. Our professional military ethics is the system of moral standards and principles that define our commitment to the Nation and the way we conduct ourselves in the service. In part, we articulate the professional military ethics through Army values, and the Army ethos. Yet the full gamut of the professional military ethics extends beyond these beliefs and norms. There has been reluctance in the past to articulate sharply these moral foundations of the Army’s Ethics. One reason is the fear that, precise articulation of such a moral ethic, particularly for officers, may lead to moral minimalism that seeks more to “avoid evil” than to “do well.” A second reason is the recognition that these values are not neatly separable and efforts to provide too precise definition rums risk of excessive legalism and scholastic hair-splitting. 8. Bangladesh Army has determined sets of values and ethos in the year 2011 for the members of this great organization. These are listed below: a. Values of Bangladesh Army. Values determined for Bangladesh Army are as follows: (1)
Honour and Pride.
(2)
Honesty and integrity.
(3)
Loyalty.
(5)
Trust and Faith.
(4)
Patriotism.
209 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(6)
Respect.
(7)
Justness.
(8)
Service before Self.
(10)
Comradeship.
(1)
I am a proud soldier of Bangladesh Army.
(9)
Courage.
b. Ethos of Bangladesh Army. are as follows :
Ethos determined for Bangladesh Army
(2) I shall uphold the spirit of our Liberation War and the values of the constitution at all times. (3) I love my country and am ready to make supreme sacrifices to defend her and constitution. (4) I have firm faith in the Creator and shall lead a life of honesty and integrity.
(5) I shall preserve the culture, heritage and traditions of my country and live in accordance with the Army Values. (6) I am a disciplined and trained professional and know my job well to defeat the enemy(s) of my country. (7) 9. that:
I shall uphold the honour of my army and nation at all costs.
An underlying theme that is emphasized in these prescribed values and ethos is a. The members of the profession must not only have the values of the nation, but that they must also demonstrate these values to a higher level which would normally be found in the society; and, b. That military personnel must be of the highest moral character. This should not be surprising. The reason that nation Army is to protect and promote the values of their society, or more simply stated, to protect their way of life. More importantly, they must be willing to sacrifice their lives when called to do so. It is generally expected that members of the Army must conduct themselves in a professional manner and behave morally at all time. CAUSES OF DECLINING TREND IN FOLLOWING VALUES AND ETHOS
10. Bangladesh is marked by radical changes over last few decades. Though the changes have increased opportunities, but also caused degradation in following values and ethos. Certain data have been accumulated for a period of one year, six months before the introduction of the sets of values and ethos and six months after. These data
210 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
are shown at table I and Anx A with a view to determining should a change have taken place in our ethical performance. Analysing the data, the following is evident: a. Except offences related to extra marital affair, illegal gratification, cases of false statement, AWOL/OSL cases other results do not show a trend of degradation. b.
Six months period is very less to ascertain change or establish trend.
c. However, it is felt by all ranks that there is a general decay or decline in values. 11. Military service embodies some of the core values of human life in our society, and it produces character that inspires admiration and respect. When Armed Forces are deployed in election duty, a sense of impartial polling environment is felt by the mass people. Peoples’ respect and faith on Armed Forces is more distinct when they are entrusted with VGF card distribution, Asrayan, MRP, National ID card, road construction and many more trust worthy duties. This respect ebbs and flows a bit, of course, when scandals and conspicuous moral failures tarnish the image of the Armed Forces. However few of the causes of declining trend in following values and ethos in Armed Forces are discussed in subsequent paragraphs. Economic 12. The living standard has taken a dramatic turn. People look for comfort in living as the science is providing us with cutting edge technologies. But, at the same time population growth, climate change and price hike has caused food insecurity and consequently the living has become too expensive. Increasing need in the society has made people greedy, selfish and immoral. As the members of the Army are the part of the society, it is no wonder that their moral and ethical values are also affected adversely. Exposure to economic and social changes and consequent growing sense of insecurity lead to unhealthy and corrupt practices to accumulate wealth. Common visible traces are: a. Involvement in shady business dealings including fraudulent land purchase, drugs etc. b. Unethical involvement in business and financial activities by individuals and their family members. c.
Involvement in crimes including extortion, kidnapping etc.
d.
Misappropriation and embezzlement of funds placed.
e.
Involvement in anti-state activities.
Socio-cultural
13. Certain values are held to be important in both civilian society and military profession. Some values receive more attention and emphasis in civilian society (for example, personal freedom) and some in the Armed Forces (for example, obedience, loyalty, courage etc). The changes in society are a matter of culture increasingly defined
211 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
in terms of consumerism, globalization and, often, politics. Over the last few decades, society has become more fragmented, more individualistic and arguably less disciplined. These changes put it at odds with the classic military values of loyalty, self-discipline, sacrifice and placing the interest of the group over those of the individual. It would be unwise to assume that, the members of the Armed Forces are immune to the societal changes. 14. In Bangladesh, major sources of cultural globalization are migration, satellite television and interaction with foreign people. Because of the influence of foreign culture, degradation in our moral and ethical values is marked. People prefer to pass their times by watching satellite television instead of social visits that contributes to the loosening of the family bondage. Large number of officers and men undergo UN mission or overseas training courses, which also open their perspective to new cultures and way of life. Cultural globalization has affected officers’ lifestyle, where traditional mess rules are violated and officers tend to overlook social activities. The traditions like informal social visit to married officers’ quarter by junior officers of the unit are not seen often now. Increased involvement of officers’ wives in work decreased their participation like ladies club, social gatherings as well. As family values, norms and traditions are diminishing, same syndrome is visible in Army units where regimental cohesion, traditions and feelings are reducing gradually. Substantial change in soldiers’ mentality and attitude is also a leading reason for fading relation between officers and soldiers. 15. Globalization, technological advancement and socio-cultural influences imprinted deeply on behaviour and conduct of the members of the Armed Forces. Some of the noticeable changes are: a. More instances of polygamy, extra marital affairs and illicit relations by all ranks. b. Spreading and sharing of pornography through cell phones, portable drives etc. c.
Spreading of rumours and falsified information.
d.
Threatening peers and superiors using net and aliases.
e. Alienation from regimental life giving rise to decay in command and led relations which is the fabric of the Army. f.
Increase of eccentricity by all ranks- officers and soldiers alike.
g.
Slackness in performing duty by soldiers.
h. Using office hours and office facilities for individual financial and/ or business interests.
Religious
16. Values and the judgement of right or wrong mostly emanate from religious teachings that we receive since our childhood. As such, societal codes of conduct and values are mostly rooted in religious beliefs and values. Evidently, the influences of religious norms are diminishing in our lives, although overt religious practices seemed to
212 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
have increased. Growing rigid practices and implementations of religious rituals and codes have been observed amongst certain quarters of people. Paradoxically, such increased observance of religious rights failed to engrave positively on the moral and ethical demeanour. With the overall decline in ethical and moral standard, it is no wonder that religious values are loosing force in guiding our behaviours and attitudes. Military as a profession characterized by honour and pride of its members traditionally relies on religious favour to guide their behaviour in both peace and war. With religious influence diminishing in our private and social lives, moral and ethical climate of the Army is affected adversely. Change in Organizational Culture and Climate
17. Present day officers are more open in their minds and thoughts. On the contrary, the military command climate in general is restrictive to free flow of ideas, views and expressions. Therefore, officers remain under a constant fear of making a mistake. These may result in ‘Yes man ship’ and the officers remain non-committal. Loss of focus on profession displayed in following: a.
Insincere and perfunctory training effort.
b.
Lack of commitment in performing assigned tasks.
c. Putting/ placing non-military matters and/ or self interests before service matters. WAYS TO INSTIL VALUES AND ETHOS AND ENHANCE THEIR PRACTICES 18. Our national culture, values, beliefs, and norms are evolving. Traditional view that, the Armed Forces need a cocoon in which they can safely generate their own way of life can no longer be the basis for the military-society relationship. A suggested military-society relationship would be that of fusionism, which implies that while armed forces maintain their own ethical principles and traditions, they retain a certain degree of desired separation from the society. The present status of teaching of ethics and morals disregards the imparting of these values to personnel below officer rank, relying heavily on the regimental system for the same. Though a beginning has been made with institutions like the Non Commissioned Officers' Academy, it needs to be understood that ethical standards need to be explained to all in the Army in an evolving society. The regimental culture can only be relied upon to develop the same once the individual has joined service. 19. Without some ‘ethics barometer’ it is difficult, if not impossible, to measure changes in levels of commitment or corruption or misconduct in the military service. The following suggestions are made: a. The organization needs a code of ethics for all ranks. Bangladesh Army has already circulated code of ethics for military services which to be followed by all ranks. b. Violation and breaches of Code of Ethics should invite sanction and punishment under the disciplinary rules.
213 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. The ethical framework should provide direction for prevention and guidance, investigation, disciplinary action and prosecution. d. Ethical guidance should include training in ethics awareness and development of essential skill for ethical analysis and moral judgement.
20. On this background what should be our approach to instilling values and ethos amongst the members of our Army? How would we enhance their practices? The structural/organizational framework of the Army, its command chain, and regulatory arrangement provide excellent support to instilling values and ethos. A suggested model is appended below:
Creating Environment
Reorientation of the Approach
Persuasion and observance
Feedback and Evaluation Creating Environment 21. We must first specify that our Army has a culture that is the sum total of its past and current experiences, philosophy, and values that hold it together and is expressed in its self-image, inner workings, interactions with the outside world and future expectations. To reassert what has been said in the previous chapter - it is based on shared attitudes, beliefs, customs, express or implied contracts and written and unwritten rules that the Army has developed over time and that have worked well enough to be considered valid. Hence, the most important step would be to identify a set of values and ethos to be followed by all ranks. This, the most important step, has already been taken. An appropriate environment is thus needed to effective implementation and adaptation. Such desired environment shall be explained in the following context: a.
Command and led relationship.
c.
Leadership development.
b.
Just environment.
214 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d.
Quality military life.
e.
Professional environment.
22. Command and Led Relationship. Command and led relationship is very important in creating a suitable environment. In the process, Bangladesh Army has already come out of the colonial type of command and led relationship environment. It may be mentioned here that, there is a misperception about the seniors that they suffer from zero error syndrome. The connotation of zero error syndromes and someone’s sincere effort to pursue perfection must be well understood. Once assigned with a job, someone needs to take stock of his resources and then to adopt a course of action. Once there is jittery, nervousness and restlessness for accomplishment of some jobs, then it brings zero error syndromes. It is emphasized that, this relationship must be based on mutual trust and faith, display deeper understanding and comradeship, and portray as one entity.
23. Just Environment. For pursuing values and ethos, just environment is very important. In a unit just environment must be maintained as regards to promotion, posting and welfare. Any breach in getting the logical share will reduce the faith and trust of under command on the chain of command. 24. Leadership Development. The leaders in the military come from the society. There may be some lacking in the leadership traits. The leadership traits are taught in BMA and respective training centres or in the units. A leader always needs to pursue self-development through formal and informal training to cover up the deficiencies.
25. Quality Military Life. Maintaining a quality military life is very essential in creating environment. There is a feeling exists among a few that, in the military life people are suffering compared to that of the civil society. We must remember that honour and pride, honesty and integrity are closely associated with a disciplined military life. It is to be remembered that, a military person is bounded by certain constitutional responsibilities which is different than that of civilians; at the same time, do not enjoy the same rights with respect to freedom of speech or movement being a member of disciplined forces. Contrary to that in the civilian society a few facilities like residence, basic utility services and other commodities are not ensured by the institution. So, we need to be contended. If we compare our existing facilities with the unhealthy practices of some organization/institution and if we take that into cognizance then the sense of deprivation will arise. In the military, the living standard is generally above the national standard. It is true that there are always rooms for improvement as regards to infrastructure and other facilities. To ensure a quality military life among all ranks, a palatable social balance is required. For tangible improvement, the authority needs to look into the infrastructure, facility and various arrangements. Besides, social interactions among the classes need to be enhanced.
26. Professional Environment. A sound professional environment means an individual and group understand their tasks, capable of doing it. They are interested to do given assignment and always try to pursue that task. In this regard, there is a need for self assessment of every individual. Related to professional environment, setting example is very important. Officers must set example to follow the values and ethos then it will become easier for others to follow. Persuasion and Observance
215 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 27. Now that we have set preconditions for creating an appropriate environment for implementation and adaptation of the given sets of values and ethos, let us look at these values separately as to how these can be instilled.
28. Honour and Pride. It indicates institutional values, personal and professional reputation, respect, pride and heritage. It upholds institutional values; and develops personal and professional image, skill and honour. Besides enhancing personal and institutional honour, an individual as a member of Army takes pride in his country and organization. Honour and pride can be instilled to military persons in following ways:
a. As a military personnel, we need to take honour and pride in uniform and we need to instil same feelings in our under commands. We should maintain proper dress up, turn out and bearing and by receiving/giving salute in a proper manner taking them as matter of honour and pride. While we do what is right, we must check others to ensure that they follow the same. b. Our men must know the unit history; uphold the regimental feelings in mind and activities. We should feel proud as a member of a particular regiment. Unit history must be read during ‘raising day darbar’. History of our glorious Army must also be read on 21st November each year. The newly commissioned officers and young soldiers must have formal lessons on these during their regimentation and orientation training.
c. Imparting lessons on the history of battles fought by our Army in Liberation war can be another method to increase honour and pride to one’s military service. Visiting the places where these battles took place shall enhance the effort. 29. Honesty and Integrity. It refers to the development of characteristic values and their right implementation. It also manifests individual’s honesty, truthfulness and devotion. Honesty implies a refusal to lie, steal, or deception in any way. On the other hand integrity is a concept of consistency of actions, values, methods, measures, principles, expectations, and outcomes. Honesty and integrity can be instilled to military persons in following ways: a.
Telling the truth always. For this one need to have morale courage.
b.
Honesty in performing various regimental responsibilities.
c.
By assigning independent assignments to under commands.
d. By rewarding under commands in front of gathering for his honest actions so that others also become inspired to perform such actions. Again by awarding punishment for any kind of breach of honesty and integrity. e. By religiously following rules, regulations and policies in vogue in the Army. f.
By setting a very high ethical standard by officers present in the unit.
216 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
30. Loyalty. It is the reflection of individual’s unquestionable loyalty towards his country, Nation, constitution and his lawful loyalty to seniors, colleagues and under command. Loyalty can be instilled in military persons by following actions: a.
By maintaining professional secrecy.
b. By showing unquestionable loyalty to the country and the constitution. Then we would be able to avoid any wrong attempt of anti-state activities. c. Loyalty to superior and colleague in daily affairs and also by performing any duty assigned to individual with utmost sincerity. d. By showing rational attitude to under commands loyalty can be achieved. Commanders at all level must not be biased to one particular individual or a group of soldiers only. It creates agony, frustration and mistrust among soldiers which may lead to destruction. A leader must set example and he must learn to follow it before commanding men.
31. Patriotism. It means genuine and inartificial love for his country and Nation. This also means putting the well being of the Nation and accomplishment of the mission for the country ahead of personal desires. Patriotism can be infused by: a. Playing patriotic songs during PT, games, holidays or any special National Days. b.
Showing patriotic movies and dramas in the recreation room.
c. Discussion/ essay writing/ reading the biography of the martyrs of our great Liberation war especially the martyrs of the same unit should be discussed with emphasis. d. Showing due respect to the national/regimental standards. This may be done by hoisting those during unit darbar/raising days. e. All ranks should be checked for not showing due respect to the national/regimental flag. The tradition of showing respect to the national/ regimental flag during reveille/retreat is disappearing day by day. For example, it is seen that many of us are reluctant to show proper respect to the national/ regimental flag when we are passing them by. People keep on moving, gossiping or even remain busy over cell phones even when the retreat bugle goes on.
32. Trust and Faith. It emphasises an absolute trust upon the Creator and unquestionable obedience to His command. It accentuates mutual trust and faith among the seniors, colleagues and under command. People who are deficit in this value are also lack in trust and faith in their fortune. They try to fabricate their fate by manipulation. To instil this value followings may be adhered to:
a. The channel of command must always be maintained and never be compromised. b. Promotion, posting and welfare must be delivered with justice, fairness and transparency.
217 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c. All facilities related to performing the religious rituals should be made available. However, when on duty, all should be motivated to perform religious rituals like taking part in ‘Jamat’ of ‘Salah’ in any suitable alternative time as permitted in religion.
33. Respect. It reflects honour and pride for his each and every thought and deed. It also expresses mutual respect for each other. Respect is the reflection of honour and pride in all thoughts and deeds. Respect also encompasses mutual and self respect. We have to treat people as they should be treated. We have to be committed in putting others before self and acting selflessly for the greater good of the army as a team. This is the same as to do unto others as you would have done to you. Teamwork is based on mutual respect, tolerance and friendship, which is essential to achieving the mission. Respect is reflected by our high standard of behaviour which protects our proud reputation and the respect of our military heritage. To instil this value followings may be done: a. Use of abusive language and humiliation to any rank in public should be avoided. b.
Due respect to all level of commanders should be ensured.
c. The traditional field punishments should be avoided as far as practically possible. Instead motivation, counseling and others measures of legal punishment should be resorted to. d. During central events like Eid Reunion, Armed Forces Day or unit raising day where family gathering is arranged, family members and spouses should be taken adequate care. e. In any case, the chain of command should never be violated like during granting of leave, posting or any welfare etc.
34. Justness. It ensures impartiality and transparency for everybody that includes honest judgement and logical decision making. Justness is a great motivating tool that a commander at any level can adopt to deal with the subordinates. Leader's wrong attitude, injustice, delayed promotion, and lack of recognition can be the factors of de-motivation. In a survey it was found that ‘injustice’ is the one of the important causes of de-motivation. Injustice can turn a soldier to be frustrated. Hence, justness must prevail for strengthening the command climate in the unit.
35. Service Before Self. It calls for prioritising the interest of the country, Nation and institution above self interest. It also urges professional responsibility and interest above everything. It includes the following behaviours: a. Rule Following. To serve is to do one’s duty, and our duties are most commonly expressed through rules.
b. Respect for Others. Service before self tells us also that a good leader places the troops ahead of his/her personal comfort. We must always act in the certain knowledge that all persons possess fundamental worth as human beings.
218 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. Discipline and Self-Control. Professionals cannot indulge themselves in self-pity, discouragement anger, frustration, or defeatism. They have a fundamental moral obligation to the persons they lead to strike a tone of confidence and forward-looking optimism.
d. Faith in the System. To lose faith in the system is to adopt the view that you know better than those above you in the chain of command what should or should not be done. In other words, to lose faith in the system is to place self before service. Leaders can be very influential in this regard: if a leader resists the temptation to doubt ‘the system’, then subordinates might follow suit.
Foremost way of instilling such value is the motivation and setting personal example by leaders at all level.
36. Courage. It means moral and physical courage. It also requires individuals to work with firmness and determination amidst unfavourable condition and remaining firm to own duties and responsibilities. It glorifies that one must remain unperturbed at a perilous situation and shoulders responsibility of his action. The commander’s responsibility is to develop and instil courage in under commands. Commander can encourage under commands to the degree to which he experience and demonstrate courage himself. Commander should set the tone and determine the standard. There are three basic rules to instil courage:
a. Formal Training. Courage comes from confidence and confidence comes from practice. Training is one of the great means to instil courage. Training of rappelling, walk over the confidence tower etc should be made mandatory for all.
b. Award and Recognition. If any soldier have done any act of bravery and shown his courage, he should be awarded formally. His act of courage should be circulated to all. This will motivate others. Once any recognition is given to someone, he will be motivated to show his courage in other areas.
c. Practice on Difficult Area. One of the ways to develop courage is to consciously and continuously make a habit of confronting fear of treating every fear-inducing situation as a challenge. Some items of assault course will eradicate fear of unknown.
37. Comradeship. It indicates maintaining a unique brotherhood with fellow comrades, extending lawful co-operation and never indulging the comrades to danger. Comradeship is the bondage between number of people who are doing the same work or who share the same difficulties or dangers. Following are the ways to develop comradeship in the Army: a. Work Together for a Purpose. A truly meaningful comradeship will develop out of a strong purpose. All activities should be performed together.
b. Arranging Games and Sports Competition. Competitive attitude will enhance comradeship amongst soldiers. Competition is one of the great means to instil comradeship.
219 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. Tasking as a Group. Tasking should be given to a group of people not an individual. This will develop comradeship within.
d. Sub Group Competition. Group entity should be tested by assigning task to a group. These can be made interesting by giving same tasking to two different groups. e.
PT and Games.
All the item of PT should be performed together.
f. Hard Training. Training should be hard. Hard training will create scope to assist one another and thus enhance bondage between them.
38. Measures to enhance observance of the Values and Ethos in the Army. The following measures are taken in the unit to ensure and enhance observance of values and ethos in the Army: a. Motivation. Regularly reading out the values and ethos during official parade like Darbar, Roll Call, PT/Games etc. Besides that motivation class on values and ethos are being arranged minimum once in a month.
b. Poster and Banner. Poster and Banner on the values and ethos are placed in front of Sainik Line and in training ground. c. Pocket Card. Pocket card on the values and ethos are distributed to the all members and they are carrying that card as like ID card.
d. Lessons on Values and Ethos. Lessons on values and ethos are kept as lessons in new formation training like Individual Training, Unit Training etc.
e. Special Parade. Special Parades are being held to promulgate and explain any offences relating to the breach of values and ethos occurred in the unit. f. Central Program. Ethos and values should be announced during any central programme like Armed Forces Day, Raising Day etc. g. Movie Show and TV Program. Educational, inspirational informative Movie Show and TV program may be arranged in the unit.
and
39. Training on Values and Ethos. In addition to above mentioned practises values and ethos of the Army can be instilled formally in the training institution as follows:
a. Initial Military Training in BMA/Training Centres. Initial Military Training provides an orderly transition from civilian to military life. It is the first step to transforming volunteers into soldiers. It teaches soldiers the tasks and supporting skills and knowledge needed to be proficient in required skills at the first unit of assignment. This is the best time to instil ethics, values and ethos in the heart of the cadets and recruits. Syllabus and training curricula must focus on the set of ethos and practice time and again. Cadets and recruits will carry these values in the entire life.
220 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. Regimentation Program and Orientation Training in the Unit. After joining the unit a newly commissioned officers or sainiks undergo some formal training in the unit. These programs must include topics on ethics, values and ethos. c. Training in Different Schools and Centres. After completing initial training an officer/soldier undergo training in different course and cadres. Topics with varied level must be included in all the courses. One subject on ethics, values and ethos may be made compulsory in the syllabus. d. Courses at DSCSC and NDC. A package on ethics, values and ethos may be planned in the Army Staff Course, Armed Forces War Course, and National Defence Courses etc. One dissertation/essay/military paper must include topic on ethics, values and ethos.
e. Values and Ethos Wing in SI&T and NCOA. We may also think of establishing a wing on ethics, values and ethos in SI&T for officers and NCOA for soldiers.
40. Study on Values and Ethos. instilled through study as followings:
Ethics, values and ethos of the Army can be
a. Case Studies on Real-Life Issues. Case Study on a particular event or a person may be conducted at Army, division, brigade and unit level. Case study must bring out lessons on ethics and values. b. Seminar, Symposium, Project Study and Workshop. Seminar, symposium, project study and workshop on ethics, values and ethos should be conducted at all levels once in every training year. These should focus on the importance and implementation of ethos and values in military life.
41. Assessment Criteria. Ethics, values and ethos should be made mandatory in the assessment system of officers and soldiers in the following manners:
a. OPR Format. OPR Format may be reviewed. Thereby existing traits and traits that can be included are shown on the slides. b. ACR Format. like OPR.
ACR Format for the other ranks must include some traits
42. Publications on Values and Ethos. may be in the following form:
Publication of ethics, values and ethos
a.
Publication of exclusive journal on military ethics, values and ethos.
b.
Write-ups by all ranks in Senabarta, military journals, and army websites.
c. Publication of articles in military journals on ethics, values and ethos issues written by scholars and experts of high national and international repute.
Feedback and Evaluation
221 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
43. Practice on Ethics, Values and Ethos should be a routine affair in day to day unit life. There is a need to take continuous feed back on the observance of the value and ethos. These may be done in the following manners:
a. Unit Ethics Committee. A Committee may be formed within the unit to ensure proper observance of the values and ethos. This committee would be a useful tool to the commanding officer to receive periodic feedback.
b. Personal Interaction. Identify under commands weaknesses regarding values and ethos by regular personal interactions. Interviews by the company commanders, a chit-chat after the games or in the evening in the recreation room with the troops by the young officers, etc provide unique opportunities to get feedback on ‘how are the things going on’. 44. A system should be evolved to ensure that instruction passed down on ethics, values and ethos are followed by all members of the formation. These can be done in the following manners:
a. Formation Team. Formation Headquarters may form a team who will visit all the units and check the activity and action on ethics, value and ethos.
b. Formal Visit. Display board, cards and other instructions should be checked during formal visit like training visit, annual fitness for war inspection (AFWI) etc.
Reorientation of the Approach
45. Since August 2011 the set of values and ethos have been circulated and adopted by Bangladesh Army. The time period so far elapsed is insignificant to ascertain change or establish a trend. Another 2 to 3 years shall be crucial to observe ‘given set of values and ethos’ settling in and taking effect amongst the members of the Army. Taking in to cognizance the feedback from formal and informal sources, the current approach may have to be reoriented or readjusted to meet the requirement. This step would be very significant and would need empirical evidences. Expert opinions from veteran commanders, psychologists, and analysts shall help form appropriate course of action. RECOMMENDATIONS
46. To accelerate moral ethical development in individuals, in the unit and the Army following are recommended: a. Lead by Example. Officers are the most vital element in sustaining and developing ethical environment in the organization. Hence, it is imperative that officers ensure pursuance and observance of ethical parameters in the organization by setting examples.
b. Resistance from Within. Awareness by all members of the organization shall ease the process of acceptance and implementation of values and ethos in the Army. ‘Resistance from within’ shall augment the efforts of implementation and deter habitual offenders/violators and bring in to notice about the deviations in following the ethical practices. Such resistance could be from formal or informal groups. While ‘Unit Ethics Committee’, ‘Formation Ethics
222 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Team’ could be formal groups, the peer pressure and motivation are informal approaches.
c. Strict Observance and Follow up Action. Breach of ethical parameters must be taken in to cognizance and appropriate justice should be delivered. It is also important to discuss the violations, consequences arising there from, and remedial measures with the troops. d. Periodic Evaluation. Formal groups and the command should periodically assess the situation and identify shortfalls in the performance. These assessments would help to provide guidance to the persons facing difficulty in following the ethical parameters. A periodic feed back should also be given to hierarchy through the chain of command who then could form a broad based assessment and decide on the reorientation of the approaches to the implementation. CONCLUSION
47. Human needs are a military commander’s prevailing problem. A newly appointed Commanding Officer was asked what he considered the hardest part of his responsibility. Without hesitation he replied, “Making people decisions is the most difficult part of being a commanding officer.” He was rapidly discovering the complexities of leading people. People have needs, they have frailties, and they have great potentials. People need consideration, recognition, stroking, and encouragement. We need to develop leaders at all levels who can recognize a morally ambiguous situation, apply appropriate decision-making skills, and demonstrate the confidence and courage to do what is right. Army culture and institutions are not keeping pace with what is happening on the ground. 48. A man can be selfish, cowardly, disloyal, false, fleeting, perjured, and morally corrupt in a wide variety of other ways and still be outstandingly good in pursuits of his profession. He can be a superb creative artist, for example, or a scientist in the very top flight, and still be a very bad man. What the bad man cannot be is a soldier. Military institutions thus form a repository of moral resource that should always be a source of strength within the state. In order to fulfil these moral obligations, the military must promulgate and enforce explicit rules derived from formal ethical standards, hold personnel accountable for following minimal standards of duty and conduct demanded by these rules, and sanction or even punish those who fail to do so.
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG DUTIES IN AID TO CIVIL ADMIN Ref:
223 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED A.
Pamph - Instructions Regarding “Aid to the Civil Power”.
General Principles
1. ‘Aid to the Civil Power’ is the action taken by troops in internal security while the civil authorities are in control. This aid is rendered both in peace and in war time. 2. The use of troops in aid of the civil power for the prevention or suppression of disorder is a function of the Government, and, whenever possible, their employment should be authorized by the Government. 3. In emergencies, and when time does not permit of a reference to the Government, a local civil authority may also make a requisition direct to the nearest military authority. The local military authorities will comply with such requisitions and military support will always be given. But whenever troops are called out at the instance of a local civil authority, the latter should report the fact to the Government without delay. 4. It is essential that the mechanism of the civil Government should be maintained as long as possible; consequently every effort will be made by the civil authorities to retain control with the civil resources at their disposal. This does not, however, preclude the timely co-operation of military forces in the role of immediate reinforcement or when, in the opinion of the civil authority, a display of force may restore confidence or avert an outbreak. 5. The normal day-to-day duties of preserving order, of protecting property and of quelling local disturbances rest on the civil police and other civil forces employed under the civil government. If in the opinion of the civil authorities, such forces are likely to prove inadequate for this task, they may call on the military for assistance as a preventive and precautionary measure. The stage at which the civil forces will be reinforced by regular troops will be decided by the local civil authorities in consultation, if possible, with the military commander. Use of Troops as a Preventive or Precautionary Measure
6. If the civil authorities have reason to think that a disturbance is likely to occur which will be beyond the power of the police to control, it is their duty to requisition military assistance, first, as a preventive measure and, secondly, in order that they may have sufficient force available to deal with the disturbance should it materialize. 7. In civil disturbance the presence of troops has a steadying effect, and their early appearance frequently results in the arrest of a dangerous movement before it has had time to develop. 8.
The early arrival of military support also tends to raise the morale of the police.
9. Again, should a district shows signs of unrest it may be expedient to carry out demonstration marches in order that the forces of Government may be displayed to the populace. Such action gives confidence to the loyal inhabitants and acts as a deterrent to others.
224 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
10. Even after disturbances have broken out, the arrival of troops upon the scene often results in an improvement of the local situation, and makes it easier for the civil authorities to establish control without actually having to employ troops. Use of troops in Active Measures
11. The civil authority may call upon troops for the actual dispersal of unlawful assemblies. Active measures may include, under certain circumstances, patrolling and the use military piquets in cordons or in ‘quartering’ localities. Retention of Troops
12. Troops may be retained in aid of the civil power during the restoration or maintenance of order after disturbances have occurred. 13. While it is undesirable to employ troops longer than is necessary, it must be realized that the presence of troops may prevent a recrudescence of disorder. The decision as to retention must depend on the exigencies of the situation which may often extend beyond the immediate seat of the trouble. 14. The local civil authorities will ordinarily be in the best position to judge as to the necessity for the retention of troops. If after full discussion with the military authorities it is not possible to reach an agreement, the view of the local civil authority will prevail pending a reference to he Government and receipt of their orders after further discussion on the matter with the appropriate military authority. If a difference of opinion still exists, the local civil authority should refer the matter as soon as possible to the Government for orders. Pending the receipt of these orders, the wishes of the local civil authority will prevail. Instruction for calling out Troops 15. The following principles will be observed in calling out troops in aid of the civil power: a. Troops should not be employed in aid of the civil power for periods of over 10 days, without the sanction of the Government.
b. It is only in exceptional circumstances (see Paragraph 27 below) that troops should be employed in labour disputes for purposes other than the prevention or suppression of disorder arising out of such disputes, and then only with the consent of the Government as a general rule.
c. Except in cases of extreme urgency (see Paragraph 15d below) the power to request the military authorities to send regular troops from one station to another is, under authority of these Instructions, vested in the Government. d. When there are no troops in the area affected, the District Officer should telegraph for troops to the Government, indicating the nature of the disturbance and the kind and number of troops likely to be required. In case of extreme urgency he should telegraph to military authorities direct, repeating to the Government.
225 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Control 16. It is a principle that the control of measures for the suppression of disturbances should remain in the hands of the civil authority as long as possible, even if troops have been requisitioned; that is, until Martial Law is proclaimed. The following are the exceptions to this principle: a. When a magistrate has requested the military commander to disperse an unlawful assembly. See Code of Criminal Procedure, Section 130 (I). In this case the control of the measures is vested in the military commander on the spot. The police officer on the spot and any police force he may have with him do no automatically come under he orders of the military commander by virtue of the provisions of the Code of Criminal Procedure; but the circumstances will almost invariably be such as to attract the right of private defence and it is the practice as an administrative arrangement, for the members of the police to place themselves individually or collectively under the command of the military commander for the purpose of exercising that right. This officer’s command will extend only to the police forces on the spot and will not include power to order up more police from elsewhere. As soon as the unlawful assembly can be held to have been dispersed, the control of the military authority ceases. The question should be decided by the magistrate, in consultation with the military commander who has undertaken dispersal. The military commander must be satisfied that the safety to his force is not endangered by premature cessation of military action. b. When any particular operation, such as the clearing or searching of an area, is handed over to the control of the military authority. c. When Railway Security Schemes are put into operation. In this case the control is limited to the operation and ceases on its completion.
Co-operation between Civil and Military Authorities
17. The success of all Military measures in aid of Civil Power depends upon the cooperation between the civil and military authorities. Successful co-operation is only achieved when there is mutual confidence and understanding. Therefore it is important that in peace time, the officers responsible for administration and maintenance of law and order and the officers of the Army should know each other and have knowledge of each other’s duties. The officers of each district should be fully conversant with the procedure for calling of military aid and should have a clear understanding of the roles of the army and the police in emergencies requiring military aid. Plans to meet likely contingencies should be prepared by the local civil authorities and the local military commanders in fullest collaboration. 18. In all stages of disturbances, whether minor or serious, military and civil officers, including police officers, must co-operate with one another as closely as possible. There should be constant free consultation between them. The military commander should realize that Civil officers, from their knowledge of local conditions, will often be in a position to give valuable information and suggestions. The civil officers, on their part, should be prepared to give military officers the benefit of their knowledge.
226 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
19. The strength and the composition of the force, the quantity of ammunition and the method of carrying out the operation are matters for the decision of the military authority. The civil authority may and should, by reason of its fuller knowledge of the circumstances of the disturbance which is likely to occur, or has occurred, and of local conditions, give the military authority the benefit of its opinion as to the number and class of troops e.g. cavalry, infantry, armoured cars, light motor patrols, etc, which may be necessary. 20. When possible, the strength and composition should be settled by personal discussion between the two authorities, the civil merely suggesting and the military making the final decision. Troops not to use Police Methods 21. Troops when employed on internal security duties will not employ police methods or be armed with police weapons such as lathis or truncheons. The active employment of troops in aid of the civil power is the last resort of a civilized government and when employed in that contingency, they make use of the lethal weapons with which they are armed, at the discretion of the officer on the spot.
22. Troops when patrolling an area should be accompanied by a police representative or magistrate so that they may thereby be empowered to effect arrests and take other action as may be necessary. Preparation of Plans
23. When making plans for the suppression of disturbances, it is desirable that the differences between police and military methods of operation should be understood, since they are in certain respects opposed to one another. 24. Police methods include dispersion of force and contact with the populace, and the personnel are trained to work isolated. 25. Troops, on the other hand, are trained to operate concentrated and to avoid dispersion. In the conditions under which soldiers are employed, the isolation of small parties and individuals is ineffective and dangerous and must be avoided. Dispersal of Unlawful Assemblies
26. The law on the subject of the dispersal of unlawful assemblies (Sections 127 to 132 of the Criminal Procedure Code) contains directions which are summarized briefly as follows:
a. Request by a Magistrate. Any magistrate or officer-in-charge of a police station may order an unlawful assembly (see definition in section 141 of the Penal Code), or an assembly of five or more persons likely to cause a disturbance of the public peace, to disperse. If it cannot otherwise be dispersed, the magistrate of the highest rank present may cause it to be dispersed by military force, and for this purpose may require any commissioned or noncommissioned officer in command of soldiers to disperse it, and to arrest such
227 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
persons forming part of it as he may direct. The officer thus directed must “obey such requisition in such manner as he thinks fit”. b. Use of Minimum Force. In so doing the officer must ‘use as little force and do as little injury to person or property’ as may be consistent with the object of dispersing the assembly or of arresting or detaining members of it.
c. Military Officer Sole Judge of Action Necessary. When a magistrate is present and requires a military officer to disperse an unlawful assembly, absolute discretion lies with the military officer as to the manner in which the necessary action should be taken. He is the sole judge of the action necessary, though this must be limited to the purpose indicated, namely, the dispersal of the crowd and the arrest of offenders. The magistrate is empowered only to require the military commander to disperse the unlawful assembly and/or to effect the arrests, and he has no authority to give an order to open fire or to take particular action. The military commander is authorized by law to open fire, if, in his opinion the circumstances so demand in order to allow him to comply with the requisition of the magistrate, but the principle above stated of using the minimum force, consistent with the object to be achieved is applicable. d. Magistrate may Request Cessation of Action. The magistrate may order the military to cease action when he thinks the required object has been attained. Where, however, the safety of the troops is manifestly endangered, the magistrate will not order discontinuance of action.
e. Action when Magistrate is not Present. In case of serious emergency when communication is not possible with any magistrate and public security is endangered by any assembly, any commissioned officer may himself disperse the assembly by military force and may arrest any persons in it. As regards warning, see sub-paragraph (f) below, But if, while acting in this manner it becomes practicable to communicate with a magistrate, he shall do so, and thenceforward obey the instructions of the latter as regards continuance of such action. f. Warning Before Action is Taken. The law does not prescribe that before military force is employed to disperse a mob a formal warning should be given or any interval allowed between the warning and the firing; but the Government has laid down that warning ought to be given “wherever possible”. The manner and the form of warning must depend on circumstances; sometimes it may be exceedingly difficult to convey the warning. The Magistrate being still responsible at this stage, should personally give what warning is possible before requiring the military officer to disperse the assembly. When a commissioned officer, acting without a Magistrate, decides to employ force, he also should give such warning as is possible.
g. Written Conformation of Orders. Though the law does not insist the instructions by a magistrate to disperse an unlawful assembly should be in writing, nevertheless he should , as soon as possible, in order to avoid subsequent questions, confirm his verbal instructions in writing retaining a copy himself.
228 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
h. Protection of Officers and Non-commissioned Officers. No prosecution can be undertaken against an officer or non-commissioned officer for action taken by him, either when obeying the requisition of the magistrate, or action on his own initiative, save with the sanction of Government; and even if such prosecution takes place, the law declares that he is not deemed to have committed an offence, so long as he acts in good faith (section 132 of the Criminal Procedure Code). Good faith involves the exercise of due care and attention, and the use of as little force and infliction of as little injury to person and property as is consistent with the object of dispersing the assembly. J. Protection of Other Ranks. As regards troops who act under the order of their officer, there is complete protection for any act done in obedience to any order which they are bound to obey; and, so long as they are obeying such order, they are not deemed by law to have committed an offence. k.
Action after Firing is Stopped.
(1) Police usually act vigorously against the dispersing mob and clear the locality. Troops (usually the reserve sections) may follow in close support of police and use rifle butts on the mob, if police are ineffective. No serious injury should be inflicted on a mob which is dispersing. (2) Immediate steps should be taken to succour the wounded rioters. If possible, names and addresses should be recorded in the diary. it is most important that the best possible arrangements for first aid, medical attention and evacuation to hospital of injured rioters should be made. (3) Empty cases should be recovered and the number of rounds fired counted, checked and recorded in diary. (4) It may be desirable to retain important witnesses. The Magistrate should advise on this point. (5)
All prisoners should be handed over to the police.
l. Resumption of Control by Civil Power. When he considers the required object has been achieved, the Magistrate orders the military commander to cease action. This order should be given in writing (‘Military assistance to longer required’); it is important that the signature and the time should be recorded.
Maintenance of Essential Services
27. The conditions under which troops may be employed on the maintenance of essential services on the occasion of public calamities or emergencies such as fires, earthquakes, floods or famines, and also during strikes or industrial disputes, are set out in Appendix I to these Instructions. Aircraft in Aid of the Civil Power
28. Instructions in regard to the use of aircraft in aid of the civil power are given in detail in Appendix II.
229 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Cost of Duties in Aid of the Civil Power 29. Information and instructions on this matter are contained in ‘Notes on expenditure incurred when troops are called out in aid of the civil power’, which is obtainable from the Chief of the General Staff.
APPENDIX I CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TROOPS MAY BE EMPLOYED ON THE MAINTENANCE OF ESSENTIAL SERVICES DURING NATIONAL CALAMITIES/STRIKES 1. When the Services of troops are required by the civil authorities in national calamities such as floods, fires, earthquakes or famines, they will approach the local military commander who will comply with the request only after obtaining the approval of Army Headquarters. In cases of emergency, however, when in the opinion of such commander, reference to Army Headquarters will entail delay, hazardous to life or property, he will comply with the request immediately. This does not apply to the maintenance of essential services in strikes. 2. Troops may be employed to maintain essential services during strikes only under the following circumstances: a. Troops can lawfully be requisitioned to maintain essential services during strikes, only:-
(1) if and in so far as some military object, purpose or proceeding, is affected; OR
230 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(2) if in the opinion of Government such a state of affairs has arisen that the safety of the community and the existence of the Government and its authority and are endangered, and if to save the community the Government has decided to entrust any such vital services to military administration and control, for which purpose a Government Notification under section 2(1) of the Armed Forces (Emergency Duties) Act, 1947 has been declared. b. When a local civil authority requests for troops from the local military authorities, they will comply with the request only after the approval of the Army Headquarters. If in the opinion of the local military authority, the situation demands immediate action, he will as far as possible, comply with the request and inform Army Headquarters immediately. 3. The strength and composition of the force, the arms and ammunition or equipment to be taken, and the manner of carrying out these duties by the troops are matters for the military commander alone to decide. PPENDIX II
INSTRUCTION FOR THE USE OF AIRCRAFT IN AID OF CIVIL POWER
1. The assistance to be rendered by the Air Force will be of that kind which could be rendered by soldiers, except in so far as the use of aircraft for purpose of reconnaissance may be desirable. Aggressive action by means of aircraft or aircraft armament is not contemplated.
2. If the disturbances in respect of which the aid of the Air Force is required, involves the use or the attempted use of aircraft in opposition to the civil authorities, aircraft and aircraft armament may, at the previous request or with the previous consent of the civil authorities, be employed to the minimum extent necessary to terminate and prevent the unlawful use of the aircraft. 3. The Air Force will not, therefore, be used to take action from the air against rioters on the ground, until Martial Law has been proclaimed or until a State of War has been declared to exist.
4. The use of aircraft for the suppression of riots is justified only in extreme emergencies when conditions may arise rendering life and property exceptionally insecure. Such emergencies may arise in areas where disturbances have embittered racial feeling and endangered the lives of peaceful population whom it is incumbent on the Government to protect. 5. There may also be circumstances where, owing to interruption of communications or other causes, the military forces are unable to render the full assistance required by the civil power for the maintenance of law and order. In such a contingency it may be necessary, by reason of the urgency of the case, to employ Air Force in an “offensive” capacity. Thus, if murder and arson are going on the districts where the inhabitants are definitely hostile, the Air Force may be required to take a limited amount of offensive action from the air, either independently or in co-operation with ground troops to over ate the unruly elements. An authorization to take this
231 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
offensive action will be issued in writing by the civil authorities to the senior representative on the spot of the armed forces and will empower him to order bombing and machinegun fire for the purpose of overawing mass which are actually engaged in crimes of violence. 6. The responsibility for the employment of aircraft in aid of the civil power rests with the civil authority alone; and no Air Force Commander will employ his aircraft in connection with the civil disturbances upon duties other than reconnaissance and communication save at the written request of the civil authorities. 7. In applying for this aid the civil authorities concerned will stipulate in writing the nature of action required eg: a.
Reconnaissance.
b.
Maintenance of Communications.
c.
Propaganda dropping.
e.
Offensive action by:
d.
f.
Demonstrations for moral effect.
(1)
Machine gun fire.
(2)
Bombing.
Such other action as circumstances may require.
8. When circumstances are such that it is desired by the civil authorities that the nature of the air action should be, left to the discretion of the pilot this will be clearly stated in the written request for air assistance. It will also be stated in writing, as accurately as possible, what the objective of the air operations is, and whether it is desired to put a definite limit upon the operations as regards the locality, and, in the event of offensive operations, the severity of the attack. 9. It may often be difficult for an airman, whilst flying, to appreciate accurately the situation and trend of events upon the ground. The civil authorities must bear this fact fully in mind when making the decision to employ aircraft and in formulating their written instruction to the Air Commanders. 10. Should it become necessary to use the Air Force against civil disturbance, it will be the responsibility of the civil authorities to issue the necessary warning to the population going to be affected thereby. 11. The civil authorities, when applying for aircraft to carry out evacuation operations, will provide in writing a definite programme of such evacuation in consultation with the Air Force Officer concerned. They will intimate precisely the numbers to be evacuated. The employment of the Air Force for the transport of troops or for supplying isolated
232 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
posts with food or ammunition will be arranged between the Army and Air Force Officers concerned. 12. If in times of civil disturbances it becomes necessary in a particular area or areas to place civil flying under control, action will be taken on the intimation of the local civil authorities. Necessary legal power is provided in the Aircraft Act and Rules. 13. If the use of aircraft for emergency duties is desirable and Air Force aircraft are not available, arrangements may be made to employ civil aircraft. Possible uses of civil aircraft are troop-carrying and reconnaissance, but in no circumstance will they be employed for offensive action. The initiative in securing the services of civil aircraft will normally be taken by local civil authorities. 14. When it is decided to employ civil aircraft for military purposes in the circumstances mentioned under paragraph 13 above, the Army Headquarters should be informed by telegram. If required by the circumstances, an Air Force Officer would be sent as soon as possible to control flying operation.
233 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG SALIENT FEATURES OF NEW FMN TRG SYS -2012 AND MANUAL OF QUAL 2012 (REVISED) CATEGORIES OF TRAINING 1. Formation Training will consist of four categories of training: Individual Training, Unit Training, Operational Group Training, and Collective Training. MOOTW Training is one of the special forms of Unit Training. Besides, other traditional forms of training – MD, TEWT, Night Training, etc – will continue to be conducted by the formations, although those are not mentioned in this General Instructions. The Draft Army Training Doctrine provides guidelines regarding the Army Training System as a whole.
2. Individual Training. As the name implies, Individual Training includes the training designed to develop knowledge and skills of individuals. The “Individual Training” in this General Instructions refers to the courses, cadres and other structured individual training modules conducted by formations, units and institutes. 3. Unit Training. Unit Training is the training conducted by a unit for its integral subunits, sub-sub-units and various functional groups. Formations may, however, group elements of multiple arms/services together during this training to enhance functional cooperation. This is mostly a Mission Oriented Training, generally in the form of STX, FTX, etc.
4. Operational Group Training. Operational Group Training is where a formation trains itself and its subordinate outfits as per their operational grouping. Operational Group Training is planned and conducted by a formation where the formation and its units train on CW/UCW in the form of one- or two-sided FTX. Depending on the seasonal nature of training, it is called Summer Training (ST) and Winter Training (WT). Where possible, elements of sister services and paramilitary forces are also integrated with the formations/units conducting such training. 5. Collective Training. Collective Training is planned at Army level and conducted by AHQ at any convenient time, usually once in three or four years. All or selected formations participate in this training and others provide support. Required elements of sister services, paramilitary forces and other national assets also participate in this training.
6. MOOTW Training. Units train on various MOOTW in an earmarked cycle called MOOTW Training Cycle. The purpose of this training is to develop required knowledge, understanding and skills of men and outfits on various MOOTW missions. When units perform actual MOOTW tasks, it may also be considered as an On-Job Training (OJT) on MOOTW. Although units plan and conduct their own training, formations coordinate the schedule, and at times the curricula, of such training so that adequate manpower is available to perform given or anticipated MOOTW assignments of the formation. TRAINING YEAR
234 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
7. Composition of a Training Calendar. Formations and units will prepare their respective Training Calendars following the guidelines discussed above. The general composition of a Unit Training Calendar is, however, shown in the table below; example of a possible Calendar is given below: Training Cycle 1st Training Cycle 2nd Training Cycle Summer Training
Duration and Composition
11 Weeks (Individual training segment 6 weeks, unit training segment 2-3 weeks, cushion period 2 weeks in 2 slots) 11 Weeks (Individual training segment 6 weeks, unit training segment 2-3 weeks, cushion period 2 weeks in 2 slots)
2 Weeks followed by 2 weeks cushion period
11 Weeks (Individual training segment 6 weeks, unit training segment 2-3 weeks, cushion period 2 weeks in 2 slots) MOOTW Cycle 2-4 Weeks 6 Weeks, preceded by 3 weeks cushion period and followed by Winter Training 2 weeks cushion period Table 1: Composition of a Unit Training Calendar 3rd Training Cycle
Individual Training Modules
8. Individual Training modules, henceforth called ITs, are designed to progressively prepare a young soldier to shoulder the responsibility of a JCO. There are five ITs: IT-1 through IT-5. Considering the training needs of a soldier at different stages, ITs are suitably spaced throughout his career until he becomes a JCO. ITs include both GMT and TT, although the balance of emphasis on these is different in each IT. ITs in earlier stages focus more on GMT and basic soldiering, and in later stages on TT and CLM. In each IT, one has to attain some stipulated benchmarks commensurate to one’s stage of career. Generally, an IT is of 6 weeks duration. Depending on the specific training needs of a trade, however, the duration may be further extended. Since it will not be possible to conduct all ITs in the units due to lack of appropriate training facilities, some will be conducted in the institutes. Specific details of the ITs for various arms and services are given in the respective Formation Training System booklets, only the general guidelines concerning the design and conduct of ITs are discussed here. 9.
Design of ITs.
a. IT-1. IT-1 is the first professional training of a young soldier and is designed for the second year of his service. As such, maximum emphasis is given on GMT (about 60%). IT-1 aims at developing basic skills in GMT, like handling personal weapon, bayonet fighting, obstacle course, field crafts, physical robustness, drill, etc. A soldier should also start acquiring basic knowledge on tactics and various functions of his trade, and be oriented with Map Reading (MR) in IT-1. Irrespective of trades, every soldier should also obtain the Basic Level of computer literacy as mentioned in the Information Technology Policy. At this stage, he should know the meanings of the Values and Ethos of the Army, and understand the background and spirit of the Liberation War 1971. On completion of IT-1 a soldier should have basic knowledge and skills at GMT and working knowledge on his respective trade. He should also be able to handle his personal weapon.
235 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED b. IT-2. A soldier will undergo IT-2 in the third or fourth year of one’s career. At this stage, the soldier should be made “useful” in his role in the unit. As such, IT-2 focuses more on TT (about 70%). He should acquire basic knowledge and skills on his respective trade, the process of which he started in IT-1. The skills on GMT that he had acquired in IT-1 should be sustained and improved. Besides, every soldier at this stage should learn how to handle an LMG (where available), since it is the most common automatic weapon in the Army, which is also likely to be very useful in UCW. He should also acquire minimum working knowledge on MR; he will acquire the basic knowledge and skills later in BMR. A soldier should also learn to relate the Values and Ethos to the military Code of Conduct, and start knowing the leadership traits. In case of the Driver MT (Vehicle Operator), obtaining required driving licence(s) is made a prerequisite for the completion of IT-2. Respective arms/services Directorates will decide what licence(s) are required at this stage. The licence(s) will be obtained through the existing system, but until then, the result of IT-2 of the concerned individual will not be published. On completion of IT-2, a soldier should have basic knowledge and skills in his own trade functions, including handling and maintenance of relevant weapon and equipment, so that he can be a “useful” member in an operational or functional group. c. IT-3. IT-3 is designed for potential Lance Corporals and Lance Corporals, and will be undertaken between the tenth and twelfth year of one’s career. It aims at preparing an individual to perform as an NCO capable of handling a section/detachment. This is the beginning of advance level training, and as such, emphasis is placed on TT (about 65%). GMT is, however, given due importance since there is a significant time gap between IT-2 and IT-3. Besides maintaining his basic standards in GMT, an individual should at this stage also learn how to organise such training for a section/detachment. In IT-3, one should start learning relevant administrative and management aspects besides the leadership ones. He should also know how to enforce the standards of Values and Ethos on subordinates. On completion of IT-3, one should be able to handle a section/detachment, conduct GMT for Other Ranks (OR) in unit or formation, and posses adequately advanced knowledge on his trade. d. IT-4. IT-4 is designed for Lance Corporals and Corporals having a service length between thirteen and sixteen years. This is the completion of advance level of TT, and as such, maximum emphasis (about 80%) is put on TT. On completion of IT-4, one should be proficient in handling a section/detachment, fully conversant with and efficient in his trade functions, and be able to conduct TT for NCOs and OR in unit or formation. e. IT-5. IT-5 will be undertaken by an NCO between the seventeenth and nineteenth year of his career. It is designed to train the NCOs as potential JCOs. As such, emphasis is given on leadership, administrative and management aspects relevant to handling a platoon or equivalent in the respective arms/services. To ensure better and homogeneous standard of training, IT-5 will be conducted in the respective Institutes for a duration of 8 weeks. On completion of IT-5, an NCO should be able to handle a platoon or equivalent, and conduct its training; and also conduct training on relevant subjects in the other ITs at unit and formation.
236 RESTRICTED
WOs’ Course
RESTRICTED
10. WOs’ Course is designed to train WOs as proficient Platoon Commanders, as well as to undertake other responsibilities as SWO and MWO. This course is of 8 weeks duration and conducted in the respective Institutes. For all practical purpose, this course may be considered as the higher level of IT 5. Specialist/Utility Training
11. Specialist and Utility Training aims at developing special or particular skills that are required for the functioning of units, as well as for the EREs. Such training is conducted by both formations and institutes. Some specialist training are related to respective trade functions, for example, training on signal communications; and others concern more general aspects, for example, commando training, training on MG, etc. Utility training often focuses on concerns useful to units, HQ and installations, for example, kote or magazine NCOs’ training. The list of utility and a few specialist courses/cadres is suggested by MT Directorate; and the lists for specialist courses/cadres are suggested by the concerned Directorates. A list of a few common utility courses/cadres is given at Annex B; similar lists for specialist training are given in the booklets of respective arms/services. The formations and units may, however, conduct other training as well basing on their particular needs. The frequency of any specialist/utility course/cadre and the vacancy therein, primarily depends on the demand of units. Every individual has to undergo a number of specialist/utility training at different stages of his career. The service length of individuals should be considered for each specialist/utility course/cadre. Some training are well suited at the early stage of career, for example, commando and other physically demanding training; some training are also more useful at early stage since the result of these can be utilised for longer time, for example, driving, cooking, etc. But some training are suitable for the later stage either because these training require more experience (JCOs’/NCOs’ MT Course, for example) or because the result of these cannot be utilised at early stage (NCOs’ QM Course/Cadre, for example). Units, and at times the Records, will ensure that there is sufficient number of qualified individuals available in the units on the concerned aspects at every stage. CLM Cadres
12. Command, leadership and management are some essential concerns in military profession. The Army gradually trains all its members on these important aspects throughout their career. Appropriate packages are also included in different ITs, as well as in other training. CLM Cadres are specially designed to develop understanding of practical implications of these aspects. There will be two such cadres: NCOs’ CLM Cadre and WOs’ CLM Cadre. NCOs’ CLM Cadre will be undertaken by everyone between the tenth and sixteenth years of one’s service (preferably as a Lance Corporal or Corporal) so that one can efficiently command a section or detachment. The part of NCOs’ CLM Cadre that concerns the Sergeants is already embedded in the respective IT-5 modules. WOs’ CLM Cadre will be undertaken by every WO so that he can efficiently command a platoon or equivalent. Individuals qualified in the NCOs’ Advance Course may, however, be exempted from these cadres. CLM cadres may not be required for some of the common trades like E&BR (Equipment Repairer), tailor, carpenter, painter, etc. But it is required for the Clerk (Office Assistant), Driver MT (Vehicle Operator), SMT, etc. Specific instructions in these regards are given in the Formation Training System booklets of the respective arms/services. The primary mode of these cadres will be experience sharing, case study,
237 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
problem solving, etc. The details of the conduct of CLM Cadres are given in the booklet “Formation Training System –Commando Cadres, BMR, and CLM”. Each formation will conduct these cadres for 2-3 weeks of duration for its subordinates irrespective of arms/services. Units will ensure that their men are trained in time. Individuals on ERE will attend such cadres in their parent formation, or any other suitable ones. Map Reading
13. Map Reading is a part of the core competence of soldiering. Appropriate packages are incorporated in various training modules. The basic knowledge and skills on this subject are, however, developed through the Basic Map Reading (BMR) cadre. An individual will undertake this training between the fifth and ninth years of his career, preferably after qualifying in IT-2. Formations will conduct BMR for their respective subordinates, irrespective of arms/services. The details of the conduct of BMR are given in the booklet “Formation Training System – Commando Cadres, BMR, and CLM”. Commando Cadres
14. Besides conducting specialised commando training for selected men, the Army also conducts Arms Commando Cadre and Services Commando Cadre for all other combatants of the arms and services respectively, particularly to support the UCW concept. An individual will undertake this training within nine years of his career, preferably after IT-2. If necessary, this Cadre may, however, be undertaken after IT-1 as well. Formations will conduct these cadres for their subordinates; individuals from ERE will also join these cadres. The details of the conduct of these cadres are given in the booklet “Formation Training System – Commando Cadres, BMR, and CLM”. Individual Training and the Career Progression
15. Various types of individual training are designed to gradually prepare an individual to undertake different responsibilities and perform different roles at each rank or stage of his career. These individual training are spaced at suitable spans of one’s career. Such spacing is based on the general consideration of the training needs of the Army, and particular consideration on the training needs of an individual, his knowledgebase, experience, rank and expected roles. Although the primary purpose of training is not to qualify an individual for promotion only, most of the individual training is made prerequisites for promotion to different ranks to ensure that employment is always commensurate to qualification.
16. Spacing of Courses/Cadres. The general spacing of individual training is shown in Table-2. Although the Rank is taken into consideration while designing each training, the individual training is spaced against the service length to enhance homogeneity amongst all arms/services. The service length (not the rank) will be the cardinal reference for all training mentioned in the table, and one should preferably undertake each training at the prescribed service length. Most of these training are also related to one’s rank and promotion. The Rank, therefore, should not be entirely disregarded. If an individual qualifies in all training and Promotion Examination (PE) that are designed to be undertaken in his present rank, only then he can start undertaking the training designed for the next rank. For example, IT-3 is designed to be undertaken by a Lance Corporal between the tenth and twelfth year of one’s service. But a Sainik of the same service length may also undertake this training if he is qualified in all training
238 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(IT-1, IT-2, BMR, Commando Cadre, etc) and PE for Lance Corporal. He cannot, however, appear in the next PE (Lance Corporal to Corporal) as a Sainik. Service Length 1st yr 2nd yr 3rd yr 4th yr 5th yr 6th yr 7th yr 8th yr 9th yr
10th yr 11th yr 12th yr 13th yr 14th yr 15th yr 16th yr 17th yr 18th yr 19th yr 20th yr 21st yr 22nd yr 23rd yr 24th yr 25th yr 17.
Training Progression OT IT 1
Specialist/Utility Course/Cadre
CLM Cadre -
IT 2
Commando Cadre
Minimum one specialist/utility course/cadre
BMR IT 3 IT 4
Minimum one mentioned course/cadre
IT 5
(in addition to the one above) specialist/utility
NCOs’ CLM Cadre
WOs’ CLM Cadre
WO Course
Table 2 : Spacing of Courses/Cadres
Qualifications Required for Promotion.
a. The specific qualifications required for promotion to each rank are given in the Manual of Qualification. The general guidelines for all arms and services are given in the table below, and the particular guidelines are given in the Formation Training System booklets of the respective arms and services: Rank Stages Service Snk
in Individual Progression Training
For promotion to L Cpl
IT 1, IT 2 and PE
Specialist/Utility Courses/Cadres
CLM Cadres
Other Qualifications
-
-
BMR, Commando Cadre
239 RESTRICTED
L Cpl
For promotion Cpl Cpl For promotion Sgt Sgt For promotion WO WO For promotion SWO SWO For promotion MWO MWO -
to to
IT 3 and PE
RESTRICTED
IT 4 and PE
-
to
-
IT 5 and PE
NCOs’ CLM Cadre -
PE
-
WOs’ CLM Cadre -
-
-
-
-
-
Another specialist/utility course/cadre WOs’ Course and to PE to
-
One specialist/utility course/cadre
-
Table 3 : Qualifications Required for Promotion b. As was mentioned earlier, an individual qualified in NCOs’ Advance Course will be exempted from the CLM Cadres. Besides, to be considered as a qualification for promotion, any specialist or utility courses/cadres should be of minimum six weeks of duration. Although one/two specialist or utility courses/cadres is/are made prerequisite(s) for promotion, an individual may require to qualify in more number of such training depending on the need of respective unit, HQ or installation.
c. Promotion Examinations and Testing Boards. There will be no Promotion Cadres (PC) conducted. Instead, PE will be conducted for promotion to every higher rank. Duration of such examination will be of 2-3 days covering written and practical tests on GMT and TT. PEs will be held under the arrangement of units/training institutes as per the instructions of Mannual of Qualification. There will be examination/testing boards for Initial Training, IT-1 to IT-4, and all PEs. Majors/Captains may be the president of the boards for IT-1 and IT-2, and Lieutenant Colonels/Majors for the rest. An individual will be allowed to appear the PE required for his next higher rank, only after qualifying in all other training required for it. Questions for the PEs will be based primarily on the GMT and TT that an individual is supposed to undertake in his current rank. The question will be in the form of MCQ (25%), creative (15%) and others (60%). However, the exemption of PE will be as per the existing system.
18. Tech Std - Armour. Armour soldiers will have to fulfill following training requirement in different ranks: Rank
Stages Service
in
Snk
For promotion to L Cpl
Individual Progression Training
Specialist/ Utility Courses/ Cadres
CLM Cadre
Other Qualification
IT 1, IT 2 and PE
-
-
BMR, Commando
240 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
L Cpl
For promotion to Cpl
IT 3 and PE
Cpl
For promotion to Sgt
IT 4 and PE
Sgt
For promotion to WO
WO SWO MWO
-
CCC (AFV) (Considered as 2nd specialist course)
NCOs CLM Cadre
-
IT 5 and PE
-
-
-
For promotion to SWO
WO Course and PE
-
-
For promotion to MWO
PE
-
WOs CLM Cadre
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
19. Tech Std - Arty. Arty requirement in different ranks : Rank
Stages Service
Snk
For promotion to L Cpl
L Cpl
One specialist/ utility course/ cadre
in
For promotion to Cpl
soldiers
will
have
to
fulfill
following
training
Individual Progression Training
Specialist/ Utility Courses/ Cadres
CLM Cadre
Other Qualification
IT 1, IT 2 and PE
-
-
BMR, Commando
IT 3 and PE
One specialist/ utility course/ cadre
241 RESTRICTED
-
RESTRICTED
Cpl
For promotion to Sgt
IT 4 and PE
CCC (AFV) (Considered as 2nd specialist course)
NCOs CLM Cadre
-
Sgt
For promotion to WO
IT 5 and PE
-
-
-
For promotion to SWO
WO Course and PE
-
-
For promotion to MWO
PE
-
WOs CLM Cadre
-
-
-
-
-
-
WO SWO MWO
-
20. Tech Std - Inf. in different ranks : Rank
Stages Service
Snk
For promotion to L Cpl
L Cpl
in
For promotion to Cpl
Inf soldiers will have to fulfill following training requirement Individual Progression Training
Specialist/ Utility Courses/ Cadres
CLM Cadre
Other Qualification
IT 1, IT 2 and PE
-
-
BMR, Commando
IT 3 and PE
One specialist/ utility course/ cadre
242 RESTRICTED
-
RESTRICTED
Cpl
For promotion to Sgt
IT 4 and PE
CCC (AFV) (Considered as 2nd specialist course)
NCOs CLM Cadre
-
Sgt
For promotion to WO
IT 5 and PE
-
-
-
For promotion to SWO
WO Course and PE
-
-
For promotion to MWO
PE
-
WOs CLM Cadre
-
-
WO SWO MWO
-
21. Tech Std – ACC and Unit Clks. training requirement in different ranks : Rank
Stages Service
Snk
For promotion to L Cpl
L Cpl
in
For promotion to Cpl
-
-
-
-
ACC and unit clks will have to fulfill following
Individual Progression Training
Specialist/ Utility Courses/ Cadres
CLM Cadre
Other Qualification
IT 1, IT 2 and PE
-
-
BMR, Commando
IT 3 and PE
One specialist/ utility course/ cadre
243 RESTRICTED
-
RESTRICTED
Cpl
For promotion to Sgt
IT 4 and PE
CCC (AFV) (Considered as 2nd specialist course)
NCOs CLM Cadre
-
Sgt
IT 5 and PE
-
-
-
WO
For promotion to WO
For promotion to SWO
WO Course and PE
-
-
SWO
For promotion to MWO
PE
-
WOs CLM Cadre
-
-
-
-
-
-
MWO
-
FORMATION TRAINING SYSTEM – CLERK (OFFICE ASSISTANT) Concept 22. The basic concept of this system is that every individual clerks (office assistants) of all arms and service will have to acquire knowledge and skill on a set of subject progressively developed from basic to advance. At each stage, he will have to attain certain designated Bench Marks (BM). In the entire career, a clerk (office assistant) will require to undergo one general Initial Training, one Orientation Training (OT) and five Individual Training (IT) that is Individual Training-1 to Individual Training-5. In each individual training module (Individual Training-1 to Individual Training-5) there should be progressive development of lessons/subject which commensurate with service length as well as knowledge base of the soldiers. 23. On completion of initial training recruit clerks (office assistants) will join to the respective Centre and undergo Orientation Training for a duration of 12 weeks under the responsibility of Centre. Army Corps of Clerk (Office Assistant) will do their Orientation Training in the respective place of posting. By 2nd year of service clerks (office assistants) will complete Individual Training-1 and by 3rd/4th year he will complete Individual Training-2 to qualify himself to become Lance Corporal. Individual Training-3 has been designed for a Lance Corporal to become Corporal and he will complete it within 10 to 12 years of service. A Corporal will complete Individual Training-4 to become a Sergeant within 13-16 years of service. Individual Training-5 has been designed for Sergeant Clerks (office assistants) to become a Junior Commissioned Officer and he will complete it within 17 to 19 years of service. Besides, clerks (office assistants) should continue with on job training and they should also be evaluated thorough performance evaluation mechanism. 24. Individual Training-1, Individual Training-3, Individual Training-5 will be conducted under arrangement of Army School of Education and Administration. Individual Training-2 and Individual Training-4 will be conducted by respective Corps/Regiment Centre (Records). 25. All clerks (office assistants) will complete Individual Training-2 and 4 as per record seniority in the posted unit/establishment/Headquarters. Service commando cadre will remain in vogue which must be completed any time before becoming Lance
244 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Corporal. Basic Map Reading cadre has to be completed after Individual Training-1 but before becoming Lance Corporal. Command, Leadership and Management cadre at different level will have to be completed by Corporal and Warrant Officer before they become Sergeant and Senior Warrant Officer. Features of Individual Training
26. Orientation Training (OT). New soldiers will undergo this training for a duration of 12 weeks after Initial Training. The objective of this module is to provide sound regimentation in the Regiment, consolidation of Initial Training and follow up training on general military and clerical subject. This training will be conducted under arrangement of respective Corps/Regiment Center except Army Corps of Clerk (Office Assistant) who will have the Orientation Training at the place of posting.
27. Individual Training (IT) – 1. This module is of 12 weeks and designed for a clerk (office assistant) in his 2nd year of service. The object of this module is to develop basic individual skill progressively on his profession. This module is like previous Basic Clerical Course. This training will be imparted to clerks (office assistants) to develop the individual skill and proficiency required at that stage. 28. Individual Training (IT) – 2. This module is like previous Basic Trade Training exam. A clerk (office assistant) will participate in Individual Training-2 in his 3rd/4th year of service. Objective of this Individual Training-2 has been defined in chapter 4 of Manual of Qualification. This Individual Training-2 (Exam) will be conducted half yearly by respective Corps/Regiment Center (Records). Exam centre may be specified by the record to hold exam in each Area/Division. Respective Corps/Regiment Center (Records) will circulate the date of exam well ahead. Duration of this exam will be 02 days only. Written test will be conducted in the 1st day as per chapter 4 of Manual of Qualification. In the 2nd day, practical exam will be conducted on typing efficiency (Bangla and English) in computer and knowledge on computer (MS Word and introductory knowledge on MS Access and MS Excel).
29. Individual Training (IT) - 3. This module is of 10 weeks duration and designed for Lance Corporal having 10 to 12 years of service. This module is like previous Junior Clerical Course. Higher standard of Bench Mark has been set for this group. This module has been developed for a potential Corporal to carry out duties of a specific Section/Branch (A, G, Q, Account etceteras) in charge. 30. Individual Training (IT) – 4. This module is like previous Advance Trade Training exam and designed for Corporals between 13 to 16 years of service. Objective of Individual Training-4 has been defined in chapter 4 of Manual of Qualification. This Individual Training-4 (Exam) will be conducted half yearly by respective Corps/ Regiment Center (Records). All the Area/Division will be the Rendezvous of the exam. Respective Corps/Regiment Center (Records) will circulate the date of exam well ahead. Duration of this exam will be 02 days only. Written test will be conducted in 1st day as per chapter 4 of Manual of Qualification. In 2nd day practical exam will be conducted on typing efficiency (Bangla and English) in computer, knowledge on computer (MS Excel, MS Access & Power Point) and Map Reading. For Individual Training –4 clerks (office assistants) will train themselves through on job training in unit/Headquarters. 31. Individual Training (IT) – 5. This module is of 10 weeks duration and designed for the Sergeant between 17 to 19 years of service. Very higher standard of Bench Mark has been set for this group. Subject suitable for Head Clerk (Office
245 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Assistant), Office Superintendent or equivalent, like lesson on administration, leadership, management, Manual of Bangladesh Military Law, Army Rules (Regulation), Army Rules (Instruction) and other rules and regulations has been incorporated at this level. End state of this module is to produce potential Junior Commissioned Officer Clerk (Office Assistant).
32. Personal Assistance Course (PAC). This is a module of 06-08 weeks duration which will be attended by the clerks (office assistance) of all arms and services of the ranks of L Cpl/Cpl between 07-13 years of service. Ende state of this module is to tarin the L Cpl/Cpl so that they can work as effective personal assistant (PA) to the senior officers and also can perform the job of office secretary.
33. WOs’ Course (WOC). This is a module of 06 weeks duration for the WOs (Clerk/Office Assistance) of all arms and services with the length of service between 20 to 21 years. WOC is designed to train WOs (Clerk/Office Assistants) as proficient JCO clerk/office assistants. For all practical purposes, this course will be considered as higher level than that of IT-5. Keeping this idea in view, the syllabus for WOC (Clerk/Office Assistants) has been prepared covering the essential aspects of administration and management, command and leadership, JSSDM-2003, various arms and services, MBML, consultation of imp books of rules and regulations with greater emphasis on AR(R), AR(I) and Compendium of BAOs/SBAOs, etc. 34. Responsibility of Training. Individual Training for clerks (office assistants) including PAC and WOC (Clerk/Office Assistants) will mainly be run by Army School of Education and Administration; but when necessary, these will also be run by Armoured Corps Centre and School, East Bengal Regimental Center or Bangladesh Infantry Regimental Centre as designated by Headquarters ARTDOC. All these training will be conducted as per curricula prepared by Army School of Education and Administration.
35. Exam/Testing Board. For Initial Training, individual training (individual training1 to individual training-5) a board has to be formed as per Manual of Qualification. Other Individual Training
36. Basic Map Reading Cadre. Clerks (Office Assistants) will complete this module after individual training-1 but before he becomes Lance Corporal. Individual will complete Basic Map Reading Cadre organized by his serving formation and under arrangement of unit/establishment/ Headquarters. 37. Service Commando Cadre. Clerks (Office Assistants) will complete this module before becoming Lance Corporal but within the set age limit. Individual will complete service commando cadre organized by his serving formation and under arrangement of unit/establishment/ Headquarters.
38. Command, Leadership and Management Cadre. Lance Corporal/Corporal clerks (office assistants) and Warrant Officers’ will complete Non Commissioned Officers’ Command Leadership and Management Cadre and Warrant Officers’ Command Leadership and Management Cadre respectively before they become Sergeant and Senior Warrant Officer. Individuals will complete these cadres organized by their serving formation and under arrangement of unit/establishment/ Headquarters.
246 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG COMM Refs: A. B. C. D.
AR(I),376,377,378, 38,749,750,754&755. SD in the Fd 2006. Chapter X of FR Part II. SBAO 8/2009.
1.
The aim of this precis is to discuss various types of comms.
2.
In the Army the fol types of comm are made :
Aim
Type of Comms a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
Tel. SDS/TDS. Postal svc. Sig Wrls. Mobile Cell Phone. Fax. Internet/E-mail.
3. Tel. In peace time, army tel comm system between imp mil stas, mainly consists of eqpt and line hired from tel and tgs dept at high cost. It is therefore essential that the no of tels is kept to the absolute min compatible with admin efficiency. Applications for instl of residential tels will be considered only if recommended on the grd of op necessity, under the personal sign of fmn comd. 4. 5.
AHQ, GS Br (Sig Dte) is the only sanctioning auth for all tels for the Army.
Cl of Tel. On the basis of ownership and admin con, tel exchange is cl as under : Exchange
Common Designation
Admin and Ownership
a.
Mil Pte Mil POX owned Owned and con entirely by the Army.
b.
Mil Pte Mil PBX br
c.
Dept (Manual or civ Exchange auto)
T&T owned, hired and con by the Army. Op by the Army and in some cases by T&T. T&T owned, con and op entirely by T&T.
6. Mil PBX. The instl of tel (and other connected works) on Mil PBXs is con entirely by the General Staff Br. Exec orders for instl etc, to the T&T auth will therefore only be
247 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
issued by AHQ, GS Br (Sig Dte). AHQ, GS Br (SD Dte) will auth tel to HQs/ Units/Estb/Institutions. (Auth : BD Gazette notification (MOD) SRO NO 339-Law/91 dt 5 Nov 91) 7. Instl, shifting and closure of tels on mil PBXs and civ exchanges will also be con by AHQ, GS Br. 8. Civ Exchange. Tel for AHQ and all fmns/units on civ exchange will also be con by AHQ, GS Br. 9.
Tel Works.
a. New Instls. Applications for instl of tels will be fwd in duplicate through normal channels to AHQ, GS Br (Sig Dte) on the proforma given in Anx (i) to Appx S of AR(I) 381. b. Ext and Fitting of Plugs and Sockets. Applications for ext of tels or plug and socket arrangements will be made as for new instls but on proforma given in Anx (ii) to Appx S of AR(I) 381.
c. Shifting and Reallocations. Applications for shifting and reallocations of tels will be made on the proforma given as Anx (iii) to Appx 'S' of AR(I) 381 and fwd (in triplicate) to concerned Area HQ through proper channel. Nec sanction to shift the tel will be accorded by the respective Area Comd under intimation to SD Dte and Sig Dte. One copy of sanctioned application proforma will be sent to AHQ,GS Br (Sig Dte) and concerned Static Sig Coys each. However, for Dhaka and Rajendrapur stations, applications for shifting and reallocation will be fwd to GS Br (Sig Dte) through proper channel for nec sanction by D Sigs. (Auth : BD Gazette notification (MOD) SRO339-law/91 of 05 Nov 91) d.
Closures. (1) Closures of tels working on PBXs and civ exchange are of two kinds, 'Perm and 'Safe Custody'. For a tel closed perm, the T&T dept charge on instl fee if it is reqr to be instl either at the same loc or in new premises. The case of the safe custody closures no charge are taken if the tel is restored to its original etc, if however, it is reinstalled at the another place shift charges become payable. Application to be submitted as per Anx (iv) to Appx 'S' of AR(I) 381. (2) Applications for closures will be made on the proforma given as anx (iii) to appx 'S' and will be routed like applications for new instl of tel. (Auth : BD Gazette notification (MOD) SRO339-law/91 of 05 Nov 91)
d.
Temp Tel. (1) Offrs of the rk of Maj and above will atnd course/edn they will get tel (mil) in their govt residence for the duration of course pd.
248 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(2) Offrs of the rk of Maj and above going for UN msn will get tel (mil) in their govt residence for the duration of msn pd. On the other hand, AHQ, GS Br (Sig Dte) will provide nec assistance, if the offrs are interested to take the connection of civ tel in their residence upto the extent of their msn/course abroad. Proforma of temp tel installation is att.
(Auth : AHQ,GS Br, Sig Dte ltr no 2501/R/Sig-2 dt 14 May 92 & SD Dte ltr no 1732/R/R/SD-2 dt 30 May 89, AHQ, GS Br (SD Dte) ltr no 1732/R/SD-2 dt 16 Jun 2005 and AHQ, GS Br (Sig Dte) ltr no 2501/Tel/Gen/Sig-2 dt 16 Jun 2008). 10.
Tel Trunk/Local Calls a. Civ or para mil org serving with Armed Forces HQ or with tel working on PBXs and POXs are not entitled to use mil trunks circuits except when spl auth by GS Br (Sig Dte). b.
When booking a trunk call, give the fol info:
(1)
Own tel No.
(2)
Precedence of call (Not applicable to routine calls).
(3)
Name and designation of the person booking the call.
c. A record of tel call will be maint by subscribers in a tel call register (Specimen given in Anx (v) to Appx "S" of AR(I) as fol : (1)
Subscribers on Mil exchange ... Out going trunk calls only.
(2) (3)
Subscribers on civ exch. Out going trunk calls only. Subscribers on civ auto...Out going trunk and local calls exch.
Extract from this register will be fwd to auth/Sta HQ on demand. d. Pte calls will not routed over mil trunk circuits. When making a pte call it will be declared as such so that it is booking on civ trunk circuits. 11.
a.
Precedence to be used when booking trunk calls on civ or mil are :
Mil Trunk
Time Limit
Civ Trunk
FLASH No limit Most Immediate Emergency
Time Limit
No limit
No limit Op Immediate No limit
Op Immediate 3 Mins Immediate (to be extended only once by another)
9 mins
249 RESTRICTED
Mil Trunk Priority
Time Limit 3 mins (to be extended by another 3 mins)
Routine
RESTRICTED Civ Trunk
Important
3 mins (to be Ordinary extended only once by another 3 mins)
Time Limit 6 mins 3 mins
b. The circumstances that would normally justify the use of these precedences and the precedence entitlements are given in existing rules. c.
The above time limits have been enforced wef 25 Dec 58.
d. Subscribers will not make any trunk calls outside the normal comd channels, unless absolutely nec and justifiable. e. Trunk calls will be disconnected at the termination of the specified pds, after a wng has been given by the exchange operator. f. Calls of the some precedence will be connected in order of their time of booking. Op will break connected calls of a lower precedence for connecting FLASH and EMERGENCY if demanded OP IMMEDIATE calls. Payment of Bills
12. Bill for rentals, instl, shifting and extra fixtures for tel paid out of the def budget will be fwd directly to AHQ by the Acct Officer Tel Rev (AOTR) concerned as under (With copies to FC through AG T&T) : a.
For AHQ and units/fmns (para 5(a) and (b) GS Br (Sig Dte).
b. For all other subscribers given in para (5) to the con auth concerned, such bills if received directly by subscribers will be returned imm to the forwarding Acct Offr Tel Rev advising him to deal direct with AHQ. c.
Payments on Acct of Private Calls.
(1) Payment acct of pte calls charged in the official bill shall be made of the subscribers concerned into the local treasury for credit to CFA concerned and TR is to be submitted to the CFA. (2) To facilitate checking of monthly trunk call bills and the allocation of charges iro pte calls if any, a register shall be maint in the fol proforma :
250 RESTRICTED
Dt Time of bookin g
Na me of the indl
Exch and tel no called
1
2
3
d. 13.
Indl called
4
RESTRICTED
Purpose (Official or Pte)
Precedenc e of call
Durati on
5
6
7
Name of Treasury/No & Dt of TR for Pte call(To be filled an bill received) 8
Sign
9
Ceiling of tel bill is governed by SBAO 08/2009.
SIGNAL DESPATCH SERVICE (SDS)
General. a. In the fd, the use of DR fwd of Div HQ cannot always confirm to a prearranged time table, but a regular SDS is always org as soon as sit permits. b. Despatches or msgs which cannot be conveniently signalled should be sent by the next SDS run. If however, an offr is visiting or returning from another HQ he should be instructed to carr any despatches awaiting delivery. c. Fmn Comds lay down the degree of precedence which at any HQ will entitle a despatch to be carried by the fastest means aval, i.e air despatch service instead of boat despatch svc, SDRs instead of a normal SDS run. Normally an offr, who is entitled to trunk a msg "Operational Immediate" may also auth the sending of despatch by SDR. In addition, if the offr or NCO in charge of a sigcen receives an imm msg which could be cleared more quickly by DR than by other means, he may send it by SDR. He must, however, confirm with the originator that awaiting for next SDS run will cause an unacceptable delay. d. The staff should whenever possible, warn the sigcen before a SDS is reqr. Sigs should then inform other brs so that they can take advantage of the addl run. The SDR, however, must not be delayed on this acct. e. The MP and all other units in the fmn must have instrs to allow the passage of all vehs bearing SDS and SDR sig boards.
Rules for the Use of SDS 14. 15.
SDS is intended for the transmission of official matter only. Sigcen will not accept : a. b. c. d. e. f.
Ammo, Explosives, or any inflammable materials. Clo. Eqpt. Money or Valuable items. Cheques. Liquids.
251 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
16. Despatches should not be more than 16" x 10" x 1" dimension and 3 lbs in wt. Larger and heavier despatches may be accepted at the discretion of the sigcen. 17. The SDS label should be used, whenever poss, for both registered and unregistered despatches. When it is not aval the info reqr must be written on envelope using the same layout as the SDS label. 18. Registration. Originators must indicate whether a despatch is to be registered or not. Sigcen keep records of registered despatches to enable them to be traced throughout their journey. The fol must be registered : a.
Docus of the sy cl Confd and higher.
b.
Despatches of precedence " Pri and above".
c. Despatches which the originator considers should be traceable throughout all stages of transmission to the addressees, eg court martial proceedings. 19.
Other despatches are considered to be "Unregistered".
20.
Registered despatches will be placed in two covers and marked as under : a.
.
Inner cover (New sealed envelope). (1)
Sy Cl.
(2)
Precedence
(4)
To be opened by ... (if TOP SECRET ).
(3) b.
Address.
Outer cover.
REGISTERED SDS
PRECEDENCE
Originating HQ Ref/Originators No
21.
Address
Unregistered despatches will be placed in single cover and marked. Address Ref/Originators number SDS Originating HQ
Address
252 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
22. If registered and unregistered despatches are placed in one cover the procedure will be as fols : a. Registered despatches will be placed in an inner cover as described in para 20 above. b. Unregistered despatches will be placed direct into the outer cover, which will be marked with the highest degree of precedence, among the despatches.
c. The outer cover will be completed as in para b above except that the originators number will be divided under two heads : Registered. Unregistered.
POSTAL SERVICE
23. In emergency and in the time of war postal svc is opened by the Army like base post office and army post office etc, by acquiring T&T pers for despatch of comm from different loc of the Army units. Detail instr are issued by AHQ as and when reqr. In addition urgent msg is also passed through T&T by tg in the peace time. Post and Tg
24. Svc Labels. Svc labels will be used on official correspondence only. The use of labels and post cards for comm other than official correspondence is prohibited. Official correspondence incl ltrs sent by govt offrs in their official capability in reply to comm received from pte indls or associations. It also include ltr and tg sent by the ASCB and the local committees subordinate to it. Correspondence relating exclusively to regt funds is not official correspondence, nor are the personal Income Tax returns and connected correspondence submitted to Income Tax auth. 25. Svc labels and post cards will be obtained and their acct maint according to Appx 'V' of FR Pt I. (Auth : AR(I) 749). 26. Official correspondence will be prepaid by svc labels, the covers being superscribed 'ON BANGLADESH STATE SERVICE' and tranked by the despatching office. Covers containing medals or imp correspondence will be sent by registered/insured post, vide AR(I) 687 and 744. 27. 28.
(Auth : AR(I) 750).
Pers on Fd Svc. Instrs will be issued when Fd Svc concessions are announced. Framing of Msgs and Tg
a. The instrs regarding writing of msgs contained in sig trg pamphlet No 7 will be adhered to except in as far as nec by the difference in the forms used. When a tg is despatched from a tg office which is not situated near the sender's sta, the peace and if nec date of despatch will be entered after the senders name or
253 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
designation. The no of msg or the combination of ltrs and nos given at the beginning of the text will not exceed six figures or six ltr and figs. b. Tg reporting death, dangerous or serious illness wounds or grave injury, will be sent 'in clear' at the degree of pri cl as ' Important'. Auth : AR(I) 754. 29. Despatch of Tg. State tg will in no circumstances be used for personal matters. The right to send a reply as a state tg is estb by the production of the original state tg. Tgs are not to be sent unless the saving of the time thereby affected is of imp to the public svc and then only when the addressee is not served by the sig svc. Express tg are only to be used in a very urgent cases or from places where there is no govt tg office, State tgs may be despatched from rly offices. Pte tg in connection with official matters are forbidden except on occasions of real urgency and if so used replies, if reqr, will always be prepaid. Auth : AR(I) 755. 30. It should be noted that the T&T dept use the term "Pri" instead of the Army term "precedence". The army equivalents of the T&T dept pri are as fol: T&T Pri
MOST IMMEDIATE IMMEDIATE IMPORTANT ORDINARY
Army Precedences FLASH
IMMEDIATE PRIORITY ROUTINE
31. As the use of civ tg facilities involves addl expenditures of def funds, offr will ensure that they are used only when absolutely nec, and on these occasions, precedence used must be kept as low as poss compatible with the imp and urgency of matter. (Auth : AR(I) 758, 759).
Wireless
32. Official Works on Wrls Sets. Mil sets normally those not requiring licenses, are permitted to transmit official govt correspondence auth by competent auth, and to receive official wrls, copies of which may be issued free of charge, to each offrs and JCOs` mess, to the OC, Sta and to the sr civ or political offrs in the sta. On no account will any tg be accepted from the public, which incl members of the svcs in their pte capacity. 33. Reg svcs for the transmission of auth msgs may not be estb without the permission of AHQ. (Auth : AR(I) 376).
34. Pte Tfc. Mil sets will in no case be permitted to carr pte tfc. Pte sets may carr pte tfc provided this is incl in the terms of licence which may entail the payment of annual realty to the T&T dept. (Auth : AR(I) 377).
254 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
35. Form of Application. Application for permission to maint and work apparatus for wrls teligraphy for mil purposes will contain the fol info : a.
Con auth giving designations and address.
b.
Owner of apparatus giving name, designation and address.
c.
Place at which the apparatus is maint.
d.
Area within which apparatus may be estb and worked.
f.
Description of apparatus.
e.
Official name and call signs of sta.
g. Length of waves in metres of the normal transmitting waves and addl waves auth, range of waves over which apparatus is capable or transmitting normal receiving waves addl waves auth and the range over which the apparatus is capable of receiving. h.
Sta with which comm may be carried out.
j.
Sig of applicant, rank, appt and date.
(Auth : AR(I) 378).
Conclusion
36. All ranks should be aware of the expenditure incurred for the comm of the Army. For the greater interest of the Army as well as for the nation, all offrs, JCOs/OR spl those who are concerned should be very much careful about the economy and the sy.
ANNEXURE (i) APPENDIX “S” ADMINISTATION OF TELEPHONES-NEW INSTALATIONS 1.
Number, rank, appointment, name and unit of the subscribe
:
2.
Location (where the telephone is required to be installed)
3.
Name of Exchange
4.
Distance from exchange
:
5.
Date by which required
:
6.
Authority responsible for payment of trunkcall bills
:
7.
Reasons for the requirement
: :
:
255 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
8. Was similar request made to AHQ any time before and rejected by AHQ? If so, give
Station: Date :
(1)
Reference number and date of AHQ letter
(2)
Reasons for turning down the request
: : :
(Signature of applicant) _______________________________ (To be filled by the recommending authority)
________________________ (To be filled by AHQ, GS Br, Sigs Dte) Station : Date :
ANNEXURE (i) APPENDIX “S” ADMINISTATION OF TELEPHONES-REALLOCATION & SHIFTS 1. Number, rank, appointment, name and unit of the present subscriber including telephone number
:
2. Number, rank, appointment, name and the unit of the new subscriber (for reallocation only)
:
3.
Present location of telephone
:
4.
New location (for shifts only)
:
5.
Date by which required
:
6.
Authority responsible for payment of trunkcall bills:
7.
Reasons for the requirement :
Station: Date :
(Signature of applicant)
256 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED _______________________
____
(To be filled by the recommending authority)
______________________ (To be filled by concern Area/Formation Headquarters) Station : Date :
ANNEXURE (i) APPENDIX “S” ADMINISTATION OF TELEPHONES-CLOSURES 1. Number, rank, appointment, name and unit of the subscriber including telephone number : 2.
location of telephone
:
3. Date by which the telephone is required to be closed perm for safe custody : 4. In case of safe custody closure, period for which the telephone is required to be in safe custody 5.
Reasons for the requirement
:
:
Station: Date :
(Signature of applicant) ___________________________________ (To be filled by the recommending authority) __________________________ (To be filled by AHQ, GS Br, Sigs Dte)
257 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Station : Date :
258 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
PROFORMA FOR CASUAL CONNECTION 1.
Number, rank, appointment, name and unit of the subscriber
:
2.
Reasons for casual connection (posting/course/mission etc)
:
3.
Duration for telephone connection
:
4.
Address of telephone connection
:
5. Authorized/Unauthorized to live in government quarter (if authorized mention the authority)
:
6. Applied telephone connection is authorized/unauthorized as per: telephone rules (with authority) 7. Previous telephone number against the appointment (military/civil if any) Station: Date :
:
(Signature of applicant) __________________________ (Only for recommending authority) Recommended/Not recommended
Station :
_____________ (Signature of recommending auth) __________________________ (Only for concern Area/Formation Headquarters) Approved/ Not Approved
Station : Date :
259 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG OFFICE MGT IN THE FD Ref: A.
Gen
SD in the Fd 2006, Chapter-3 Sec 14.
1. Simplicity is the cornerstone of good office wk in the fd. A fool proof office man sys is nec in any HQ to ensure that comd and staff receive their order in time and know what is going on. Any peace time sys must be modified to allow continuous office fun for the fact that op cont for 24 hr a day. Aim 2.
The aim of efficient office management is to ensure that: a. Comds and SOs are not tied to their desks, but are able to get out and visit units. b.
Routine wks are dealt with promptly in order of pri.
c.
Info and docus are well and readily aval.
d.
Proper sy precautions are well maint and taken in handling cl docus.
e. HQ can adapt at once to the changing sit/condition enabling it to fun with min office facilities as and when nec.
Principles 3.
The main principles of office wks in the fd are:
a. Sense of Pri. Time is more imp in war than in peace and urgent wks must never be delayed by office routine. In the field, in most of the cases, telephone dealings should be resorted to, and confirmation in writing should be asked for important cases only.
b. Sys of Relief. This is as imp at a HQ as it is in ftg units and must be planed for everyone from staff officers down to sentries. This will keep everybody fit for a prolonged op. c. Standing Orders for HQ. These form the framework on which the HQ fun. The standing orders of a HQ should be as elaborate as possible. If that is so, all orders and instructions, specially the routine ones, which are made in ref to the standing orders become short and thereby save time and effort of the staff.
d. Mobility. The ability to move quickly should be an essential characteristic of any HQ. As such, unnecessary stores, eqpt and paperworks
260 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
must be reduced to a minimum. Routine move exercises are must to enhance this efficiency.
Sy
e. Close Coord and Liaison. Continuous liaison and coordination with the staff of other formations and between HQ staff and units are reqr for efficient and speedy staff wk in a HQ.
4. Office sy is the resp of the br concerned. Standing orders for the HQ must incl detailed policy on office sy and cover the following aspects: a.
Arrangements for the handling and custody of cl corres.
b. Arrangement for checking that no paper has been left behind after a move. c.
Arrangement for the destruction of all waste papers, marked talcs, etc.
d. Provision of rapid destruction of all correspondence in the event of a successful enemy attack, or interception in the move. e. Arrangement for controlling and checking the identity of visitors and pers not related to office. f.
Returns
Provision of physical security of operation room and office areas.
5. Returns must be reduced to minimum possible number. Every HQ should maintain a consolidated list of returns due in and out for all branches. The dangers of out of date returns and of duplication between branches must be avoided at all cost. Written returns may be reduced by: a.
Combining returns required by two or more staff branches into one return.
b.
The use of liaison offrs, conf and visits by staff offrs.
c.
Conferences
Maint of eff staff tables.
6. Preparations. Conf will often have to be arranged in a HQ to enable orders to be passed/clarified or discussed. It is often a faster means of conveying the commander’s mind to his subordinates and has the advantage of mutual discussion whenever doubts exist. The convening order must include the following: a.
Time, date and place of conference.
b.
Who is to attend and whether commanders may bring staff officers or not.
c.
The purpose of the conference and agenda.
261 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED d.
Ref to maps, docus or equipment required.
e. If notice of the conference is short or comm is unreliable, an acknowledgement of the order should be demanded.
7. Management. The success of a conference depends, among other things, on its stage man. In preparing for the conf, the staff offr must take the fol act: a. Choose a suitable site, free from noises and interferences. In forward areas, trenches or other protection measures must be catered for. b. The seating should be organized in a manner that the commander gets his principal staff offrs beside or behind him. A seat on a flank near the chairman should be kept for the recorder.
c. Arrange required maps, pointers, air photos, reports, diagrams and papers for ref. d. Detail mil police to supervise the parking of vehs under cover and to dir offrs to the conf. e. Brief a duty offr to deal with conf venue/op room during the conf and to handle late arrivals. f. On arrival of offrs for the conf the staff offr checks each arrival against his list of those attending and briefs, if nec. g. As soon as all are present, or at the hr decided for the conf, the staff offr reports to his comd, giving details of absentees.
8. Mins of Conf. Formal minutes of conf must be avoided as far as poss. Most of the confs in the field are held to discuss imp aspects like changes and coord of ongoing op, future op or COA, eval of critical sit, etc. As such, the decisions of the conf should as far as poss be disseminated through amdts of existing orders, special instructions, fragmentary order, etc. Briefing
9. Gen. Brief is an imp and routine staff duty in any HQ. This is quite frequently arng by the commanders or staff for the superior comd or sr staff offrs or by a LO for the visitors. Besides, staff offrs arrange routine briefs for the comd at a time given by him, and also on his return to the HQ after a long period of absence. These are normally presented orally either in the form of appraisal brief or decision brief depending on the focus. These can be categorized as int, op and admin brief on the focus. 10. Int Brief. The purpose of int briefing is to give a comprehensive run down on the en sit in gen, en’s capabilities and his likely courses of acttions.
11. Op Brief. The purpose of op briefing is to apprise the prevailing en sit and discuss en’s capabilities, present own response options, recom a course of act and finally seek comd’s decision.
262 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
12. Admin Brief. The purpose of administrative briefing is to apprise the effect of the ongoing battle on the administrative plan or any critical problem that has come up or to focus on any other administrative matters that need commander’s decision. To enable the commander in making quick decision the staff should always put forward as much viable options as possible. It should be short, concise and must not be burdened with calculations and figure wks. CP Management
13. Duty Offr. Any office which must be man day and ni, such as op CP or AQ CP must have an experienced officer on duty. He should be capable of dealing with routine incidents. During periods of intense activities, it may be necessary to have more than one officer on duty. Conversely, during quiet periods jr offrs may also be detailed. The duty officer should: a.
Be properly equipped and fully briefed when taking over.
b.
Have a proper place of wk, suitably lit.
c.
Not leave his office until his successor is properly briefed to take over.
d.
Whenever required, have the assistance of a duty clk.
14. At Div HQ , the no of offrs aval for duty is only few. SOs must therefore, be freely inter-changeable within their brs if the duty offr sys is to wk efficiently. Only then can they make time for visits to units and adequate rest. At Bde HQ other offrs such as SC (ST) and Liaison Offr should be trained to asst the staff.
15. Maps. The op room must have adequate number of maps displayed to meet different op reqr. Small wk maps should also be catered for the duty offr who normally wk beside telephones and radio sets. The number and types of maps used in various command posts have been discussed in detail in Sec 15 of SD in the Fd 2006. 16. Battle Msg Board. This is a combination of a map display and a visual filing sys, and its aim is to facilitate rapid move of an officer from a veh to a dug out and back again. Its design will depend on the use to which it is put and type of veh in which it will normally be fixed during move. It contains such items as copies of the log, current op and adminO, INTSUM, code words and nick name lists, incoming and outgoing msg and any other items deemed necessary by the staff. 17. Offrs’ Loc Board. This is maint by offrs themselves, except the comd and sr SO. It should be kept out side the op room. It contains only a list of names on a board covered by talc, on which the offrs write their mov both out side and in side the HQ.
18. ORBAT and Loc State (LOCSTATE). The ops room must have own and en ORBAT displayed on or near intelligence map board for work convenience. Location of various HQ and units are also reqr to be readily available.
19. Battle Info Board. An info board displaying various charts and statistics is required as ready reference for the staff and duty officers. Temptation of displaying too many charts should be resisted. Because, these may be misleading if not updated
263 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
regularly. The fol are some of the important aspects which may be displayed in the info board: a. Radio net diagrams, one for each net being manned incl radio relay exchange. b.
Task org or gp (may fixed on the sides of the op map).
c.
List of code words and nicknames.
d.
Casualty state of manpower, imp eqpt and veh.
e.
AFV state.
f.
Daily fighting state.
g.
Duty roster.
a.
The gist of all tel and radio conversation.
20. The Log Sheet. The logs are maint in duplicate by all duty offrs. At div HQ and above, log should be typed and circulated to other brs. The fol items are incl in the log, which must give an up to date and complete picture of the sit when read in conjunction with the battle map: b. All written msg and reports, in and out, including messages received through signal channels. Long messages and reports may be paraphrased or simply referred to by file references and subj. c. Reports from liaison offrs and visiting commanders, and info from provost, civilians and other visitors. d. Time of issue of operation and administrative orders, time of dispersal of conf and order gps.
21.
e.
Movements of own commander.
f.
Own or en act not already incl in sit reports.
g.
Any other info which will be incl in sit reports and war diary.
Office Aids.
a. In an int office most of the op office aids are used. In addition, blank collection plan, int log, basic composition sheets and all other int records are kept. b. In an AQ office some of the aids used in the op offr are req. Addl reqr are daily battle casualty state, replenishment state, veh and eqpt state, wpn and ammo state, distance chart, etc.
264 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG JSSDM - INTRODUCTION TO SERVICE WRITING Ref: A.
Se-1, JSSDM-2003.
1. Intro. This publication has been produced for 3 Svcs. It contains agreed rules for the preparation and layout of Svc writing and for standardized staff procedures. Such standardization helps to achieve economy in training, flexibility in staff appointments and more efficient joint staff wk. It contains a number of mandatory rules and conventions that comply generally with the accepted standardization within the Svc. The conventions of printing differ from the conventions of Svc writing, which apply to manuscript or typewritten work only. The examples of staff paper work included in this pub have been reproduced to illustrate Svc writing conventions.
2. Aim. The aim of this précis is to explain the reqr of Svc writing and its simple rules which official staff must fol to ensure that the Svc writing meets the reqr.
3. Definition of Svc Writing. The term ‘Svc writing’ covers all writing originated officially within the Services. It is divided into ‘op’ and ‘non-op’ writing. These forms of writing cover: a.
Op Writing. (1)
Op dir, op orders and instr.
(2)
Admin orders and instrr.
(3)
Confirmatory notes.
(4)
Appreciations.
(6)
Sig msg.
(5)
All forms of op reports.
(7) Annexes, appx and tables which, as a result of the detail contained in them, would be clearer to the reader if operational writing tech were used. b.
(8)
Ex paper within the Svcs.
Non-op Writing. Non-op writing covers all other forms of Svc writing.
265 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
4. Basic Differences. Apart from signal msg which are subj to their own specialized rules, both forms of Svc writing follow similar rules for layout, security etc. However, the basic characteristics of the 2 forms of Svc writing are: a.
Op Writing.
(1) Max use is to be made of abbrs, except that the paragraph headings of written op and admin orders should not be abbr. (2) Text is to be written in note form to save time and space, remembering always that the meaning must always remain clear. Paragraph headings can form part of the opening of a sentence, eg: ‘Ammo. Issued 1300 hrs.' (3) Proper nouns are written in capital letters, eg: ‘MIRPUR’, TITUMIR’. (4) Reported speech is written as spoken without abbr and indented in double inverted commas. For example: We captured 3 offrs and 2 NCOs. They revealed en morale to be very poor. One of the NCOs said: “We have been having no food supplied since 3 o'clock on Thursday of last week and we were promised large stocks to be captured on the objective.” This was cfm by 3 offrs. All were sent to the Div PW Cage. (5) Times are to be expressed in 4 figures using the 24 hour clock and the time zone suffix eg 2359F unless and expedient such as: ‘Time Zone Used Throughout the Order:
BRAVO’.
b. Non-op Writing. Normal rules of English usage are to be fol. However, abbrs will be used except in certain cases like formal (incl comd) and demiofficial ltr/corres and Svc papers. (Auth : JSSDM-2003 Para 0105)
Characteristics of Svc Writing 5. Svc writing obeys the rules of good English prose but, above all, dmd:
a. Accuracy. Facts and wording must be accurate. Opinions and deductions must be distinguishable from facts. b. Brevity. The reader must be info in the shortest way consistent with accuracy and clarity. Brevity is achieved by plg and careful editing. c.
Clarity. Svc writing must be intelligible, reasoned and unambiguous.
266 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d. Relevance. Any irrelevant word, phrase or idea must be excl. The test is 'If this is omitted' will the argument be affected?.
e. Logic. Deductions must be fully justified and contained in sentences and para which flow in a logical seq related directly to the argument. (Auth : JSSDM-2003 Para 0106)
6. Style. To convey the value of an idea or to justify a course of act, argument must be based on facts presented in logical order; the aim must be to tell the tale plainly. Style depends on: a.
Choice of expression.
b.
Choice of words.
d.
Punctuation.
c.
Constr.
(Auth : JSSDM-2003 Para 0107)
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG JSSDM - RULES AND CONVENTIONS OF SERVICE WRITING Ref: A.
Sec-2 of JSSD(M)-2003.
INTRO
1. This lesson contains the basic rules and conventions used in Svc writing to aid the clear presentation of facts and discussion. They help:
a. The Writer. Knowing the rules, the writer auto conforms to standard layouts and other conventions and does not waste time devising his own.
b. The Typist. The typist does not have to adapt drafts to make them suitable for typing.
267 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c. The Reader. The reader receives a document which conforms to a familiar pattern and is easy to read. 2. The conventions apply to manuscript and typewritten work but not nec to printed docus. For instance, the printer commands a wide variety of type styles and sizes and can vary the spacing of words and letters to align the right hand margin vertically. 3.
Most docus have 3 basic parts:
a. Superscription. The superscription comprises everything above the salutation, or if there is no salutation, the subj heading which marks the start of the text. Such as: (1)
Sy cl.
(3)
Precedence.
(4)
Copy no.
(5)
Adds:
(2)
(5)
Privacy mk.
(a) Originator's adds. (b) Recipient's adds. (c) Non-svc adds. Tel no.
(6)
Dt.
(7)
Identifying ref.
(1)
Salutation.
b. Text. The text is everything from the salutation, or if there is no salutation, from subj heading to the last words of the final para. Such as: (2)
Headings. (a)
The subj heading or title.
(b)
Main headings.
(c)
Gp headings.
(d)
Para heading.
(e) (3)
Sub-para heading.
Refs.
268 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(4)
Para no.
(5)
Contents.
(1)
Complementary ending.
(2)
Signature.
c. Subscription. The subscription starts immediately after the text and consists of everything below the final para of the text. Such as:
(3)
Supplementary docus: (a)
Anx.
(b)
Appx.
(c)
Encl.
(4)
Address/distr.
(6)
Privacy mk.
(7)
Sy cl.
(5)
Page no.
The contents of each part may vary with the docus and an example which illustrates what constitutes these parts incl the basic conventions of standard layout in Service writing is at Annex A to this sec. This and other examples in this pub are designed to illustrate the position to the various elements, not all of which need appear in any one form of Svc writing. SUPERSCRIPTION
Sy Cl 4. The sy cl is the cat or grade given to the def info contained in a docu. It indicates the degree of national sy that would result from its unauth disclosure and the protection is to be given to gd against such a disclosure. The 4 sy cls are: a. TOP SECRET. Info and mat, the unauth disclosure of which would cause exceptionally grave damage to the nation is to be graded TOP SECRET.
b. SECRET. Info and mat, the unauth disclosure of which would cause serious injury to the interests of the nation is to be graded SECRET. c. CONFIDENTIAL. Info and mat, the unauth disclosure of which would be prejudicial to the interest of the nation is to be graded CONFIDENTIAL. d. RESTRICTED. Info and mat, the unauth disclosure of which would be undesirable to the interest of the nation is to be graded RESTRICTED.
269 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 5. Originators of cl docus are resp for applying the appr cl at the earliest opportunity. Over cl should be avoided. Mil ex papers/mat need to be protected from unauth disclosure. Therefore, an appropriate security classification to be given to the ex papers/mat with a prefix ‘Ex’. 6. A cl docu is to be mk in such a way that its cl can be seen at a glance and cannot be overlooked. On typed or duplicated docus the sy cl is to be typed on each page of typed script in capitals in full, not underlined, centrally at the top and bottom, front and back, of each page. Similarly it can be rubber-stamped. If pre-printed or pre-stamped paper is used, the sy cl need not also be typed.
7. Translucent master copies and master copies fed into photocopier are to be boldly rubber-stamped with the sy cl if reqr so that it is reproduced clearly on all copies. 8. In loose leaf books, the sy cl is to be printed or stamped centrally at the top and bottom of the front and back covers and similarly on every page. Loose leaf binders are not permanent bindings and stapling is not a secure form of fastening. 9. In books permanently and securely bound, the sy cl is to be printed or stamped in the centre of the top and bottom of the outside of the front and back covers, all pages incl the title page and on any insertions such as maps, drawings, sketches, or photographs which may be incorporated and which can be indl cl. 10. In a docu which embodies several self-contained secs, each page of each sec is to bear the highest cl appr to the sec, the whole docus is to bear a cl at least as high as the most highly cl sec it contains. 11. Each item of minutes of meetings or directives is to be marked with its own cl along each item heading so that subsequent action is not hampered by the gen application of too high a cl, but the highest cl quoted is to be applied to the docu as a whole. Secs of such docus, when extracted, are cl according to the content of the portion extracted.
12. A covering ltr or minute is to be marked with a cl appr to its own content, and attn is to be drawn to the cl of the encl by marking the ltr or minute at the top of the first page, eg ‘COVERING TOP SECRET’ or ‘CONFIDENTIAL COVERING SECRET’. Privacy Marking
13. Docus containing info that does not involve national interests and therefore does not merit sy protection, may nevertheless reqr a degree of protection or spl handling. Docus concerning the personal affairs of staff, for example, may fall within this cat. These docus are to be endorsed with the privacy marking ‘IN CONFIDENCE, proceeded if nec by an appr prefix, eg ‘STAFF IN CONFIDENCE’, ‘MEDICAL IN CONFIDENCE’. Privacy markings are shown at the top and bottom of every page in capital ltrs and are not underlined. An ‘IN CONFIDENCE’ docu that also contains cl info is to be mk with its sy cl in addition to the privacy marking, the sy cl appearing above the privacy mk at the top of each page and below it at the bottom.
270 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Precedence 14. Ltrs and papers reqr quick handling may be given a precedence mk. There are 2 degrees of precedence:
a. IMMEDIATE. The precedence 'IMMEDIATE' is to be res for matters of great urgency. Papers mk 'IMMEDIATE' take pri over all others in prep, are dispatched by the fastest means aval and are given precedence in handling and action by their recipients. Auth of 'IMMEDIATE' precedence is normally confined to sr staff offrs and comds of indep units and must be used with discrimination.
b. PRIORITY. The precedence PRIORITY is to be res for matters which reqr precedence over ordinary business. Papers mk 'PRIORITY' are given first precedence after those marked 'IMMEDIATE' although dispatched by normal postal or other del svcs. 'PRIORITY' papers can be originated by a commissioned offr or civ of eqvt status.
15. Marking. The precedence marking is shown in capital ltrs at the top right of the first page only and is not underlined or abbr. If the ltr of draft is cl, or has a privacy marking, the precedence marking is double spaced below the line, and to the right of the sy cl of privacy marking (see Annex A) except Losse Minute where it is shown on the left.
16. Msg Precedence. There are four types of precedence used in sig msg. See the lesson Msg Writing. Copy Numbering
17. All SECRET and TOP SECRET docus are to bear indl copy no, eg ‘Copy No 1 of 20’ at the top right corner of the cover or the first page of the main docus below the precedence marking, if any. Similarly, the first page of each anx, appx, trace or other attachment forming part of the copy no docus is given indl copy no. In addition, all op and admin orders, instructions and aprc whatever their sy cl, are given copy nos in the same way. When only one copy of a docu requring a copy no exists, it is shown as 'Copy Number 1 of 1'. The allocation of copy no docus is shown in the distr list. When reg and wide distrs are made, each addressee should receive the same copy number every time. When copies of copy-no docus are auth, they are to be marked 'Reproductions Copy Number....... of ........’ imm above the original copy no. This would indicate the total no of copies reproduced. Address
18. Originator's Address. All official corres originated within and addsd to any one of the 3 Svcs should contain the fol components: a. Unit designation. b. Name of place, garrison, ship, base and/or post town, using initial capital letters fol by post box if applicable.
19. Recipient's Address. This is written in the same manner as in Paragraph 18a. If there are several addressees then see Paragraph 56 for its layout. When the
271 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
department, branch or directorate required to take action is known to the sender then this is included under the HQ/unit's designation. The section of the directorate, if applicable, should be shown within brackets after the directorate (in abbreviated form) as fol: AHQ AG's Br PS Dte (PS-1)
20. Non-Service Address. Letters to govt depts and civ org should bear the unabbreviated designation of the sender and recipient and have the full postal address (including street name if necessary) before the post town as discussed in Paras 18 and 19. This is to ensure that the envelope can be correctly addsd. Officially recognized abbrs eg WASA (Water and Sewerage Authority), Power Development Board (PDB) etc, can be used except in corres with foreign orgs. Telephone Number 21. Date
The tel ext no fol the main tel no, eg: Telephone :
9870011 ext 3178
22. In the Svc writing (exceptions non-op writings), the month and year are typed in abbr form under the adds block. The signatory of a document is to insert the day of the month in manuscript at the time of signing. In corres where there is no adds block, eg loose minute, the date is inserted in the subscription under the signature block. When writing the date in full, ie day, month and year in unabbr form, it is not nec to incl the day in its particular word form, eg first written as 1st or sixth written as 6th; the correct method is 01 or 06 (the day of the month is always expressed in two figures eg 05 or 11). In writing the month it is always spelt out in words and not subtituted by the figure of its numerical order. Additionally, dates in Bangla may be inserted before the English date. Example for date is as fol:
DSCSC Mirpur Cantt Tel: 8012511 ext-239 Baishakh 1409 Apr 2002
Identifying Reference 23. All Svc corres have an ident ref which may be a no or nos, a series of letters or a combination of both. In msg writing this is known as originator’s no. Supplementary
272 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
docus other than encls bear the ref of the parent docu. The ident ref is placed opposite the date. TEXT
Salutation 24. In certain corres, eg formal or demi-official ltrs, it is customary to begin with the salutation ‘Sir/Dear.....’ as the case may be above the subj heading, if any or the text. This is normally inserted in manuscript by the signatory at the time of signing except in case of formal letter when it is typed in. No comma is to be used after the salutation or in the ending. Headings
25. When a docu is lengthily or the subj complex, the text is divided by headings. These assist the writer’s logical dev of the theme and dir the reader’s attn to what follows. Except in op writing, headings should stand on their own and not form part of any sentence that follows, eg the fol is wrong: Plantation. This will be discussed tomorrow.
The corredct version should be:
Plantation. The plantation programme will be discussed tomorrow.
26. The Subj Heading or Title. Most docus start with short statement of the subj called the subj heading or title. In a simple docu and Svc corres, the subj heading starts at the left-hand margin in underlined capitals and is not fol by a full stop. Subj headings in anxs, appxs, maps, traces, overlays, charts, graphs and other display docus should be placed in centre, in underlined capitals and is not to be fol by full stops. In docu involving the use of main headings (see Para 27), the subj heading is treated as a main heading (except in case of the supplementary docus as just mentioned).
27. Main Headings. In docus involving the use of both main and group headings such as Svc papers, aprcs, pubs and precis, the main heading is placed centrally over the typed area, in underlined capitals and is not fol by a full stop. In a 2-line heading, if one line is nec shorter than the other, the second line is to be the shorter and placed centrally under the first line. 28. Group Headings. A group heading is used to intro one or more paras on the same general subj. It covers all subsequent paras before the next main or group heading. It occupies a line by itself beginning at the left-hand margin; it is not no and is not fol by a full stop. Group headings are in initial capitals for important words and underlined. 29. Paragraph Headings. A para heading covers only its own para and any integral sub-para. Initials capitals are for important words, the heading is underlined and fol by a full stop. Not every para need have a heading, but, once a para heading is used, succeeding paras down to the next main or group heading should have headings. A para heading may be on a line by itself (fol by a full stop), fol imm by sub-paras, as in Para 41.
273 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 30. Sub-paragraph Headings. Sub-para headings and those of any further subdivisions fol rules similar to those for para headings. References
31. Ref to Other Papers. If ref is made to any docu not encl with a ltr or paper, the title or ident ref and dt of that docu is shown immediately above the text and below the word ‘Ref(s):. The originating auth is to be prefixed to the ident ref when this is not selfevident in the letter. Each docu listed is identified by a capital letter and may be referred to in the text, eg, 'Ref A'. Alternatively: a. The sys of notation for footnotes outlined in Para 46 (and 0417 of JSSDM) may be used as the ref sys. b. When a single ref only is involved, and particularly in demi-official letters and letters to civs, it may be incl in the text or in the space sometimes provided in a printed letter-head.
32. Ref to Signal Msg. Ref to signal msg is made by quoting the originator, originatior's no and date-time group as shown in Para 13 of Msg Writing.
33. Ref to Extracts and Translations. Extracts from a docu are identified by the original chapter, article and para no, as appropriate, but never by page nos. When a docu is translated or reprinted, the original chapter, article and para no are retained but page no may be changed. 34. Ref to Maps and Charts. A map is ident by the country or geographical area, sheet no and scale. If applicable, a map series may precede the country or area and the edition may be shown before the scale. A chart is identified by the no and title. Paragraph Numbering
35. Paras are no in Arabic numerals, but a single para is not numbered and indented except when it contains sub-paras. A para can never have a single sub-para and so on except in writing att/det or grouping in op writing. Sub-paras are to be no alphabetically in small letters, but letter 'I' (India) and 'O' (Oscar) are not to be used to avoid confusion with '1' (one) or 'O' (Zero). If a para contains a list or example which has no sub-para no(s) then the list or example is to be indented one sub-division to the right of the para no. Similar rules apply to sub paras and so on. In letters to the civs, the writer should be guided by good tatse in deciding whether to no para, eg para in letters of condolence would never be no. 36. The method of numbering paras and sub-paras and of indenting sub-paras is given in Anx A and B to this lesson. 37. In a docu containing many separate parts, chapters and sec, for eg JSSDM2003, the method used for no the para varies in that the chapter/sec no and a series of one or more noughts precede the para no. To provide continuity leading onto the next series of para in other chapters/secs, the unused para are listed at the end of the preceding chapters/secs, grouped together and annotated by the word 'Reserved'.
274 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Contents
38. Punctuation. Normal punctuation is used in the text of Svc writing. Lists and sub-paras are intro by a colon (except where imm fol a para heading), and each subpara ends with a full stop unless further subdivided.
39. Spelling. The auth for spelling is the latest edition of 'The Concise Oxford Dictionary.' The first spelling given should normally be used. 40.
41.
Underlining. Underling is not normally used to achieve emphasis in the text.
Abbreviations. a.
Gen.
(1) In Svc writing abbrs used are those shown in Sec 16 of JSSDM2003.
(2) However, other abbrs may be used if the writer considers the helpful; in this case they must be explained the first time they appear in the text eg ‘covering troops (CT)’ or listed in a separate annex, unless they are: (a) (b)
In Sec 16 of JSSDM-2003.
In gen use, eg UNO, NATO, etc.
(c) Specialist abbrs well understood by both writer and all likely recipients of the paper in ques, eg etc, eg, ie, viz, BA, BSc, Mr, Mrs, etc.
b.
(3) Once a word has been abbr, it is to be abbr throughout the same docu.
Other Rules.
(1) Composite Nouns/Verbs. Any composite noun or verb or one containing a prefix or suffix, may be abbr by abbreviating that part of it for which there is an auth abbr, eg mob (mobilize), demob (demobilize), minefd (minefield). Exceptions are in cases where there is an auth abbr with prefix or suffix eg C attk (Counter attack). (2) Full Stop and Commas. Full stops are not used in abbrs and between a person’s initials or decorations/quals. Commas are used after the name and between abbrs of brs, dtes, quals and Svc/regt/corps eg: Lt Col Abul Basher, BU, psc, E Bengal Brig Fakruddin Ahmed, awc, psc, G
275 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(3) Plurals. Some abbrs indicate both the singular and plural forms and do not reqr the addition of ‘s’ eg rat (ration, rations), OR (other rank, other ranks). Abbrs of measurements remain unaltered in plural eg m (metre, metres), l (litre, litres). If the addition of ‘s’ is nec, it is always placed at the end of the abbr eg GOCs (General Officers Commanding). An 's' may be added only to the abbr of a noun. However, the first and third person singular of a verb which may be abbr are inentical eg fol (follow, follows).
(4) Verbs. If there is an auth abbr for a particular verb in Sec 16 of JSSDM-2003 which is in present indefinite form, the same should be used for abbreviating all derivatives and tenses of that verbs eg sp (support), support(ed), support(ing), support(er), support(ive), etc. For clarity, the word in full in its intended form may be used in case of confusion. Exceptions are in case of a particular tense of a verb of a specific derivative of a word eg bldg (building), retd (retired), addl (additional), etc which will be used only for that particular word(s) as given and for no other derivatives.
(5) Multiple Meaning. Some abbr can be used for two or more meanings as given at Sec 16 Annex C of JSSDM-2003 eg AB for ‘air borne’ and ‘after burner’. Again in case of confusion, the same may be written in full as mentioned. (6) Ampersand. An ampersand ‘&’ is to be used instead of ‘and’ where appropriate in dept and similar titles, eg AA&QMG, R&D, Messrs Rahman & Sons, etc.
(7) Compass Points. The 4 cardinal points of the compass are always written in full in small letters, eg north. The intermediate points can be written as shown: (a)
Abbr using the initial letters, eg NE, NNE.
(b)
In full using a hyphen, eg north-east, north-north-east.
(8) Capitals. If the first ltr of the abbr item is in capitals as in Sec 16 of JSSDM-2003 and other abbrs referred there to, then it will be in capitals throughout its use anywhere eg C attk, Attk etc.
c. Use in Svc Writing. In both op and non-op writing and signal messages max use of abbr is to be made, exceptions being the para headings of op and admin orders in op writing and for non-op writing in demi-official, commanded and formal letters and Svc papers. However, in BAF abbr may be used while writing Svc papers on op matters.
d. Use with Allied Forces and Non-svc Auths. In Svc writing, no abbrs as at Sec 16 of JSSDM-2003 are used when corresponding with Allied Forces and non-Svc auths. However, abbrs may be used in op writing having para-mil forces as addresses.
276 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
e. National Distinguishing Letters. be used to identify nations are at Anx C.
The distinguishing letters which may
42. Numerals. Fractions and whole no, except 'one' are to be written in figures. When a no is the first word in a sentence or when it refers to quantitative no of fmns, units, ships, bases, etc, it should be spelt out to avoid confusion (see Para 44b). The figure '1' is used whenever it occurs in dates, para and chapter nos, serial nos in tables and diagrams, etc. If adjacent nos indicate quantities and dimensions, either the first should be spelt out, ie, twelve 10-ton trucks, or separated by the multiplication sign, eg 12 x 10-ton trucks'. The procedure for referring to fractions and whole numbers in signal msg is in Msg Writing. Ordinals are usually abbr eg 6th Staff Course, 1st World War. 43. Date and Times. These are written as fol:
a. Dts. A date is written in the sequence: day, month, year, eg 01 Ju 1999. A dt is abbr by using the no of the day in 2 figs, (02 in case of day 2) the first three letters of the month and if nec by adding the last two digits of the yr, eg 01 Jul 99 or 01 Jul 1999 in full. b. Ni. A ni is described by both dts over which it extends, eg Night 29/30 Sep or Night 30 Sep or Night 30 Sep/01 Oct.
c. Midnight. The term 'midnight' is not used when ref to that precise time. '0000 hrs' and the dt are used, eg '0000 hrs 16 Jun’ represents midnight on the Night 15/16 Jun; note however, that there are special rules for, msg/sig writing.
d. Twelve-Hour-Clock System. While never used in Svc writing, time expressed in terms of the 12-hr clock fol by 'am' or 'pm' is normal in dealing with civ and in invitation to social events. e. Time. Time is expressed in 4 figs by ref to the 24-hr clock; the first pair of fig indicates the hr and the second pair the minutes past the hr.
(1) In Op Writing. In op writing, the 4 figs are fol by a time zone suffix, eg 2359F. In aprc and orders where the format incl the phrase 'Time Zone Used Throughout the Order':......., times in the text do not reqr a zone suffix. (2) In Svc Writing. In other Svc writing, the 4 figs may be fol by the time zone suffix or 'hrs' when confusion with other fig, such as grid ref and other time zones, is poss, eg 1100F or 1100 hrs.
f. Date-Time-Groups (DTGs). DTGs are used to give the dt and time incl time zone of origin of sig msg and certain orders. They consist of 6 figs, (the first 2 giving the dt and the last 4 the time) fol by a time zone suffix. (1) In Op Writing. The format in aprc and orders incl the phrase ‘Time Zone Used Throughout the ......'. Dt- time gps in the text of aprc and orders in such cases are fol by the first 3 letters of the month, eg 221415 Feb. Where there is a poss of an ambiguity, this may be amplified by the addition of the last 2 figs of the yr, eg 221415 Feb 02.
277 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(2) In Svc Writing. The DTG may also be used in the text of Svc writing. It should then be fol by a time zone suffix when the format does not incl the phrase 'Time Zone Used Throughout the...........; and may be amplified by the addition of the month and yr, eg 1415F on 22 Feb 2002 is written 221415F Feb 02.
(3) In Sig Msg. Remember DTGs of sig msg must be fol by a time zone suffix and first 3 letters of the month.
g. D.
In Relation to an Op. The sys of relating days and hrs to an op is at Anx
a.
Ident nos are written in Arabic numerals before the description:
44. Description of Fmns, Units and Dets. written in their abbr forms as shown:
b.
Titles of fmns and units are normally
11 Inf Div (11 Infantry Division) 35 PCS (35 Patrol Craft Squadron) 5 Sqn (Number 5 Squadron)
Quantitative nos of fmns, units, ships, bases, etc are always written in full: One division or one div (a single division) One patrol craft squadron or one PCS (a single patrol craft squadron) Twenty-eight squadrons or twenty-eight sqns
c. A fmn or unit from which a portion is excluded is described as '2 Inf Bde less two bns' (2 Infantry Brigade less two battalions).
45. Description of Locs and Areas. There are many ways of describing loc, positions and areas. These are enumerated below: a.
Locs and Pts. There are 5 ways of identifying posns: (1) Place Name. In addition to the place name, the grid ref of latitude and longitude is normally given the first time the place is mentioned. (2) Grid Ref. The gp of 4 or 6 figs must always be preceded by the alphabetical block of 2 capitals designating the 60-nautical mile square in 1:1,000,000 maps and the 100,000-yard square in 1:250,000 maps.
(3) Geographical Ref Sys (GEOREF). GEOREF is a grid sys based on latitude and longitude. Each 15 degree square is identified by a pair of letters; within each 15-degree square, one-degree squares are also identified by 2 letters. A full GEOREF would therefore be ML NK 2052; the abbr would be NK 2052. (4) Latitude and Longitude. It is usual to give the 4 or 5 figs incl degrees and minutes of arc, fol by the letter appr to the particular
278 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
hemisphere, without the use of symbols or words denoting degrees or minutes, eg '5452N 00136W'.
b.
(5) Bearing and Distance from a Simple Ref Pt. A bearing may be given in pts of the compass or in figs, eg north-west or '315 degrees (3150) or 5600 miles'; bearings are given as from true magnetic or grid north and the type used must always be specified. A bearing and distance is usually expressed with the bearing-from before, and the distance-from after, the name of the ref pt, eg '3150 degree (T) NAB TOWER 7.9 miles or 5600 miles (T) NAB TOWER 9.8 kilometers'. Grd Locs Areas and Bdry.
(1) Names of Places and Features. The names of places and features are spelt exactly as on the map in use, except that word 'River', written in full, precedes the names of all rivers regardless of the language in which this word appears on the map. The addition of a grid ref square is nearly always nec, and for a river it should be square in which the name appears.
(2) Roads, Tracks and Railways. Rds, trs and rlys are described by the names of places loc on them. The word 'Road', 'Track' or 'Railways' must precede, not fol the place names, eg 'Rd Dhaka-Tangail'. (3) River Banks. River banks are described as right or left from the point of view of an observer facing down stream or, if this cannot be done, by using cardinal points. 'Near' or 'far' may be used with ref to the friendly force in ops involving a river crossing. (4) Canals. The name of the canal, or names of places on it are used to describe a canal. The banks are usually described by means of the cardinal points, eg the north bank of the GK Canal. (5) Channels. Channels are described by name, or by the name of the nearest feature or town, fol by the word 'Channel'. Buoys in a channel are ref to by name, port hand or starboard hand (left and right hand side of the channel, facing in the direction of the main or flood stream), by their shape (can, conical, spherical, etc), or by position.
(6) Routes. When mov is involved, a route is described by a sequence of points on the route named in the direction of mov. When no mov is involved, the sequence of pts named is to be from left to right or rear to front, assuming that the person designating the route is facing the en. Cardinal pts may be added if reqr.
(7) Areas. An area is described by taking the northern most pt first and giving the remaining pts in clock-wise order. (8) Positions. Posns are described from left to right and front to rear facing the en. To avoid confusion, cardinal pts may be used to describe flanks, rather than 'left' or 'right'.
279 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
(9) Boundaries. Boundaries are designated by easily distinguishable features on the grd in the sequence in which they occur. They are described from rear to front during an advance and from front to rear in defence and withdrawal. If generally parallel to the front, eg rear boundaries, they are described from left to right facing the en. Cardinal pts may be added if reqr. When describing boundaries between units and fmns, the words 'inclusive' or 'exclusinve' are used before the place to which they refer. The description of a bdry must state specifically to which unit or fmn an area or a pt is inclusive or exclusive.
46. Notes. Amplification of specific pts in tables, diag may be made by using ‘Notes’. They are not normally used in the text of Svc paper. When used:
a. Notes are numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals, the series starting a new for each chapter. They are listed under the heading ‘Notes:’ at the foot of the page on which they occur, on the left margin above the sy cl. b. Attn is drown to the relevant note by inserting the appropriate numeral in brackets immediately after the pt. See the annexs to this sec for examples.
47. Cross Reference. Ref to another part of the text in the same paper is made by para only, eg 'see Para 37'. The words 'above' and 'below 'are not used. SUBSCRIPTION
Complimentary Ending 48. This is inserted in formal ltr corres where a salutation precedes the subj heading. It is customary to end such corres by inserting ‘Yours faithfully’ written as shown in the example in Svc Corres. In the case of demi-official ltrs, this is ‘Yours sincerely’ or any other appr ending. Signature
49. In all Svc writing, other than demi-official letters the ident of the signatory is to be shown in the signature block together with his rank and appt. When the signatory signs a docu on behalf of his superior, the appt of the superior on whose behalf the docu is signed is shown, with the word ‘For’ typed before the appt. Routine corres addsd either singly or simultaneously to higher and lower addressees can be signed for the commander. In such case two separate signature blocks are not nec. The signature block therefore contains: a. On the top line, initials and the name of the signatory in block capitals without brackets. No decorations, awards or symbols are to be shown. b.
On the cen line, the signatory’s rank and Svc where appropriate.
c. On the last line, the appt of the signatory or the appt of the indl on whose behalf the docu is signed for by the signatory. Examples of signature block are as fols:
280 RESTRICTED
M Z HASAN Brig Gen For CGS
RESTRICTED
M A KHAN CSO 1 (Stat) 50. The signatory should personally sign all copies of documents going to act and info addressees. When numerous copies are produced it is usually acceptable for the signatory to sign the original or stencil. It is the prerogative of the Chiefs of Staff to sign in green ink. Fmn comds, base comds, comdts of training institutions when corresponding within their respective fmns or estbs may also sing in green ink. For all other official corres black ink is to be used.
51. When a comd or sr offr has personally drafted or approved an urgent policy or other important docu and is unable to sign through unavoidable absence, the docu can be signed over the commander’s complete subscription block by an offr on his behalf. The offr signing must identity himself fully and explain why he is signing. On these occasions ‘For’ is written in manuscript alongside the signature block together with an explanation, eg ‘Absent on duty’, also in manuscript. The person signing should insert below his signature sufficient detail of his name, rank, appt etc to enable him to be clearly ident. Recommendations, important req or opinions should always be signed by the comd himself. Ltr to minor censure may be signed by sr staff offr but only approval by the comd. Serious reprimands should be signed by the comd. Jr staff offrs must not sign lts refusing a req. Supplementary Docus
52. Anxs. Supplementary docus that amplify the parent document are called anxs. They are used when the inclusion of all the detail in the body of the parent docu would make it cumbersome. Anxs should normally be att to the docu to which they relate but may be issued separately if needed. Distr of anxs dealing with specialized matters which do not concern all recipients of the main docu may be restricted to those who require special information. Anxs should be: a.
Ref to in the text of the parent docu.
b. Lettered consecutively in capitals in the order in which they appear in the text; this includes a single anx ie Anx A. c.
Given their own subj headings.
d. Listed at the close of the parent docu prior to the distr, under the heading ‘Anx(es)’ which is fol by a colon and not underlined. While listing the wording used to ident the anx(es) will be the same as their subj headings. e.
Copy no in accordance with Para 17.
The anx block is inserted in the top right-hand margine of the first page in underlined capitals showing the ident ref of the main docu, so that anx can be ident if for any
281 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
reason they become detached, the form of wording normally used which may be on 2 or more lines as convenient, being: ANX A TO ASEA LTR NO G/222 DT 25 MAY 2013
53. Appxs. be : a.
Supplementary docus that amplify an anx are called appx. They should Ref to in the text of the parent anx.
b. No consecutively in Arabic numerals in the orders in which they appear in the text; this incls a single appx, ie Appx 1. c.
Given subj heading like that of an anx.
d. Listed at the close of the parent anx, (but not the main parent docu), under the heading 'Appx(es)', which is fol by a colon and is not underlined just like an anx. The wording used to ident appx(es) will be the same as their subj headings. e.
Copy no as an anx.
The appx block is inserted in the top right-hand margin of the first page in underlined capitals, showing the ident ref of the main docus, the form of wording normally used, which may be on 3 or more lines as convenient, being: APPX 1 TO ANX A TO ASEA LTR NO 123/G DT 25 MAY 2013
54. Encls. Docus that are complete in themselves and sent with a covering docu are called encl: they are refered to in the text of the covering docu. Encls are listed numerically at the end of the parent docu prior to distribution under the heading ‘Encls:’ and stating the title, reference and dt as appropriate. If an enclosure has a copy no, this is also to be stated against such listings. Address/Distribution
55. In a Svc writing, the addressees are listed under the heading 'Distr' imm after the signature block, but on the left hand side of the last page or on a separate sheet of paper. However, if a letter/docu contains supplementary docus, then the distr is shown imm after listing the supplementary docus eg anxes, encls etc. 56. is:
When there are several addressees the order in which they are listed in the distr a.
External act addressees.
b.
External info addressees.
282 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. Internal addressees (act and info area shown separately if required). The order in which internal addressees are listed depends on the estb practice of the originating Svc or headquarters. External addressees are listed in order of sr. Within sr they are shown in order of numerical title, if appr or alphabetically. In the Navy, corres is alwys addsd to the holder of the appt, not to a headquarters or unit. 57. If more than one copy of docu is being sent to any addressee the no of copies is added in brackets unless it is 'copy no' when the copy nos are shown. 58. When it is nec to ensure that corres is seen by a certain indl, the expression, 'For the attention of ............' is inserted in brackets beneath the addressee above all other details of the adds and the env is similarly marked. 59.
Examples of the layout of distrs are shown at the anxs to this lesson.
Page Numbering
60. All pages of all docus, other than single page docus are numbered at the bottom cen, immediately above the sy and privacy marking. Pages of chapters are normally to be numbered consecutively from the beginning to the end of the whole docus. When this is administratively inconvenient, eg in the case of a loose-leaf book or when constituent parts are circulated separately, pages may be given the chapter or sec no fol by the page no, as in JSSDM-2003. Pages of an anx, incl a single page anx, are then given the letter of the anx fol by the page no, eg 'A-1', 'A-2', etc. In addition, pages of anx that fol chapters, as in JSSDM-2003, are to have the anx letter prededed by the chapter no, eg '1A-1', '1A-2', etc. The pages of an appx including single-page appx, are given the anx letter fol by the appx no and the no of the page, eg 'A1-1', 'A1-2', 'B1-2', etc. 61.
For all copy no docus as shown at Para 17, the fol rules also apply: a.
Single page docus are to be page no.
b. The main docu is to incl, below the copy no a statement of the total no of pages in the entire docu (including all anxs or other att but not encl) in the form ‘Total pages..........' c. The total no of pages in the main part (excl anxs and other att) is to be shown on the first page of the main part in the form '1 of 1' or '1 of 20'.
d. The total no of pages in each anx, appx or other att is to be similarly shown on its first page in the form 'A-1 of 1', ‘B2-1 of 3'. Either sys of page no described in Para 60 may be adopted but whatever sys is used, it must ensure that it will be clearly evident whether any pages are missing when a docu it mustered or the pages chechked eg 'B1 of 1', 'A1-1 of 2' etc.
Privacy Marking 62.
See Para 13.
Security Classification
283 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 63.
See Para 4-12.
OTHER RULES
65. Expressing Orders and Intentions. of the fol words:
Orders and instrs are conveyed by the use
a. 'Is to 'or' Are to' (Imperative). The words 'is to' or 'are to' are used to convey a dir order. b. 'To' (Infinitive). The infinitive form of the verb is used to express an aim or intention. The executive form is used to give out a mission eg 'Hold river line..... or 'Capture Objective A .......' etc.
66.
c. Should. In directives or instrs 'should' may be used to express the requirement where it is nec to leave initiative and discretion to the comd on the spot.
Specific Meanings. The fol words have specific meaning in the Svc:
a. Intend. 'Intend' is used to signify an intention which will be carried out unless countermanded by higher auth.
b. Propose. 'Propose' is used, more usually in sig msgs, to suggest a course of action which will not be carried out unless approved by higher auth. c. 'Request'. When used by a sr to a jr, 'request' is a courteous method of conveying an order, otherwise its meaning accords with English usage.
d. 'Will'. The verb 'will' is used only to convey info or express the future tense.
Capitals 67.
Capital letters are used for every ltr of the fol: a.
Subj headings.
c.
Code words and nicknames.
d.
Proper nouns in op writing.
e.
Precedence marking.
f.
Sy cl and privacy marking on top and bottom of all pages.
b.
Main headings.
g.
The word 'DRAFT' at the top centre of a draft.
h.
Para headings of written op and adminO.
284 RESTRICTED
j.
Certain abbrs as shown in Sec-16 of JSSDM-2003.
k.
The names of ships.
l.
The ref block on anxs and appxs (top right).
m.
68.
RESTRICTED
The post code where applicable.
n.
The name of the signatory in the signature block of a ltr.
p.
Time zone when spelt out in full.
n.
Msg writing and writings in Army symbols.
In addition to the opening word of a sentence, capital ltrs are used for the first ltr of:
a. A proper noun or adjective derived therefrom, eg, 'Bangladesh’, 'Bangladeshi'. b. The imp words in gp, para and sub para headings. c.
The first word of listed items.
d. The principal words in the list of subsidiary docus ie anxs, appxs, encls, flags, side flags, etc and that of the agenda of a meeting. e. Words associated with the particulars, eg 'Para 3', Page 2', 'Anx A' or by rule of common usage eg days of the wk and months of the yr.
f. The principal words in rks and appts when ref to a spec indl or appt, but not when using the word collectively. g.
The principal words in colm headings.
h. The words Svc(s), Army, Navy, Air Force, where they ref to the BD Armed Forces eg, 'Svc writing', 'Army offrs'. j. Certain abbrs that are already capitals as shown in Sec-16 of JSSDM2003.
Drafting and Typing
69. Manuscript Drafts. layout to the reqr format.
Manuscript drafts should be double spaced and similar in
70. Rules for Typing. An example of the standard layout is at Anx A and rules governing layout are outlined in Anx B to this lesson. Detailed examples of indl types of corres for use by the 3 Svcs are in the anxes to Sec 3 of JSSDM-2003. 71.
The Rules Governing Preparation of Signal Messages. See Msg Writing.
Code Words and Nicknames
285 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 72. A code word is a single word to provide security cover for ref to a particular cl matter, whereas a nickname consists of 2 words used for convenience for ref to a particular matter where sy protection is not reqr.
73. Code Words. The primary purpose of code words is to ensure proper security concerning intentions and to safeguard info pertaining to cl ops and projects. Examples of the use of code incl: a. Providing names for plans, projects and ops.
b. Concealing intentions in docus, comm and discussions relating to plans, projects and ops. c.
The designation of geographical loc in conjunction with Para 0273a and b.
All code words are to be taken from a list maint by the Armed Forces Division, Ministry of Defence or the Svc HQs. Their issue and cancellation are registered.
74. Nicknames. Nicknames do not provide sy cover and may by used for convenience in inter-comm, for ref to uncl and RESTRICTED matters, for target indication and for routine ex/ops. When used in ref to geographical locs to indicate the whereabouts of troops during operations, they do not provide much sy cover particularly in sit where our act becomes identifiable to an en. They can be useful as ref to places, eg it is easier to say AGNI BEENA than BRAHMANBARIA BAZAR. They are not to be used to indicate comds or to ident units or fmns. When selecting nicknames, the fol pts must be considered:
a. Nicknames may be selected at random by the originator who is also responsible for info all concerned of their meanings. b. c.
Neither of the 2 word may be a colour.
The first word of a nickname is not to be either 'OP' or 'EX'.
d. In no case may the second word be 'ROUTE' ' ROOT' 'ROUT, or any similar sounding word.
e. The words chosen should not be such that they can be run into one another and so be confused with a code word, eg 'MMATCH BOX' could become 'MATCHBOX'. f. The use of a word, say 'IRON' with nos to give 'IRON ONE' 'IRON TWO', etc, to indicate particular phases of an op may comprise a code word and is to be avoided. g. The use in one op of a series of associated words eg item of clothing is to be avoided.
Units of Measurement
286 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
75. Methods of expressing measurements have been standardized and are to be used accordingly. Acknowledgement of Source of Quoted Material 76. Quotations. Mat quoted in Svc writing is ack by annotating the text as outlined in Para 31 and the ack treated as a note except that the heading 'Notes:' is not used. The quotation will appear as '1. The Govt Economic Plan from Current Affairs by M. Jalil'.
77. Bibliographies. A bibliography is a list of material used for auth consulted in the preparation of a paper. It should incl the authors' names, titles of books or articles, the publishers, and the dates of pub. The list appears at the end of the paper under the main/gp heading 'BIBLIOGRAPY'/ Bibliography. Amendments
78. When a paper of letter is revised or resubmitted with amendments, paras which contain amdts or new subj matter are to be sidelined for case of ref. It is particularly important to fol this practice when long and involved drafts are being amended. However, every docu should have an amendment sheet to record such amendments or additions to its text. Proposals to effect any changes are listed under one amendment list fol by a fig and the dt (see Amdt Record Sheet in this manual for layout). Whenever such changes are incorporated, the no of such change eg CHANGE 1 is to be written at the bottom right corner of everry page or part there of so amended. Seniority of Service 79.
The sr of the Svc in Svc writing is as fol: a.
Army.
b.
Navy.
c.
Air Force.
d.
Inter Svc Orgs.
80. In docus or corres where the addressees incl those from the originator’s Svc as well as those from one or more of the other 2 Svcs, the address block of distr list is listed out in the fol order of sr: a.
HQ, units and indls of the originator's Svc.
b. HQ, units and indls of the other Svc based on the seniority as given in Para 79. c. HQ, units and indls of the other inter Svcs orgs in the sequence given at Anx G to Sec-2 of JSSDM-2003.
287 RESTRICTED
81.
RESTRICTED
The sr within the Svc is at Anx G to Sec-2 of JSSDM-2003.
Seniority of Para-Military Forces
82. Para-Mil forces will be listed after all the Svcs HQs/fmns/units and the inter Svc org as per fol sr: a.
Border Gaurd Bangladesh.
b.
Coast Guard.
c.
Bangladesh Police.
d.
Bangladesh National Cadet Corps.
e.
Bangladesh Ansar and Village Defece Party.
Use of Ranks by Retired of Released Personnel
83. Retired or release Svc pers may indicate their rks with their names as shown below:
84.
a.
Maj Mohammad Fazle Ali, psc (retd)
b.
Air Commodore S Rahman (retd)
c.
Commander Ismat Harun, (C),psc, BN (retd)
The Bangla meanings of sy cls are as fol: a. b. c. d.
TOP SECRET: অিত গাপনীয় SECRET: িবেশষ গাপনীয়
CONFIDENTIAL: গাপনীয়
RESTRICTED: সীিমত
85. Sy cl is reqr to be given for ex. The unauth disclosure of info and mat used in ex, which would cause harm to conduct of mil op related to mil trg and to that org will have sy cl. The grading of sy cl will be given described in Para 4 basing on the merit of info related to ex. The word ex will prefix before the grading. 86. The Bangla meaning of precedence and privacy markings are as fols: a. b. c. Anxs:
IMMEDIATE: জ ির PRIORITY: অ গণ
IN CONFIDENCE: ব ি গত গাপনীয়
288 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED A. B. C. D. E. F. G.
Standard Layout of Service Writing Rules for Typing. National Distinguishing Letters. Sys of Relating Days and Hours to an Operation. Units of Measurement. Seniority of Armed Forces, Regiments, Corps and Units. Prac Questionnaire.
ANX A STANDARD LAYOUT OF SERVICE WRITING SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2) PRECEDENCE (1) (2) Reproduction Copy No .... of ..... (2) Copy Number ......of ........ (2) Total pages ...................
289 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Address of Sender (1) Telephone ....... Identifying Reference (1) Salutation (1) (2)
extension (2)
Date...........(1)
SUBJECT HEADING (1)
Reference(s) A. B.
................................. .................................
1. This example illustrates the basic conventions of standard layout in skeleton, using notes in the superscription and subscription and words in the text. Not all the examples given need nec appear in every type of paper. MAIN HEADING
2. The text may be divided by main, gp and para headings. The heading above this para is a main heading. It is placed centrally as is the subj heading because the later covers both main and gp headings. 1 of 3 (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)
290 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
Group Heading (3)
3. Gp headings intro one or more para on the same subj; the heading immediately above this para is an example. 4. Para Heading. A para heading covers only its own para and any sub-paras in it. Any subdivision of a para may have a heading. 5.
Sub-para. a.
This is an example of a sub para but further subdivision is possible: (1)
By sub-sub-paras, of which this is an example, and by: (a) Sub-sub-sub-para of which there may be several. Still further subdivision could be achieved thus. i.................................................................................. (b)
b.
(2)
..................................................................................
.............................................................................................
........................................................................................................ SUPPLEMENTARY DOCUMENTS
6. A variety of docus might accompany this paper. An annex which accompanied it would be referred to i the text and would be listed below; an appx to that anx would be referred to complete in itself, but its existence would be indicated at the close of the parent docus. 7.
An example of the layout of an anx is at Anx A to this paper. 2 PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2) SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)
291 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
Appropriate ending and Subscription (1) Annexes: A. B.
Layout of an Annex. (Layout example only - not enclosed) (1) (2)
Encllsures: (4) 1. 2. 3.
.............................. .............................. ..............................
Copy Number .......... of ......... (2)
Distribution:
Copy Number (2)
External : (5) Action : (5) ......................................................... Information : (5)
.......................................................... Internal : (5) Action .......................................................... Information :
........................................................... 3 PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2) SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)
292 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2) Copy No .........of ......... (2) ANX A TO DATED
(8)
LAYOUT OF AN ANX (1)
1. An anx is ident by a ref block which relates it to its parent paper. It is given its own subj heading and is thereafter laid out in the most appr form for the info it contains. 2. The paras are no, and headings may be used in the normal way. The subj heading should be in the centre of the anx in capitals. 3. When the parent paper presents a long or involves subj containing statistical or tabular info which relates to a particular anx only, such info may be presented as at Appx 1 to this anx. 4. An appx is headed in a similar way to an anx and may be given a lower sy cl. Appxs are ident by a no and given indl titles. They are listed below the text of their parents anx. Appx : (2) 1.
Tabular Presentation.
A-1 of 2 (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2) SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2) Copy No .........of......... (2)
293 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
APPX 1 TO ANX A TO (8) DATED
TABULAR PRESENTATION Facts may be presented in tabular form. The fol is an example: Ser (Column (Column Title)(1) Title)(1) (a) (b)(9) 1.
(9)
3.
(9)
4
(9)
5.
(9)
2.
(Column Title)(1) (c) (9)
(Column Title)(1) (d) (9)
(Column Title)(1) (e) (9)
(Column Title)(1) (f) (9)
(9) (Lines may be drawn between columns and between serials if desired)
Notes : (10)
A1-1 of 1 (2) PRIVACY MARKING (1) (2)
SECURITY CLASSIFICATION (1) (2)
294 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
NOTES ON ANNX A 1.
These words are not incl in the docu.
2.
When applicable.
4.
As necessary.
3. It is not obligatory to use gp headings or headings to every indl para or sub-para (but see Para 29 and 30). 5.
These headings are optional.
6. The small fig at the right-hand block indicates the spacing between the end of one component and the beginning of the next. 7.
For indenting and horizontal spacing see Anx B.
8.
The ident block of an anx or appx is incl in the first page only.
9. By ident each line of a table by a ser no and each column by a letter, precise ref can be made to any item without recourse to asterisks or other indictor mks. 10. When it is nec to use notes to amplify previous text or tabulated info, the heading ‘Notes:’ should be used and each note ser in Arabic numerals and fully justified to the left margin.
295 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ANX B
RULES FOR TYPISTS INTORDUCTION 1. These rules are applicable in the preparation of type written work. Primary horizontal spacing is given, as spec, throughout this anx and at Anx A to Sec 2 of JSSDM. The linear distance through which a typewriter carriage movs for a depression of the space bar varies with different machines, but this variation, provided it is even and conforms to spacing rules, is acceptable. 2. Now a days typing with the help of computer is widely used in svc writing. Although there are differences in spacing and size of letter between computer and typewriter; the basic convention and rules enumerated in this section may remain same with as little adjustment as possible, and to the convenience of computer setting. SPACING OF TYPESCRIPT
Horizontal Spacing 3.
Margins. a. The left margin of docus is to be 3 centimeters (15 spaces) from the edge of the paper. Adjustments may be done for window envs or files/bindings. The right margin is to be at least one centimetre or 5 spaces wide. b. For briefs, minutes of meetings and summaries of files an extra wide right margin of 3 centimetres is provided for the reader to make notes. c. When the reverse of a sheet is used, the margins are to be transposed so that both sides will be readable when the whole docu is bound. d. The left margin is the datum for horizontal spacing in Svc docus, except for those elements mentioned in Paras 7b and 8.
4. Printed Margins. On paper overprinted with a vertical margin, the printings to be used as the left margin irrespective of the width of the margin. 5. Paragraphing. All lines in a main para are justified to the left margin. If the para is ident, this is by a no, with a full stop, fol by 3 spaces. If there is also a heading, this is fol by a full stop and then a further 3 spaces before any succeeding text. Sub-paras are indent by a lower case letter with a full stop. Otherwise they are treated as main paras except that all lines are justified to a point 5 spaces from the left margin. Increased subdivisions may be achieved by using nos in brackets and then lower case letters in brackets fol in each case by a further 3 spaces before commencing the text.
6. Indenting. Block indenting is to be used to indicate sub-divisions of paras. Sub, sub-sub, etc, paras fol the same gen rules as for paras, except that the sub para letter is typed 5 spaces from the margin. Succeeding sub-sub, etc paras commence 10, 15 and so on, spaces from the margin. Thus if the para starts on the left margin at point one (1),
296 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
the succeeding sub etc paras would start at point 6, 11, 16 and so on. See the example at Appx 1 to this anx. 7.
Block Presentation.
a. Justification to the Left Margin. are justified to the left margin: (1)
The fol elements of a letter or docu
The ident ref (unless ident by a printed letterhead).
(2) The subj heading (except in complex docu where use is made of both main and gp headings, in which case the subj heading is centred). (3) The word ‘Ref’ where ref is made to other docus and the ident letter of each ref, eg: Refes:
(4)
A. B.
.................. ..................
The text of the letter or docu (see Paras 3 to 6 of the anx).
(5) The heading ‘Anx:’, if reqr, fol by the list of indl indexes in sequence. Appxs and notes are treated similarly, each heading and each itme listed below the heading being justified to the left margin. (6) The heading ‘Encl’, if reqr, fol by the list of encl in sequence, each justified to the left margin. (7) The heading ‘Distr;’, fol by the list of addr in the correct order of Svc precedence. Distr lists should be broken down into ‘External’ and ‘Internal’ listings when appro, and these listings may be further subdivided into ‘Action’ and ‘Info’ addressees if desired. Each heading and each addressee is justified to the left margin.
b. Alignment with the Standard Tabulation Stop. Except where otherwise indicated by a printed letterhead, elements of the superscription and subscription of a docu written on the right of a page on separate lines should be vertically aligned. Thus the copy no, precedence, originator’s addr, tel no, the first typewritten element of the date and the signature block should all have a common starting point which can be set by tabulator key.
8. Centre Headings. Subj heading when centred and main headings are to be positioned in the centre of the typewritten area and not of the whole page. 9. Spacing after Punctuation. One space is to be left after a comma, colon or semicolon, and 2 after a full stop, ques or exclamation mark. Vertical Spacing
297 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
10. Vertical spacing of typescript is usually in single or double spacing. Double spacing is normally used for drafts (see Para 14) nd may be used in briefs if desired.
11. Vertical Spacing of the Text. Successive lines of text within para are to be separated by single spacing. Successive paras without centre or gp headings and all subdivisions of paras are to be separated bu double spacing. Main and gp headings are to be separated from each other and from the preceding and succeeding lines of text by double spacing.
12. Vertical Spacing Outside the Text. Elements of a docu which do not form a part of the text are to be separated by double spacing if standing alone, eg precedence and tel no, and by single spacing if forming an item within a block, eg one addr in a list of address. However, the fol rules always apply: a. Precedence. The precedence is double spaced below the sy cl or privacy marking as appr. The latter 2 are double spaced as well. b.
Ident Ref. The ident ref is to be placed opposite the date. See Para 23.
c. Salutation. If a salutation is used, 4 spaces should be left between the indet ref and (the subj heading if there is one) the first line of the text. d. Signature. At least 4 spaces should be left between the end of the text and the signature block (for the signature) in the subscription. e. Other Rules. All other rules are as for hand written work. Tables/Tabulation 13. In any form of table, vertical columns are to be lettered in small letters in brackets beginning with ‘(a)’, and horizontal items are to be no consecutively in Arabic numerals stating with ‘1’. Drafts
14. Horizontally a typewritten draft is to be spaced in the normal way throughout; but the vertical spacing between successive lines of text, incl that imm before and after the headings, is to be doubled. Normal vertical spacing is to be used outside the text ie before the subject heading and in and after the subscription block the heading ‘DRAFT’ is to be inserted at the top centre of the first page, below the sy cl or privacy marking when applicable. It will be in block capitals and not underlined like a subject heading. STANDARD CONVENTIONS
Punctuation
15. With certain exceptions, normal punctuation is use in Svc writing. The fol additional conventions apply: a.
Full Stops. Full stops are used:
(1)
After a para of sub-para no of letter which is not in brackets.
298 RESTRICTED
(2)
RESTRICTED
After para and sub-para heading and so on.
(3) At the end of each sub-para and further sub-divisions except in case of unnumbered ones eg list of example(s). b. c.
(4)
After the description of each ref or supplementary docu.
Colon. A colon is used to intro a list or a succession of sub-paras. Exceptions. (1)
Full stops and commas are not used in an addr.
(2)
There is no comma after a salutation or complimentary endings.
(3) In the text, no full stops are placed after, or unnec spaces left between, separate letters or familiar abbrs. (4)
No comma is to be used after a subscription.
(5) In a tabular display, full stops are normally omitted except after ser nos or to separate sentences or disparate notes within a column. (6) Full stops are not used at the end of unnumbered sub-paras or further subdivisions eg in case of list or examples(s) excepting (complete) sentences.
Salutation and Subscriptions
16. Salutations fol common usage and begin with initial capitals. Subscriptions are in stylized form. Inserting the Dt
17. In docus having the originator’s address block at the top right corner of the first page, the dt or date-time group is placed under that address block opposite the ident ref, the first typewritten element commencing at the standard tabulation stop. In other corres the dt or date-time group is placed under the signature block. 18. The day of the month or the date-time group as applicable are omitted for later insertion in manuscript by the signatory. Underling 19.
All subj headings, main, gp, para and sub-para headings are underlined.
20.
The rules for page numbering are given in Para 60-61.
Page Numbering Misc Pts
299 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
21. Address. Officially recognized abbrs for dept and estb titles, eg WASA, PWD etc, are to be used except in corres with foreign armed forces. 22. Dates. Dts, incl dts in the text, are normally abbr, eg 19 Jul 99 except in formal, commanded and DO letters. 23. 24.
Catchwords. Catchwords are not to be used. Name, Rk and Appt of Writer. See Para 49.
25. Ampersand. The ampersand is to be used instead of ‘and’ in dept and similar titles, eg DAA&QMG, Messrs Saleh & Co, etc.
26. Right-Hand Margin. For all briefs, minutes of meetings and summaries, a vertical line 3 centimetres from the right edge of the paper is drawn in. This margin commences with the first line of the first para and ends in line with the last sentence on the first page. In subsequent pages, it commences with the first sentence and ends at the last line. 27. Anx and Appx Blocks. These blocks are inserted in the right hand margin and underlined.
300 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED ANX C NATIONAL DISTINGUISHING LETTERS 1. The fol national distinguishing letters (Federal Info Processing Standard) are used whenever it is necessary to ident a nation or any part of that nation’s armed forces: Afghanistan
AF
Korea, Republic of (South)
KS
Angola
AO
Laos
LA
AS
Malaysia
Algeria
AG
Argentina
AR
Bahrain
BA
Australia
Bangladesh
BD
Kuwait
Lebanon
LE
Maldives
MV
MO
Myanmar
MN
Nepal
NL
BE
Mozambique
Bosnia and Herzegovina
BK
Namibia
Brunei
BU
Netherlands
CB
Oman
Brazil
BT
BR
Mayanmar
MN
Canada
MY
Morocco
Belgium Bhutan
KU
MZ
NP NL
New Zealand
NZ
CA
Pakistan
PK
Congo (Brazzaville)
CF
Portugal
PO
Denmark
DA
Russia
RU
France
FR
Cambodia China
Congo (Kinshasa) Egypt
Georgia
CH
VG EG
GG
Philippines
Qatar
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Sierra Leone
MU
RP
QA RW
SA
SL
German Federal Republic
GE
Singapore
SG
Greece
GR
South Africa
SF
Germany Haiti
Hong Kong India
Indonesia Iran
GM HA
Somalia
SO
Sri Lanka
SL
IN
Tajikistan
TI
IR
Tunisia
HK
ID
Switzerland Thailand
301 RESTRICTED
SZ
TH TS
RESTRICTED
Iraq
IQ
Israel
Turkey
IL
United Arab Emirates
Japan
JA
United States
Kenya
KE
Vietnam
Italy
IT
Jordan
JO
Korea, Democratic Peoples(north)
Syria
KN SY
TU
TC
United Kingdom
UK
Uzbekistan
UZ
Zimbabwe
US
VM
ZI
2. When used to ident a national force, or component of a national forces, the distinguishing letters are bracketed imm fol the force, fmn, or unit no, eg 6th (US) Fleet. 3. National distinguishing letters for army elements smaller than a division are only used when this is nec to avoid confusion. 4. Nations which do not appear in the above list will be req for their national distinguishing letters as and when nec.
ANX D SYSTEM OF RELATING DAYS AND HOURS TO AN OPERATION Definitions
302 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
1. By international agreement certain letters are used to indicate the day or hour from which an op is timed. The rules for applying this principle are set out below: a.
Days. The fol letters have meanings related to specific days:
(1) D Day. The day on which an op begins or is due to begin is known as ‘D Day’. This may be the beginning or hostilities or any other op, also see Para 2. (2) Day’.
E Day.
The day on which an exercise commences is called ‘E
(3) M Day. The day on which mob begins or is due to begin is known as ‘M Day’. (4) G Day. The day and the hour on which the decision to mount any given op is promulgated is known as ‘G Day’ and ‘G hours’ respectively. They are expressed as a 6 figure date-time groups.
(5) K Day. The day on which a convoy sys is intro, or due to be intro, o any particular convoy lane is known as ‘K Day’.
b. Hours and Minutes. hours and minutes:
The fol letters have significance with respect to
(1) H Hour. ‘H Hour’ is the specific time at which an op or ex commences, or is due to commence. When used in conjunction with planned ops it is the specific time at which the main op begins. It is usually the time at which the leading troops cross the start line, tact speaking.
(2) A Hour/B Hour. For multi-phased op, timings for the second and the subsequent phases are denoted by A Hours, B Hour etc. However, certain letters used to indicate specific activities as given in this anx are not to be incl for this purpose. (3)
G Hour. See G Day.
(4) L Hour. In amphibious ops, the time at which the first hel of the hel borne assault wave touches down in the landing zone is known as ‘L Horr’. (5) N Hour. The time planned for the explosion of the first of a series of tact nuclear weapons as part of a specific grd forces op (or in the case of a single strike, the time planned for that explosion) is termed ‘N Hour’. (6) P Hour. The time of drop of the first sticks of the main force in an air borne op is known as ‘P Hour’.
Numbering of Days 2.
Day befor and after a designated day are shown in accordance with the fol sys:
303 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED D-2, D-1, D D+1, D+2
Numbering of Hours and minutes 3. Hrs and mins before and after a designated time are shown in accordance with the fol sys: H-1 hr, H-30 min, H Hr, H+1 hr (1)
Nicknames or Code Words
4. When a particular op or ex is ident by nickname, or code word, this is to be placed before any letter used in the context of this anx, eg: BALD EAGLE – E DAY ANVIL EXPRESS-H Hour
Multiple Operations
5. When several ops or phase on an op are being mounted in the same theatre, and confusion may arise through the use of the same day or hr designation for 2 or more of them, the may be ref to by any letter of the alphabet except those shown in Para 1.
ANX E UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 1. The abbrs/symbols used for units of measurement should be those which are internationally agreed. Please note that abbrs/symbols of measurements remain unaltered in the plural eg in (inch, inches). 2. Abbrs/symbols remain unaltered in the plural, eg ’10 pounds’ is written as ‘10 lb’ and not ‘10 lbs’.
3. Prefixes Denoting Decimal Multiples or Fractions. The prefixes denoting decimal multiples or fractions of quantities, together with the abbrs/symbols used. Combinations of more than one prefix are not permitted. There should be no space between the prefix and the name of the unit which it qualifies; no hyphen should be use deg kilogram. Similarly there should be no space or hyphen between the abbrs for the prefix and the unit or between symbols, eg cm (centimeter), kl (kilolitre). Methods of Expression of Units
304 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
4. In corres addsd to, or docus intended for use by foreign forces and agencies, measurements and where nec tolerances, are to be expressed in the units customarily used in the country of origin, fol in brackets by the equivalent, of our own, eg: 60.32mm + 1.59
(2.3/8±1/16in)
84.32mm ±1.52
93.32±0.06in)
-1.58
5. Equivalent measurements need not be quoted where there is a recognized standard unit of measurement or where ref is made to conversion scales in the text of a letter or docu. 6. Units of measurement are to be written in full the first time they appear, in the language of the country origination the letter of docu, before being expressed in abbr forms or as symbols, eg a letter originated in the UK would use ‘imperial gallon (imp gal)’ whereas as letter originated in the uUSA would be use ‘US gallon (US gal)’.
ANX F SENIORITY OF ARMED FORCES, REGIMENTS, CORPS AND UNITS Sr of Joint Svc Org 1.
Armed Forces Division.
2.
The order of sr of regts and corps is as fols:
Army
a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. j. k. l. m. n. p. q. r.
Armoured Corps. Regiment of Artillery. Corps of Engineers. Corps of Signals. East Bengal Regiments (EB). Bangladesh Infantry Regiment (BIR). Army Aviation. Army Service Corps. Army Medical Corps. Army Ordnance Corps. Corps of Electrical and Mechanical Engineers. Remount, Veterinary and Farms Corps. Army Dental Corps. Corps of Military Police. Army Education Corps. Army Corps of Clerks.
305 RESTRICTED
s. t.
RESTRICTED
Postal (If raised or in exercise). Armed Forces Nursing Service.
3. The order of sr of other divs, brs, HQ, units and estbs of the Army will be in accordance to the distr lists issued by Army HQ. These lists are amended from time-totime as new estbs, divs, brs, HQs and units are formed. Navy 4.
In Svc writing the order of sr is as fols: a. b. c. d. e.
Operational and administrative headquarters. Operational units. Support bases. Training units. Reserve divisions.
Air Force 5.
In Svc writing the order of sr is as fols: a. Air Headquarters. b. Bases in alphabetical. c. Air Headquarters (Units). d. Flying squadrons in numerical order. e. Air Defence Operation Centre. f. Air Defence units in numerical order. g. Field Units, Provost and Security Units and Maintenance Units in numerical order. h. Supporting Units in alphabetical order. j. Training units in alphabetical order. k. Care and maintenance units in alphabetical order. l. Reserve units in numerical order.
Sr of Inter Svc Org 6.
In Svc writing the order of sr is as fols: a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
Directorate General of Medical Service. Directorate General of Forces Intelligence. Directorate General of Defence Purchase. Inter Service Selection Board. Bangladesh Armed Services Board. Armed forces Medical Store Depot. Inter Service Press Release.
Sr of Inter Svc Training Institution 7.
In Svc writing the order of sr is as fols: a.
National Defence College.
306 RESTRICTED
b. c. d. e. f. g.
RESTRICTED
Defence Service Command and Staff College. Military Institution of Science and Technology. Armed Forces Medical College. Armed Forces Institute of Pathology. Bangladesh Institute of Peace Support Operation Training. Armed Forces Medical Institute.
ANX G PRAC QUESTIONNAIRE 1.
Write the superscription showing the 1st page of a docu based on fol details: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h.
2.
It is a TOP SECRET docu. It has two anxs. Anx A contains 23 pages and Anx B 10 pages. It has an encl as well that contains 76 pages. Main docu contains only 3 pages. It will be distr to 12 addressees. It is reproduction copy which is the 10th of 12 copies. It needs to be dispatched immediately. Assume other details fictitiously.
Show the layout of text of a docu based on the fol details. a. It is a docu on trg plg for next 2 yrs. b. It has two gp headings, ie, try yr 2014 and tr yr 2015. c. Under each gp heading, there are several para headings, ie, trg for offrs, trg for JCOs, trg for other ranks, trg for dvrs. d. Trg for offrs will be discussed under sub-para headings, ie, mandatory courses, ut courses, spl courses, foreign courses, etc. e. Trg for JCOs and other ranks will be discussed under sub-para headings, ie, qual reqr for the next ranks, ut/spl courses, etc. f. Under each sub-para heading, there will be at least 2 sub-sub para headings, ie, achievements in the last trg yr, objs for the upcoming trg yr, weaknesses observed and remedial measures, methods to be applied for better results. g. There will be no further headings thereafter, but the details will be discussed using at least 2 sub-sub-sub paras. h. It has 3 refs, ie, a ltr from ARTDOC signed on 13 Jan 2013, a ltr from AHQ, MT Dte signed on 20 Dec 2012 and a ltr from your Div HQ signed on 17 Feb 2013. j. The matters, as you discuss, will be referred to as many as 5 anxs. k. Other details may be assumed fictitiously.
3. Except in op writing, headings should stand on their own and not form part of any sentence that follows. In lt of this, show how the fol will be written in a normal non-op writing, each of which are discussed under a para heading:
307 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. b. c.
SAA will be collected from CAD on 27 Aug 2013. Clo items will be collected from COD under fmn arng. Unsvc items will be deposited to COD on 13 Sep 2013.
4. You are writing a 3-page docu. While at page no 3 at para 14, you need to ref a matter which has already been discussed in page no 1 at para 4. Show, how you will indicate. 5.
Show an example of indicating a ref of a docu in the text.
7.
Show an example of indicating a sentence of a particular book.
8.
Abbreviate the followings:
6.
Show an example of indicating a sentence of a particular para of JSSDM-2003.
a.
General.
(1) In Service writing abbreviations used are those shown in Section 16 of JSSDM-2003. (2) However, other abbreviations may be used if the writer considers them helpful; in this case they must be explained the first time they appear in the text eg ‘covering troops (CT)’ or listed in a separate annex, unless they are: (a)
In Section 16 of JSSDM-2003.
(b)
In general use, eg UNO, NATO, etc.
(c) Specialist abbreviations well understood by both writer and all likely recipients of the paper in question, eg etc, eg, ie viz BA, BSc Mr, Mrs etc.
b.
(3) Once a word has been abbreviated, it is to be abbreviated throughout the same document.
Other Rules.
(1) Composite Nouns/Verbs. Any composite noun or verb or one containing a prefix or suffix, may be abbreviated by abbreviating that part of it for which there is an authorized abbreviation, eg mob (mobilize), demob (demobilize), minefd (minefield). Exceptions are in cases where there is an authorized abbreviation with prefix or suffix eg C attk (Counter attack). (2) Full Stop and Commas. Full stops are not used in abbreviations and between a person’s initials or decorations/qualifications. Commas are used after the name and between abbreviations of branches, directorates, qualifications, and service/regiment/corps.
308 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
9.
Make a list of at least 5 offrs showing their corps, qualifications, etc.
10.
Show how the fol numerals will be written in Svc writing: a. b. c. d.
Ten trucks of twelve ton capacity. Second world war. Army staff course serial 23. 500 rounds SAA.
11. An accident took place at 10:30 pm on 06 Jun 2013. How will you show the date and time in the Svc writing? 12. An accident took place on the night past 06 Jun 2013. How will you indicate the date in the Svc writing? 13. An accident took place at midnight past 06 Jun 2013. How will you indicate the date and time in the Svc writing? 14.
Show an example of DTG in a sig msg.
15.
Show an example of DTG in an op writing.
16.
Show an example of writing DTG in a normal Svc writing.
17.
Show, how you will write the fol: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. j.
Name of your Div or Fmn. Name of your sqn/coy/bty. Name of your bn/regt/unit. A div from which a bde is excl. A bde from which an inf bn is excl. An inf bn from which a coy is excl. Two inf divs. One patrol craft squadron. Twenty-eight squadrons.
18. What is the abbr of the word ‘River’? How will you write the name of Jamuna river in the docu? 19. You boarded on a bus at Mohakhali and got down at T-junc of this cantt. Which rd have you fol? 20.
Show the example of a signature block of a routine ltr, to be signed by his SO.
21. Show the example of a signature block of a routine ltr which is to be signed by your CO. 22. Show the example of a signature block of an urgent policy ltr which was approved by comd but could be signed by him due to unavoidable circumstances. It is to be signed by one of his SOs. 23.
Show the layout of the 1st page of an anx based on the fol details:
309 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED a. b. c. d. e. 24.
Show the layout of the 1st page of an appx based on the fol details: a. b. c. d. e.
25.
26.
It is the 1st anx of the docu. It contains 12 pages. It is a SECRET docu with copy no 5. Total no of copies is 17. It is on emp of tps in aid to the civil power in the dist of Tangail. Assume other details fictitiously. It is the 2nd appx of the docu. It contains 12 pages. It is a SECRET docu with copy no 5. Total no of copies is 17. It is on emp of tps in aid to the civil power in the dist of Tangail. Assume other details fictitiously.
Show the subscriptions of a docu (less signature block) based on the fol details: a. It has 3 anxs, ie, emp of tps in aid to the civil power in the dist of tangail, assessment of expenditure in aid to the civil power in the dist of tangail, and detailed calculation of manpower, vehs and POL. b. It has two encls, ie, the instrs on aid to the civil power and rules of engagement in the aid to the civil power. c. External action addressees will incl 113 E Bengal, 109 Fd Regt Arty, 101 Engr Bn, 106 Sig Bn and 107 H. d. External info addressees will incl HQ 409 Inf Bde, sta HQ Ghatail, Area HQ Ghatail and HQ 98 Comp Bde. e. The ltr is being initiated from GS Br of 119 Inf Div. f. AQ Br will be info addressee but other brs of the Div HQ will be put under action. g. This is a SERET docu. h. The main docu contains 11 pages. j. Assume other nec details.
Now based on the above details, show the layout of a complete docu. ASEA ADMIN TRG WG SVC CORRES INTRO
1. ‘Svc Corres’ is the generic term for corres written by members of the Svcs in the course of their duties. In common with all Svc writing, Svc corres conforms to standard layouts. The layouts used depend upon the purpose of the corres. 2. Compsn of the Text. In all but the shortest ltrs on routine matters, the text should consist of an intro, a theme and a concl : a. info.
Intro. The intro gives the purpose of the ltr and summarizes any backgrd
310 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
b. Theme. The theme presents the case and lists any arguments or problems in a concise and logical sequence.
c. Concl. The concl summarizes the salient pts in the theme and must end by leaving the recipient in no doubt of the writer’s orders, wishes, opinions, problems or recommendations. While these headings are seldom used in ltr writing, the reader should never be in doubt when he is passing from one part of the text to the next. 3.
Use of the First or Third Person.
a. Most Service corres is written in the third person. Exceptions to this conventions are: (1)
Formal ltrs.
(2)
Demi-official ltrs.
(3) Ltrs from a commander in which he expresses his personal views or conveys praise or blame and which he signs personally. (4) Ltrs from HQs, depts, etc in which it is often convenient to make use of the first person plural. b. When the first person is used in the opening and closing paras, it is permissible to revert to the third person in the intervening paras.
4. Use of Headed Paper. Official paper may bear printed ltr-heads which do not conform to the standard layout for typescript. When paper with printed ltr heads is used, the subsequent typescript follows the appropriate standard layout and normal rules of Service Corres.
5. Address. Ltrs to addressees in one of the other Svcs, to government authorities and to civilian addressees should bear the full postal address of the originator and all recipients. Where appropriate, postcodes should be included as the last line of the address. It is Svcs practice to show the recognized abbreviations for the originator and recipients. When the department or branch required to take action is known to the sender, it is included in the address. Ltrs addressed to individuals (either by name or appointment or both) the name /appointment will be mentioned first, followed by the branch/directorate (if necessary) and the HQs/Unit. These will be followed by the postal address as required. 6. Dept Corres. Official corres originated in the Ministry of Def is governed by rules set out in the Ministry of Def and may not follow all the conventions described in JSSD(M)-2003.
7. Salutation and Complimentary Ending. The choice of salutation in Svcs corres depends upon the relative rks and the personal relationships existing between the writer and the recipient. Similarly, in any corres addsd to a civilian the writer is to be guided by the type of ltr, ie formal or informal and select the appropriate salutation and
311 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ending. Examples of salutation and complimentary ending are given under ‘Styles of Adds’. 8.
Variations from Standard Layout. These are:
a. Adds. Postal address is not shown on internal corres where the designation of the recipient is sufficient to ensure that the envelope can be correctly addsd.
b. Multiple Addressees. When there are numerous action addressees, they may be appended below the text in the subscription or on a separate sheet. If standard distribution lists are maint, the words, ‘Distr List’, fol by its identification no or ltrs, are inserted in place of the first action addressee. c. Ltrs of Condolence. conventions except that: (1)
Official headed paper is not customarily used.
(2)
The salutation and complimentary ending are handwritten.
(4)
No file number appears on the original.
(5)
No headings are used.
(6)
The addressee’s name and address are omitted.
(3)
9.
These are written as private ltrs using the normal
Paragraphs are not numbered.
TYPES OF CORRES
There are seven types of Svc corres : a. b. c. d. e. f. g.
Commanded ltrs. Directed ltrs. Routine ltrs. Formal ltrs. Demi-official (DO) ltrs. Sig msg. Internal corres.
The formats of the above except sig msg are given at JSSD(M)-2003. For sig msg see Sec 15 of JSSD(M)-2003. Note that abbrs apart form those for decorations, qual, regts/corps and Svc are not normally used in commanded, formal and DO ltrs. Commanded Ltrs
10. Commanded ltrs are formal ltr reserved for statement of maj policy and directives of the chiefs of the three services and above. They are normally signed by sr officials of the lvl of PSOs. Their format is not subj to the normal rules. Directed Ltrs
312 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 11. Directed ltrs are at a lvl between commanded ltrs and routine ltrs. They are used by the svcs and fmns HQ. SOs may be auth to signed such ltrs at the discretion of directors or heads of the div. Routine Ltrs
12. Routine ltrs are the normal form of corres within and between the svcs. A routine ltrs may therefore be written by a fmn or unit to any other fmn or unit or by an indl members of the svcs on a pers subj.
13. Ltrs to Civs. In corres with civ auth or members of the public, the layout of the routine ltr, with a salutation and conventional ending, provides the most gen used frame wk. Ref to previous corres or docus are made in the text. The style of the ltr must be appr to both the subjs and the recipient and svc terminology and abbr should not be used.
14. Signature. Routine ltrs addsd to a superior auth or to an extl agency or org, are signed by or for the OC of the fmn or unit. See Para 0251 and Anx D to Sec 2 of JSSD(M)-2003. Formal Ltrs
15. The use of formal lts is confined to ceremonial matters and certain formal submissions. They are addsd only to srs or equals and are signed by the orig. 16.
Occasion on which a formal ltr might be appr are: a.
In ack a directive.
b.
In reply to a ltr of praise or blame.
c. When making a submission of an exceptional nature of fwd a non-routine report to higher auth. d.
In arng ceremonial matters with outside auth.
17. A formal ltr begins with a salutation and close with a complimentary ending. Any application by an indl will fol the format and rules of formal ltr. Demi-official (DO) Ltrs
18. DO ltrs permit an informal and more personal app to svc or civ addsd. They should be restd to one subj and filed in the normal way. The full ident of the orig is shown at the head of the ltr and the salutation and ending are inserted in manuscript by the orig. Internal Corres
19. Memo. This type of format is widely used for corres on official matter at all levels between dept, dtes and brs. It is a speedy method of dealing with routine matters and is normally written in manuscript and are rarely filed.
313 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED 20. Loose Minute (LM). There may be occasions when a hand written memo will not suffice. Other forms of internal corres may be used. LMs are used extensively within HQs, units and bases when it is nec to disseminate info but inappropriate or inconvenient to circulate a file. LMs are filed in the same way as all corres but should never be distr outside the origin HQs, unit or base. In case corres is to be made to a dte or br within HQ and copies are to be sent to outside units, bases or HQs, then a routine letter should be initiated in place of LM. 21. Note Sheet. A note sheet contains the notes which are written as informal means of conveying instrs, passing opinions, conducting corres and recording, conversations that constitute the gen run of business of a staff in any svc or fmn. A note sheet may have a subj on the left hand side of a file. Properly maint note sheet provide a full and valuable record of act taken on a particular subj with which the file deals. Fol rules apply: a.
A wide margin is printed or ruled on both sides of a note sheet.
b.
The note sheet bears te same security cl as the file.
c.
The file ref is typed commencing on the left hand margin of the first page.
e.
Note numbers consist of Arabic numerals and are underlined.
d. On the right hand side of each page a narrower margin titled ‘ Encl No’ is provided. ‘Encl No’ is underlined and is in line with the file ref on the first page and on subsequent pages maint the same vertical spacing in relation to the security cl or top of the page. f. Encls are numbered in relation to their respective notes. It may be observed that the firs encl relates to Note 1 and is numbered as 1A. In case the enclosure has an att, the latter bears the same number but is suffixed with the letters B, C etc, eg Note 2 and Enxls 2A and 2B.
g. Single paras in the noting are not numbered; but if more than one para is used, they are numbered. h. The subscription follows the normal conventions of name, rank, appt and is fol by the tel no and the date. Stamp may be used containing above info instead of typed signature block. j. Each adds should cross out his appt near the left hand margin after he has endorsed his rmks and signed it. k. If there are two or more addressees, their designations are entered one below the other at an interval of two vertical spaces, in the order in which it is nec for them to receive the note.
l. The third encl in this format is Encl 6A as it relates to Note 6 and not to Note 3.
314 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
m. If a number of replies are received in response to any particular letter sent, the replies to is will be docketed in separate notes and will be alt encl nos accordingly. n. It should be noted that every encl in a file whether incoming or outgoing will bear an encl no and will be docketed under the related note on the note sheet. Thus a note sheet also becomes an index of the contents of a file. STYLES OF ADDRESS
Demi-Official Ltrs 22. It is customary to indicate the Svc, corps, regt or br duly abbr after the surname of offrs as fol : a,
Army. All offrs of and below the rank of Lt Col.
c.
Air Force. All offrs of Air Force.
b.
Navy. All offrs of and below the rank of Capt.
23. The choice of salutation in demi-official ltrs depends upon the relative ranks and how well the writer and recipient know each other. Using ‘Lt Col’ A N Amin Ahmed, EME’ as an example, the salutations in order of formality are : a.
‘Dear Col Ahmed’.
b.
‘Dear Col’.
d.
‘My dear Amin’.
c.
‘Dear Amin’.
An offr of equivalent or sr rank who does not know Col Ahmed might well adds him as ‘Dear Ahmed’. 24. When such address would be appr, offrs should be addsd by their generic rank, eg, a Maj Gen would be addsd ‘Dear Gen’ and a Lt Col as ‘Dear Col’. Civs 25.
The normal salutation and endings in ltrs addsd to indl civs are : a.
‘Dear Sir, (or Madam) and ‘Yours faithfully’.
b.
‘Dear (Mr) Rafique, and ‘Yours faithfully’.
26. To a corporate civ body, eg a city council or learned society, the formal salutation and ending are : ‘Gentlemen ‘ and ‘Yours faithfully’. 27. To civ from a body when formality is not appr, ‘Dear Sirs’ and ‘Yours faithfully’ should be used.
315 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
28. Formal salutations and endings in ltr addsd to high commissioner and ambassadors are ‘Your Excellency’ and ‘Your faithfully’. Inserting Salutation and Complementary Ending
29. This is normally inserted in manuscript by the signatory at the time of signing except in formal ltrs when it is typed in. Use of Mil Decoration and Qual Symbols
30. Mil decoration and and qual symbols ie, BU, BB, awc, ndc, ndu, te, G+, etc may be used in official or demi-official ltrs, invitation cards, Svc records, Svc list, etc but will not be used in the text of a ltr as in the case of minutes of a meeting. ADDRESSING COMDS, FMNS AND UNITS – ARMY
31. Corres to the Min of Def is addsd to the Min of Def adding a br title. When known and the adds of the bldg: Min of Def (D-II) Old High Court Building Dhaka 32. When the br title or address or the resp division or dtes are not known, ltr should be addsd to : Ministry of Defence Procurement Section Old High Court Building Dhaka 33. The form of address used for fmn and units depends upon the content of the docu. For fmns, policy matters are normally addsd to the comd and other matters to the HQs, for units; policy matters are addsd to the OC and routine corres to the unit. The address in sig msg is just the title of the fmn or unit. 34. Addressees are frequently addsd. the term ‘HQ’ is used while addressing fmn HQs. This does not nec denotes the HQs elements (eg HQs coy of a div) only. The identifying ref and the contents would indicate the br resp for handling the corres. 35.
The fol examples show : a.
The address of the comd.
b.
The address of the HQs.
c.
The operational address.
In all cases the loc has been omitted.
316 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED EXAMPLES
In Full 36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
Abbreviation
Command. a.
The Chief of Army Staff Bangladesh Army
CAS BD Army
b.
Army Headquarters General Staff Branch Staff Duties Directorate
AHQ
c.
Not used in full
a.
The General Officer Commanding 9 Infantry Division
b.
Headquarters 9 Infantry Division
c.
Not used in full
a.
The Commander 87 Infantry Brigade
b.
Headquarters 87 Infantry Brigade
c.
Not used in full
GS Br
SD Dte
AHQ, GS Br (MO Dte)
Division.
GOC 9 Inf Div HQ 0 Inf Div Main/Rear HQ 9 Inf Div
Brigade.
Comd 87 Inf Bde HQ 87 Inf Bde HQ 87 Inf Bde
Unit. a.
The Commanding Officer (i) 1st Battalion The East Bengal Regiment
CO 1 E Bengal
b.
1 East Bengal
1 E Bengal
c.
Not used in full
1 E Bengal
Minor Unit and Sub-Unit. a.
The Officer Commanding (1) 88 Field Battery
b.
88 Field Battery
OC 88 Fd Bty 88 Fd Bty
317 RESTRICTED
Notes:
c.
Not used in ful
RESTRICTED
88 Fd Bty
1. It is Army practice when addressing an officer in command of a major unit, eg Regiment, Battalion, etc for his appointment to be given as ‘Commanding Officer’; in a minor unit, eg Battery, Company, etc it is ‘Officer Commanding’. Anx: A.
Prac Questionnaire.
ANX A Reqr-1 : Routine Ltr
PRAC QUESTIONNAIRE
1. Your CO Lt Col Khan Ahmed Faisal, psc ordered you to take up a case with concerned auth to exempt BA-6532 Capt Anwar Hossain of your unit from OWC-46. Draft a routine ltr based on the fol details: a. Name of your Unit: 132 Fd Regt Arty. b. Loc: Rangpur Cantt. c. Institution: SI&T d. Auth of Course: 111 Arty Bde ltr no 123/34/GS dt 26 Jan 2013. e. Sy cl: RESTRICTED. f. Cause: Due to acute shortage of offr in the unit and various cmt in unit, the offr can‘t be spared to atnd the course. g. ARTDOC ltrs of 12 Feb 2012 and 27 Aug 2012, MT Dte ltr of 31 Oct 2012, MS Br ltr of 12 Nov 2012, SI&T ltrs of 25 Feb 2012 and 11 Sep 2012, your Bde HQ ltr of 19 Feb 2012, Div HQ ltr of 17 Feb 2012 and your unit ltr of 21 Feb 2012 are to be put as refs. h. Mention an anx that will show the list of offrs of your unit. (Prep of a complete anx is not reqr).
318 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
j. External action addressee will be your Bde HQ and info addressees your Div HQ, ARTDOC, MS Br and MT Dte; internal info addressees Estb Br. k. You should use min two para headings in the ltr. l. Chose a suitable subj heading. m. Any other info/data if reqr may be assumed.
Reqr-2 : LM
2. Assume that the ltr of Reqr-1 is being initated from A Coy to Bn HQ. Prep the ltr in the form of an LM Reqr-3 : Routine Ltr
3. Draft a routine ltr (in Bangla) requesting your record office to issue nec instr to dispatch the indls of other units whose posting order has been issued long ago but the indls have not yet joined your unit. The ltr will be signed by the CO. Nec details are as fol: a. Your unit’s name: 104 E Bengal. Name of other units: 113 E Bengal, 101 E Bengal, 146 E Bengal, EBRC, SI&T, AFD, MO Dte, BNCC, DSCSC, AMCC&S, ARTDOC, HQ 119 Inf Div, HQ 311 Inf Bde, 129 E Bengal and 159 E Bengal, b. Loc: Shaheed Salahuddin Cantt. c. Name of your CO: Lt Col Mohshin Miah. d. Name of Adjt : BA-7735 Capt Fakhrul Abedin. e. Sy cl: RESTRICTED. f. Ltr contains one page only. g. EBRC (RW) ltr of 31 Dec 2012, your Bde HQ ltr of 12 Jan 2013 and your Div HQ ltrs of 25 Feb 2010 and 11 Jun 2012 are to be put as refs. h. Mention an anx that will show the list of indls whose posting order is out but not yet joined. (Prep a complete anx). j. External action addressee will be EBRC (RW). Concerned units will be put under info addressees. Keep your unit brs under info addressee. k. Chose a suitable subj heading. l. Any other info/data if reqr may be assumed.
Reqr-4 : LM
4. Assume that the ltr of Reqr-3 is being initated from A Coy to Bn HQ. Prep the ltr in the form of an LM Reqr-5 : Routine Ltr
5. Show the layout of Svc docu/corres fulfilling the fol reqrs. The ltr was personally approved by your Comd but he could not sign it since he moved out for 2 days to attend an urgent meeting in AHQ. a. Sy cl is SECRET. b. There are 3 external action and 4 external info addressees with 3 internal action and 2 internal info addressees. c. It contains 2 anxs with 12 and 6 pages respectively. 1st anx has an appx of 15 pages. d. The ltr will be signed by BM.
319 RESTRICTED
e.
Incl at least 3 refs.
RESTRICTED
Reqr-6 : Routine Ltr
6. Draft a routine a ltr to Secy Dist Football Federation, Comilla to provide u/m referees for conducting the Inter Unit Football compt fulfilling fol reqrs: a. b. c. d. e. f.
Name of your unit: 133 Inf Div. Loc: Comilla Cantt. Organizing unit: 107 Sig Bn. Reqr: 1xReferee and 2xAsst Referees. Sy cl: RESTRICTED. Any other info/data if reqr may be assumed.
Reqr-7 : DO Ltr 7. You are serving in 110 E Bengal, Bogra Cantt. Lt Col Enamul Haque, psc, CO, 120 E Bengal, Dhaka Cantt has recently been promoted to the rk of Lt Col. Your CO Lt Col Humayun Khaled, psc provided you the full text of a DO ltr. Draft the DO ltr following the std layout. Reqr info/data may be assumed. Text of the DO ltr is given below. You should be able to divide the text into suitable paras. ‘Assalamu Alaikum. It givens me immense pleasure in conveying my heartfelt congratulations on your well deserved promotion to the coveted rank of Lieutenant Colonel. May Almighty Allah grant you enough courage, fortitude, strength and wisdom to shoulder the added responsibilities and may rise you upto the honour and professional competency expected out of your present rank. At the same time, I hope that your devotion to duty and other qualities get further recognition in days to time. I pray to Almighty Allah for the good health and happiness of your family.’
Note: Student offrs of JOAC will not use the text as appended above; they will compose individually. The above text is for the students of various ITs, WOs’ Course and PA Course. Reqr-8 : DO Ltr
8. Suppose, you are serving in 109 BIR, Momenshahi Cantt. Your Adjt BA-8120 Capt Md Shohel Rana is posted to 125 BIR (SP Bn) Jessore Cantt. He will mov for Jessore in the next wk and he desires to write a DO ltr to his new CO of 125 BIR for this purpose. Draft a DO ltr for the Adjt. Reqr info/data may be assumed. Reqr-9 : Note Sheet
9. You are serving in 127 BIR, Jessore Cantt as Q Clk. Name of CO, 2IC and QM are Lt Col Kamrul Hassn, psc, Maj Khaled Akber, psc and Capt Hassan Imam respectively. On inquiry, some rat items were found dfc in the rat store of 127 BIR and the C of I recom to do nec adjustment by depositing the cost of the dfc items to the Govt treasury. Initiate a note sheet for your QM for getting approval of CO through 2IC. Assume nec data.
320 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Reqr-10 : Note Sheet 10. You are the Q clk of 102 Sig Bn. Initiate a note sheet for your QM for the fol items which will be purchased locally and expenditure will met from pte fund (gen). It will reqr CO’s approval through 2IC. Assume nec data. Rice chinigura for pritibhoj 45.000 Kg rate: 95.00 Tk./kg Condiment (various items) Total amount Tk 12,000.00 Offset Paper 03 Ream rate: 450.00Tk./ream Reqr-11 : Note Sheet 11.
Draft a note sheet based on the fol details: a. The note sheet will be initiated by Adjt on review of JCO/NCOs’ promotion policy. b. There are min 6 ltrs issued by AHQ, AG’s Br, PA Dte on the subjs. All these ltrs are to be ref and flagged by Adjt. c. Adjt will ref the case to 2IC. d. 2IC will ref the note sheet to the Coy Comds of A , C and HQ Coys. Coy Comds will put their comments. Coy Comd of HQ Coy will encl a ltr. e. Coy Coy of HQ Coy will return the note sheet to 2IC. f. 2IC will summarize the comments of all the Coy Comds. Additionally, he will encl a very imp policy ltr which is not mentioned by any one above. g. CO will put his final comments and return it to 2IC. h. 2IC will ref the case to all those Coy Comds who made their comments, for their consumption. j. Finally, the note sheet will fall back to Adjt from 2IC. k. Reqr info/data are to be assumed.
Reqr-12 : Note Sheet
12. You are the Mess Clk of ASEA Offrs’ Mess which is run by ASEA. Mess Secy desires to make a proposal to transfer Tk 35,000.00 from Misc Fund to Mess Fund. Initiate a note sheet for the Mess Secy to accord Comdt’s approval through PMC. Encl mins of the last meeting. Reqr-13 : Note Sheet
13. You are serving as ‘A’ clk of 116 E Bengal, Rangamati Cantt. Initiate a note sheet for your Adjt for the purchase of sty items (against NA cert). Expenditure will be met up from Office contg money of QE Sep 2013. Any other info/data if reqr may be assumed.
321 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED ASEA ADMIN TRG WG MSG WRITING Ref: A.
Sec-15, JSSDM-2003.
2.
Means Emp. This can be one or a combination of the fol:
1. Intro. The BD Armed Forces comm netwk is intended for the tx of urgent official msg and is designed to carr the vol of tfc arising from its legitimate use. The eff of the sys depends on strict compliance with the procedure laid down. Misuse of the sys causes congestion and delay. a.
Radio.
b.
Line.
c.
SDS (Sig Dispatch Svc)
3. Use of Sig Msg. It is impracticable to define precisely the types of comm for which msg may be used. All fmn HQ should regularly review their standing orders or op procedures involving the use of sig msg. However, msgs are not normally used for such purposes as: a. Congratulatory msgs that have appeared or will appear in the press, or will be incl later in comm or other orders and those concerning promotions, honours and awards. b.
Non-op returns unless other means are not poss.
d.
Notification, over 48 hrs in adv, of the routine mov of indl.
e.
Other matters that can adequately be dealt with by tel or ltr.
c.
4.
Ack, unless of an op nature.
Terminology. The meaning of the terms in the msg form BAF (Sigs)-34 are: a. Precedence. The 4 degrees of precedence given to msg are FLASH, IMMEDIATE, PRIORITY and ROUTINE. These precedences determine the order in which msgs are to be handled. They indicate: (1) (2) (3)
The urgency of the msg. The relative order of processing and del to be used by comm staff. The relative order in which the addressee should note the msg.
The precedence is determined by the subj matter and the time factor. It does not indicate how quickly the addressee should react or what precedence should be
322 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
given to the reply unless of course incl in the text. Precedence are not to be underlined or abbr and are to be in capitals. The degree of precedence and the max time allowed to each sig/comm cen enroute for clearance are: Precedence
Clear Msg (hr)
Crypto Msg (hr)
(1)
FLASH 0.5
(2)
IMM
2 4
6.5
(4)
ROUTINE
8
16
(3)
PRIO
1 3
b. Precedence Act. This is the designation inserted in a msg by the orig to indicate to the sig/comm cen staff, the relative order of handling.
c. Precedence Info. The explanation here is similar to that explained above for precedence act except that the degree of urgency indicated in the box will always be lower than that of ‘pprecedence act’. If nothing is inserted the comm cen staff will give it a ‘ROUTINE’ precedence.
d. DTG. The DTG is expressed as 6 digits fol by a time Z suffix and the first 3 ltrs of the month. The first pair of digits denotes the dt of the month. The first pair of digits denotes the date, the second pair the hr and the third pair the mins. The last 2 digits of the yr are addsd when nec to avoid confusion. The DTG is inserted on the msg box by the offr when he signs the msg. An example is as fol: 17 (Dt) 0830 (Time) F (Z) SEP (Month) = 170830 F SEP
e. From. This is the fmn, ship, base, etc on whose auth the msg is sent. Capital ltrs are to be used throughout. No space should be left between adjacent abbrs but space must be left between whole words and abbrs and between ltrs and fig. Examples are as fol: (1)
HQ 9 Inf Div
-
-
COMCHIT.
(3)
BAF Base Bashar
-
BAFBSR.
(2)
Commodore Commanding Chittagong
9 INFDIV.
f. To. This is the addressee that the msg is intended for. This is the act addressee and appr act as reqr by the text of the msg will be taken by this act addsressee. Each addressee is to be written on a separate line. This may reqr the mov of word ‘INFO’ on the msg form to lower line. Punctuations are not to be used. Where a HQ is split between MAIN and REAR the elms must be treated as separate addressees. Addressees are to be listed in the same order as the distr list of an op order. g. Info. This is the addressee to whom the msg is sent for info. Other instrs are same as ‘To’ addressee.
323 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED h. Internal Distr. This is to be typed beneath the text of the msg. When copies of the msg are reqr to be distr internally, the appr br, dept, etc are to be entered here. j. Msg Instrs. Any instr written under this hd will indicate to the comm cen/sigcen staff that the msg requires spl handling. The usual occasion whereby the orig of a msg is reqr to insert any instr under this hd is when the words ‘BOOK’, ‘EXCLUSIVE’, ‘TABULATE’, ‘BASEGRAM’, or ‘NODUF’ is entered. k. Sy Cl. Msgs are to be given the same sy cl as other cl docus. The 4 cls to be used are: (1)
TOP SECRET.
(2)
SECRET.
(3)
CONFIDENTIAL.
(4)
RESTRICTED.
(1) (2) (3)
G 5501. A 4242. BAA 231.
l. Originator’s No. This is the part of a msg ref. It consists of distinguishing ltrs fol by a number or numbers. Orig nos are laid down in relevant Svc pubs. Example are as fol:
Orig’s nos are not used by BD Navy. Naval sig msgs are indent by the DTG. m. n.
Tel No. This is the office tel no of the orig. Rk. This is the rk of the rel offr.
5. Other Terminologies. Some of the terms used in msg writing but not found in the examples of msg form are explained below:
a. Orig. The orig is the comd or HQ of a fmn or unit on whose auth the msg is sent. In practice the comd delegates his auth to offrs of his staff termed rel offr. b. Drafter. The drafter is the person who composes the msg for rel by the rel offr. He need not necessarily have the auth to auth the tx of a sign msg, in which case the msg must be signed by a rel offr before it may be accepted for tx by a sig/comm cen. The drafter, using block capitals throughout, is reqr to: (1) Fill in all boxes of BAF (Sig) 34 except receipt and dispatch boxes at the foot of the form. (2)
Draft the text.
324 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. Rel Offr. Rel offr is a person who may auth the tx of a sig msg for, and in the name of the orig. Normally the drafter and the rel offr are the same person.
d. NOTAL (Not to All). This is a term inserted after a msg ref. This indicates that the ref is not aval to, or needed by all addressees.
e. Restrictive Mk. Msg terms such as ‘STAFF IN CONFIDENCE’, ‘EXCLUSIVE FOR.......’ are used within the Armed Forces for msg requiring spl handling as distinct from those requiring protection for sy reasons. The terms are not sy grades and are not inserted in the sy cl box of the msg but are written at the beginning of the text. Such msgs are to be passed to the orig/addressee and the sig/comm cen in a sealed env. The word ‘EXCLUSIVE’/IN CONFIDENCE are also inserted as msg instr. f. Sig Adds. This is an abbr form of adds allocated to fmn, unit, ships, bases and other auth for use in msg writing. Eg are as fols: (1) (2) (3)
8th Bn BD Inf Regt 15 Frigate Sqn 109 Maint Unit BAF
- 15 FS
- 8BIR - 109MU
g. Skeleton Copy. This refers to the msg of which the text has been excl. This means that the msg will contain all other relevant info except the text. This procedure is used when cl msgs are sent to the comm cen. In the Navy this is known as Acquaint Chit.
6.
h. Z Suffix. This indicates time Z. A ltr or ltrs is inserted after the DTG to indicate the difference between local time from Universal Std Time (UTC)/ Greenwich Mean Time which is indicated by the ltr F for comm originated within BD. See Anx D to Sec 2 of JSSDM-2003. Types of Msgs. These are explained below:
a. Single Address Msg. A single address msg is one destined for only one addressee. b. Multiple Adds Msg. A multiple address msg is one which is destined for two or more addressees, each of whom must be info of all the other addressees. Each addressee must be indicated as ‘ACT’ or ‘INFO’. It is essential that the no of multiple addresses are kept to a min since processing them causes delay in msg handling. c.
Book Msg.
(1) A book msg is one which is destined for two or more addsressees whom the orig considers need not be info the other addressees. (2) In this type of msg the word 'BOOK' should be inserted by the orig in the 'Msg Instr' block on the msg form. Similarly, distr copies of the msg are to be mk 'BOOK'. The inclusion of this msg instr permits comm staff to delete from the msg any address not pertinent to a particular tx of that msg.
325 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d. Gen Msg. In this a list of addressees is represented by one identifying title (List A, B etc) or ‘Adds Indicating Group’ (AIG) that shortens the adds and so reduces drafting, handling and tx times. Where such msgs contain more than one AIG (one for action and another for info addressee) then it is called a multiple gen msg. e. Ex Msg. Msg orig purely for ex or trg purposes are to be mk in the fol manner in order to avoid confusion or alarm among fmn or units not connected with the ex or trg:
(1) Those msg orig as a result of ex play are to include the word ‘EX’ fol by the ex nick name as the first word of the text. (2) Msg orig during an ex pd which requires real act to be taken by the recipient eg, normal admin instr to dir staff etc are to incl the term ‘NODUF’ at the beginning of the text.
f. Basegram. If an orig wishes a msg to be held at a base for del to ship or ac on its arrival the word 'BASEGRAM' should be inserted the msg instrs. Msg not reqr by a ship or ac until its return to base should always be sent in this manner as it reduces msg tfc and avoids unnec crypto wk. Such msgs are stamped BASEGRAM by the comm staff before del.
7. Resps of the Orig. A msg is not to be used when a ltr or other forms of comm will suffice. Having decided that a sig msg is the most suitable form of comm in the circumstance, the orig is resp for observing the rules for msg writing set out in this lesson and for choosing the appr precedence and sy grading. 8.
Resps of the Rel Offr. The rel offr is resp for: a.
Determining whether the msg is nec.
b.
Checking the type of msg and addressees.
c.
Ensuring the proper use of the prescribed msg form.
d.
Ensuring that the test is correctly drafted.
f.
Confirming the precedence for act and info addressees.
g.
Inserting the DTG.
h.
Checking the appr msg instr, if any.
j.
Signing the msg.
e.
k.
Approving the sy cl.
Sending the msg to the sig/comm cen for tx.
9. Msg Form BAF (Sig)-34. The official msg form is the BAF (Sig)-34. A specimen msg form is at Anx A.
326 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Prep 10.
Address of Msg. a. A msg is sent to one or more act addressees. It may also be sent to any no of info addressees and internal addressees. b. A msg must be addsd only to specific auth and estb. The names of dte, br or indl within these estb must not be inserted in the address space. Specific dte, br or indl must be indicated at the beginning of the text.
11.
c.
Only auth sig addressees are to be used.
Text of Msg.
a. Brevity. A msg must be unambiguous and concise with no un-nec words. Commonly used conjunctions, preposition and articles such as ‘and’, ‘for’, ‘in’, ‘on’, ‘pl’ and ‘the’ are not used unless essential to the meaning. Abbr and short titles should not be used indiscriminately as they can make the msg unintelligible. Formal phrases such as ‘pl info me’ should be omitted and the expression ‘it is req that’ abbr to ‘req’. b. Legibility. All copies of the msg must be legible as op may have to tx dir from any of the copies. Text should be in capitals throughout.
c. Punctuation. This is not to be used unless it is essential to the sense of the msg. When it is nec to use them, only those in colms (b) and (c) should be used: Punctuation (a)
Ques mk Hyphen Colon Semi-colon Parenthesis (Left-hand bracket) Parenthesis (Rt-hand bracket) Full stop/period Comma Slant/Oblique stroke Quotation mark
Abbr (b) QUES CLN SMCLN PAREN UNPAREN PD CMM QUOTE-UNQUOTE
Symbol (c) ?
) / “ ”
: ; ( . ,
Symbols should be used in preference to abbr except when the msg is to be sent by morse code or tel. Full stops and commas should be bracketed to make them conspicuous. If punctuation mks other than above are nec to the sense of the text, they are to be written in full eg, APOSTROPHE etc. d. Other Symbols. Other symbols should not normally be used in msg writing unless it is essential to the sense of the msg: When essential only the fol should be used:
327 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Name of Symbol (a)
Incorrect (b)
Correct (c)
Roman numeral
WO II
WO 2
Ampersand
&
AND
Monetary symbols
$£t
DOLLAR, POUND, TAKA
Symbols of measurement
x ""
YARDS,FEET, INCHES
(Also see Anx F to Sec 2) Multiplication sign
x
BY or TIMES
Plus sign
+
PLUS
Ration sign Decimal point
e.
1:250,000
4.5
ONE OVER 250 THOUSAND FOUR POINT FIVE Or 4 POINT 5
Degrees
270º
270 DEGREES
Percent
10%
10 PERCENT or TEN PERCENT
Nos.
(1) Nos are normally written in fig, but words may be used to avoid the chance of misinterpretation. Words should not be used for para numbering. (2) When written in words, nos are expressed digit by digit except the nos from 10-20 are written as one word. Whole hundreds, thousands and millions are written in the form ‘FIVE HUNDRED’ etc. (3) An expression containing a decimal point must be written in the form ‘ONE ZERO POINT TWO FIVE’. (4) Roman numerals should be avoided. When essential they are to be written in the form ‘ROMAN SIX’. f. Fractions. Fractions are to be written as Arabic digits divided by an oblique stroke, eg ½ is to be written ‘1/2’. A gp comprising a whole no and a fraction is to be written by separating the fraction from the no by means of a single hyphen, without spacing, eg 1¾ is to be written ‘1-3/4’. Alternatively, fractions may be spelt out, eg 1½ may be written ‘ONE AND A HALF’.
328 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
g. Dimensions. Dimensions are to be written as number gp fol by the linear unit and separated by the word ‘BY’ eg ‘2½ in x ¼ in’ is to be written ‘2-½ IN BY ¼ IN’. Alternatively dimensions may be spelt out, eg ‘2½ in x ¼ in’ may be written ‘TWO AND A HALF INCHES BY A QUARTER INCH’. h.
Phonetic Alphabets. Used in the BD Armed Forces are given below: Ltr A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V X Y Z
Eqvt ALPHA BRAVO CHARLIE DELTA ECHO FOXTROT GOLF HOTEL INDIA JULIETT KILO LIMA MIKE NOVEMBER OSCAR PAPA QUEBEC ROMEO SIERRA TANGO UNIFORM VICTOR X-RAY YANKEE ZULU
When it is nec to incl imp isolated ltrs in a msg the phonetic alphabet should be used, eg, Camp B is written as ‘CAMP BRAVO’.
12.
j. End of Text. Punctuation or symbols to indicate the end of the text of msg are not nec. Expression of Dt and Time Within the Text.
a. Dt. When it is nec to indicate a dt alone in the msg text it is to be expressed by two figs, indicating the day of the month fol by the abbr form of the month, eg, 09 JUL 02. Sig digit is to be written as 01, 02 etc. b. Time. Time is expressed in 4 figs by ref to the 24 hrs clock; the first pair of figs indicates the hr and 2nd pair the mins past the hr. The time 2400 should be avoided; use 2359 or 0001 instead.
329 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
13.
c. Ni. A ni is described by both dt over which extends eg, ‘NI 29/30 JUL’ or ‘NI 30 SEP/01 OCT’ and if nec by adding last two digits of the yr, eg ‘31 DEC 01/01 JAN 02’. Msg Refs.
a. When ref is made to a sig msg, the particulars reqr to be quoted are the orig, orig’s no and DTG. An eg is as fol: 1 DIV G 3701 OF 170830F JUN
Orig’s no is not used in BD Navy.
b. In a single address msg, the term ‘your’, ‘my’ etc fol by the relevant particulars may be used in the next in place of the orig’s sig adds. Egs are as fol:
(1) YOUT G 4164 DT 230900F JUL. (2) MY A 1801 OF 030955F JUN. (3) OUR Q 3501 DTG 241735F MAY AND YOUR Q 5001 DTG 251915F JUN. (4) YOUR 241315F JUN (for Navy).
Sy Cl 14.
c. When refs are inserted in mag designated for several addressees care must be taken that such refs are aval to all the addressees. In case where refs are not held by all addressees, the indicator ‘NOTAL’ should be incl after the ref at the beginning of the text, eg ........REF 20 DIV Q 2114 OF 120700F JUL NOTAL........ Msgs are to be given the same sy cl as other cl docus. The 4 cls to be used are: TOP SECRET SECRET CONFIDENTIAL RESTRICTED
These cls must not be abbr and are to be written in block capitals. They are to appear on each page of a multi-page msg. The definition of the 4 sy cls are contained in Para 0204 of Sec 2 of JSSDM-2003. Msgs which have no sy cl and do not reqr sy protection are to be mk ‘UNCLAS’ in the sy cl colm. This ensures that rel offr has not overlooked the ques of sy. During active op a msg of any cl except ‘TOP SECRET’ may be tx in clear over any circuit, provided all the fol factors apply: a.
The delay involved in enciphering and deciphering cannot be accepted.
b. It is considered that the en will not have time to take eff act on the msg if they intercept it. c. The info revealed regarding our plans and dispositions is wholly local in character.
330 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED d.
No ref is made to a previously enciphered msg.
Above bn HQ level, such msg may be orig by an offr auth to orig an ‘IMMEDIATE’ msg. Within and below unit HQ level they may be orig by any offr, provided that contact has been made with the en and the msg deals only with op in progress. 15. Msgs of the type referred to the preceding para must be identified by the word ‘CLEAR’ written at the beginning of text. This indicates that the msg contains cl info that has been auth to be sent in clear. The msg when received is mk by sig with the phrase ‘RECEIVED IN CLEAR’ before delivery to the adds. Such msg must be handled as confd mat and not readdsd. When the adds reqr the info to be fwd to another addressee, a new msg is orig, paraphrasing the original. Protection of the Plain Language Text of Crypto Msg
16. The plain language copy of an encrypted msg as written by the orig, or the unparaphrased decrypted copy as delivered to the addressee, is known as the literal text. 17. It must be assumed that all radio msgs are liable to be intercepted. Therefore the sy of any crypto sys is endangered if the literal text of a msg can be related to the encrypted version. This will happen if: a. A copy of the plain language version falls into en hands. b.
The text is tx either in clear or in another crypto sys.
c.
An unparaphrased version of the text is pub.
18. To indicate to all holders of copies of the msg that it has been tx in crypto, the words ‘CRYPTOGRAPHIC WARNING’ must be written or stamped on all copies of the msg by the comm/sig cen. This msg will not be distr outside BD Govt dept or HQ, re-tx either in clear or in another crypto sys, pub, displayed or dispatched by post without paraphrasing and removal/exch of DTG, or discussed verbatim on tel or voice circuit. 19. The comm/sig cen will also info the orig of the msg sent by crypto, who will then mk it as in Para 17. 20. All addressees to whom a copy of the literal text is distr will be intimated to treat it as a literal text as under: a.
If distr by orig – by orig themselves.
b.
If distr by sig – by sig.
21. It will be treated as a cl docu of the original cl even when the contents no longer remain cl. 22.
Regardless of its cl a literal text will be paraphrased, in case it is reqr to be: a.
Dispatched by post or by ac.
b.
Pub or displayed on a notice board.
331 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c.
Retx in clear or in another crypto sys.
d. Comm by any means to pers whose appts under the BD Govt do not entitle them to receive copies of cl docus issued by Armed Forces HQ.
Spl Handling Procedure
23. Spl handling procedure will be accorded to msg that have a sensitive or cl text. When spl handling is reqr the restrictive mk is to be inserted at the beginning of the text. The fol mks will receive spl handling procedures:
a. Exclusive. The restrictive mk ‘EXCLUSIVE’ fol by the name of appt of the person to whom the msg is to be del, is used on msgs the contents of which are only to be seen by the person named or, in his absence, by his auth rep. This mk must be used sparingly and is not normally used by offrs below the rk of Lt Col, Comd or Wg Comd.
b. In Confidence. For admin reasons there is a need to make distinction between msgs of a purely personal nature and those which are cl for other sy reasons and require sy protections. For this purpose the fol mks are used: (1) Staff in Confidence. non-recom for promotion. (2)
For personal matters such as a recom or
Med in Confidence. For indl and med matters.
(3) Commercial in Confidence. For commercial matters the premature disclosure of which may prove embarrassing to the Govt or the Armed Forces.
c. Cl Msg. All cl msgs receive spl handling procedure. The appr cl for each msg is to be inserted in the sy cl space of the msg form. The procedures for the submission of ‘TO SECRET’ msg are as fol: (1) Sufficient copies of the msg are to be prep by the orig for all addressees. These are to be enclosed in a new env which is to be mk on both sides as fol: (a) ‘TO SECRET’ msg for dispatch; ‘EXCLUSIVE’ msg for dispatch, as applicable. (b)
In the case of ‘EXCLUSIVE’ msg, the sy cl.
(c)
The precedence allotted to the enclosed msg.
(2) Two skeleton copies of the msg are to be made, identical with those enclosed in the sealed env but excl all the text after the orig’s no. (3) The skeleton copies of the msg are to be enclosed with the env in an outer env. The outer env is to be addsd to the comm cen and the msg precedence clearly shown. One of the skeleton copy bearing the
332 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
comm/sigcen stamp and with the DTG inserted on it will be returned to the orig as a receipt.
24. Ack. If an orig considers that a msg must be ack, one of the fol words or phrases is to be put at the end of the text: Word/Phrase ‘ACK’ ‘ACK IMMEDIATELY’ ‘ALL ACK’
Meaning Act addressees are to ack msg as soon as it is understood. Elec silence, if imposed, is not to be broken and the ack is to be sent by other secure means. Act addressees are to ack as soon as it is understood. Elec silence can be broken but this must be a command decision. Info as well as act addressees are to ack the msg as for ‘ACK’ above.
25. The text of a msg consists of some or all of the fol elms listed in the order in which they are generally used: a.
NODUF instr. See Para 1506e(2).
b. Restd mk such as EXCLUSIVE, IN CONFIDENCE etc (see Para 5e) or br/dte of estb (see Para 10b). c. The word CLEAR. See Para 15. This word is also to be shown in msg instrs. d. Code word or nickname indicating that the msg is connected with an op or ex. See Para 6e(1). e.
Subj of the msg if any.
f.
Ref to previous msg etc. See Para 13.
g.
The body of the msg.
h.
Any ack instr.
Anx: A.
Specimen Msg Form.
333 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
ANX A
SPECIMEN MSG FORM _______________________
_____
B.A.F(Sig)34 MSG FORM No FOR COMCEN/SIGS USE PRECEDENCE ACT FROM:
PRECENENCE INFO
DTG
MSG INSTRS PREFIX GR
TO:
SY CL
ORIG’S NO INFO:
FOR OP’S USE
R
DT
TIME
SYSTEM
OP
D
DT
TIME
SYSTEM
SIGN RK: TEL:
ASEA ADMIN TRG WG CL AND TREATMENT OF PROTECTED DOCUS Refs:
OP
334 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED A. B. C.
Intro
AR(I) 199 & 765. JSSDM - 2003. The Pamph ‘Cl and Treatment of Protected Docu, Bangladesh-1976’.
1. The term ‘Official Docus’ in a broader sense means any form of recorded info. It incl ltr, memo, proceedings, records, min, lists, catalogues, proofs, drafts, notes, reports, diag, maps, sketches, photos, plans, instr, schemes, books and pamp.
2. Unlike pte corres which does not normally contain info of specific hostile offensive int, official docus usually contain it to a greater or lesser ext. While the originator of an official docu must obviously trust the integrity of the recipient, it is his duty to take all possible measures to ensure that the docus in tact reach its proper destination without interference. On the other hand the originator must stress on the imp to contents of a docu by giving it a sy cl which he alone can correctly judge. In the interest of sy it is vitally imp that strict measures are adopted to protect official docus and info. Aim
3. To discuss the measure to be adopted for proper handling of cl and treatment of protected docus in the Army. Need for Cl
4. To safeguard official matter it must be examamined and graded into proper categories so that it may be recognized and accorded proper treatment. To grade matter correctly and uniformly, the fol gen policy and definitions will be fol: Constant personal attn must be paid by originators of cl matters to correct grading by originators and holders to down grading in accordance with Para 41 of Cl and Treatment of Protected Docus-76. 5.
The originator of a docu is resp that it is distr under the correct sy grading.
Definition 6.
The definitions of terms used in this precis are given as under: a.
Docus. Any form of recorded info.
b.
Cryptographic Docus. An auth docu used for encrypting/decrypting msg.
c. Cl Docus. A docu containing info which must be safeguarded in the interests of national sy and which bears a sy cl.
335 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
d. Accountable Docus. A TOP SECRET docu whether it is copy no or not. Any other cl docu bg a copy no and also the word ‘Accountable’ either printed or typed in block capitals on the title page (if printed) or above the sy cl of the docus. e. no.
Registered Matter (Docus).
Any cl docu or device registered usually by
f. ORBAT. Disposn of forces with the idents of the units and fmns comprising these forces. g.
Munition of War. Any item used for war.
h.
Tx. Handling, tx and custody.
j.
Down grading. The alteration of a sy cl from higher to lower cat.
l.
Decl. The removal of sy cl from a docu in order to make it uncl.
k.
Upgrading. The alteration of sy cl from lower to higher cat.
Need to Know
7. This imp principle must invariably be applied when considering the passing of cl info to another person or country or indeed, in any circumstances. This, in essence, would mean that no more cl info (Spl TOP SECRET/SECRET) than is absolutely nec for him/her to carr out his/her task, should be given to any person. It, therefore, fol that sy clearance does not carr an auto rt of access by any person to all cl matters, but only to that which is nec to enable him/her to carr out his/ her duties eff.
Overriding Considerations 8. Files containing SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL/RESTRICTED papers will bear the highest sy cl of docu/docus held in that file. However, if a TOP SECRET ltr or a copy no docu pertaining to the same subj is received, it will be placed in a separate file of the same no and a ref to it made in the main file. 9. Ref may be made in a docu to the title and no of docus of higher cl, but the docu should be cl according to its own contents and not those of the docus to which it refers. In some cases, however, the very title or existence of the docus referred to may in itself affect the cl. No uncl ref to the title or subj matter of a TOP SECRET/SECRET docus is to be made. Cat of Protected Docus 10.
Protected docus will be cl as fol: a.
TOP SECRET.
b.
SECRET.
336 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED c.
CONFIDENTIAL.
d.
RESTRICTED.
Receipts/Ack
11. Receipts/ack of docus in the CONFIDENTIAL and RESTRICTED cats will not be called for unless these are accountable or for some spl reasons a receipt is reqr by the originator. This instr is not intended to affect the existing prac of obtaining receipts for some closed envelope and packets enclosed in bags tx between various HQ or the prac of mk the env etc, with ref no nec for ident purposes in relation to the receipt lists enclosed in the bag. Ref
12. Protected docus issued in book or pamp form as far as possible, be given code or other ref no which will be used in corres to avoid ref to the title and subj matter of the docus. Care of Docus when in Use
13. Any cl docu will not be studied in the presence of person who is not entitled to see it, nor will such docus be left unattained. 14. Offrs will not move TOP SECRET/SECRET docus outside office premises without prior permission of PSO/Director in case of Svc HQ and fmn comd/unit comd not below the rk of maj. 15. On instr to take TOP SECRET/SECRET docus from one place to another outside the office premises, offrs will carr them in locked boxes or bags or in sealed env which should never be left unattended. Couriers will be provided with a copy of standing orders on the subj. 16. Crypto docus will, however, be handled in accordance with instrs as contained in Svcs Cryptographic instrs. Care and Disposal of Accountable Docus
17. Accountable docus will be recorded in a register and the the offr, who is resp for their custody should make qtr checks in order to ensure that none of the docus are missing. Such checks are to be recorded in a register. The directors of the relevant dept/CO are to make a surprise check at least once in a qtr. At the time of fitness insp the inspecting offr or his staff will check and verify the accountable docus. 18. Any offr vacating his appt on the eve of his transfer/ retirement will have the list of such docus on his charge incl all cl docus down to RESTRICTED cl issued to him in an indl capacity, verified and handed over to his successor and besides the nec handing/taking over cert recorded on the accountable register, will also render a cert for not being in possession of any cl (incl RESTRICTED) material.
337 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
19. In cases, however, where no relief is posted as a result of abolition of the post/appt all such docus in the custody of the last holder will be handed over to fmn HQ under which serving, for disposal and handing/taking over cert obtained before departure. The fmn HQ concerned will either return these docus to the issuing auth or obtain their instr for destruction. 20. Where a docu is transferred to another unit/fmn a proper handing/taking over cert will be obtained and fwd to the issuing auth.
21. In case of disbandment of unit/fmn, a list of docus will be sent well in adv to the issuing auth to enable them to advise disposal and to check for correctness. Act to be Taken on Loss of Protected Docus
22. On discovery of loss of a TOP SECRET/SECRET or CONFIDENTIAL docu a thorugh search will at once be made and the loss will be reported forthwith to the issuing auth, whether or not the docu is subsequently found: a. In case of loss of a TOP SECRET/SECRET docu a court/board of inquiry will be ordered imm. b. In case of loss of an accountable docu, irrespective of its sy cl, a C of I/Board of inquiry will be ordered.
c. In case of loss of a CONFIDENTIAL docu, a court/board of inquiry may be held if considered nec by the Svc HQ/Fmn HQ/Admin auth concerned. d. In case of loss of crypto docus the president or a member of the court/board of inquiry, convened to inquire into the loss, will be an offr currently emp as crypto sy offr of a fmn.
23. Reporting Loss to Higher Auth. The units/fmn notifying the loss of a TOP SECRET/SECRET/ CONFIDENTIAL docu will render the fol reports: a. One direct to CGS in the case of AHQ, MI Dte and one to Sig Dte (in case of Crypto docus) by fastest means aval. b.
One direct by quickest means, to the distributing auth.
c. One through the usual channels to fmn HQ showing what act has been taken to recover the docus and what steps have been taken to prevent any further losses. The proceedings of any C of I and report on any disciplinery act which has been taken will be fwd with this report. Finally this report will be fwd by fmn HQ to the CGS, MI Dte and Sig Dte (in case of Crypto docus) with any comment they may wish to make. Footnote
Cl docus lost due to en action during ops do not, however, fall under the scope of op of instrs contained in this para. Fmn Comd after thoroughly satisfying themselves that such docus were not lost due to espionage and that there was no possibility of their having been captured/salvaged by the en, may render a cert in
338 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
writing to this effect to their respecting Svcs HQ thus obviating the need to convince a formal C of I. Svc HQ would, however, require that all such fmn/units communicate the details of all classified docus lost due to en action where possible together with a covering note on the ‘sensitivity’ of the docus divulged to the en.
Shorthand Note Book
24. Shorthand note book must be ser no by svc sty stores dept and issued to fmn/units as ‘Accountable Docus’. All such units/fmn will in turn issue such short hand note book to stenogrphaers/stenotypists through offrs/suptd/JCO/Hd Clk. 25. All used up shorthand note books will be checked for correctness and destroyed by burning by the issuing offr before another shorthand note book is issued. For this purpose, register should be maint wherein the record of issue/destruction should be reflected. An offr dictating a TOP SECRET/SECRET note/ltr will dispatch the particular pages from the shorthand note book after its transcription and destroy it personally and a note as under in the fol pages recorded: ‘Page 1 to 4 removed and destroyed by burning’.
Extra Copies
sd xxxxxxx Maj Dt and Time
26. Greatest care must be taken to see that no extra copy except those actually reqr for distr of TOP SECRET/SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL/Accountable docus are made. However, if the originator considers that a certain no of copies are nec for further use, the no of extra copies, so reqr, will be clearly stated on the docus. The extra copies thus made must be properly acct for. Rough Notes, Drafts, Proofs and Spoiled Copies of Cyclostyled Matters
27. All rough notes, drafts and spoiled copies of cyclostyled matter containing cl info must be torn to bits and destroyed under the supervising of a resp per. Stencils
28. All stencils used for any cat of cl docus will be destroyed under the supervision of an offr/JCO/Civ eqvt depending on the nature of the docu when finished with. Typewriter Ribbon
29. The red part of a typewriter ribbon should not be used for typing revealing words or sentence. Ribbons should always be removed when machines are sent for repairs. 30. A brand new ribbon used for typing TOPSECRET or SECRET ltrs/notes will be removed from the typewriter at the close of office hr and kept in safe custody, unless the ribbon has been rewound in the process of typing. Carbon Papers
339 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
31. Stock of new carbon papers will be kept by an offr/suptd/head clk, who will issue to clk and keep proper acct of these. DEFINITION : SY CL TOP SECRET 32. TOP SECRET docus are docus of info and material, the sy aspect of which is paramount and the unauth disclosure of which would cause exceptionally grave damage to the nation. The fol are some examples of matter which normally will be graded TOP SECRET. a.
Plans for particulars of future maj or spl ops.
b. Particulars of imp disposn or impending moves of forces or convoys in connection with maj or spl ops. c. Very imp political docus dealing with such matter as negotiations for alliances and the like. d. Info of the methods based on success obtained by int svc and counter int svc or which would imperial secret agents. e. Critical info of new and imp munitions of war, incl approved scientific and tech dev. f.
Imp particulars of crypto and crypto analysis.
33. All TOP SECRET docus will be lodged in a file cover, the front cover page of which will carr two red diagonal crosses within which the fol instr will be boxed when the docus have to be retained by the holder in his office: TOP SECRET RED
RED
RED
RED TOP SECRET
Note: TOP SECRET files reqr to be sent out of office will however not carr word 'NOT TO GO OUT'. Such docus should be lodged in a file cover which should only have red crossed diagonal lines and word 'TOP SECRET'.
SECRET
340 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
34. SECRET docus are docus, info and material the unauth disclosure of which would endanger national sy, cause serious injury to the interest or prestige of the nation or any govt activity thereof, or would be of great advantage to a foreign nation. The fol are some examples of matter which will normally be graded SECRET. a.
Particulars of ops in progress.
b.
Plans or particulars of ops not incl under TOP SECRET.
c.
Instr regarding the emp of imp new munitions of war.
e. etc.
Disposn of the BN fleet/units incl op state of readiness for war, refit prog
g.
Vital Svc info on imp def.
d.
ORBAT, info and loc and mov affecting the ORBAT.
f. Knowledge of en material and procedure, the value of which depends upon the en not being aware that it is known. h.
Certain reports of ops containing info of vital interest of the en.
j.
Adverse reports on gen morale affecting maj ops.
k.
Imp improvements to existing munitions of war until accepted for Svc use.
l.
Photos of vulnerable pt of vital instl.
m.
Certain dev proj.
n.
Crypto procedures and instrs unless assign to a lower cat.
CONFIDENTIAL
35. CONFIDENTIAL docus are docus, info and material, the unauth disclosure of which while not endangering national sy would be prejudicial to the interest or prestige of the nation, any govt activity or an indl, or would cause admin embarrassment or difficulty, or be of advantage to a foreign nation. The fol are some examples of matter which normally be graded CONFIDENTIAL: a.
Str returns of units remote from op theatres.
b. Matters, investigations and docus of a personal and disciplinery nature, the knowledge of which it is desirable to safeguard for admin reasons. c. Routine op and battle reports which do not contain info of vital interest to the en.
d.
Routine int reports.
e.
Gen mil radio freq alloc.
341 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED f.
Mil callsign, so collected together that they reveal the ORBAT.
g.
Met info designated areas.
h.
Unit mov of non-op significance in areas within or adjacent to op theatres.
j. Certain tech docus and manuals used for trg, maint and insp of imp munitions of war. k.
Gen tech lessons learnt as a result of ops.
l.
Aerial photos of territories under our con adjacent to op theaters.
Note: CONFIDENTIAL for personal reasons eg med, discip, pay, posting, etc will be mk STAFF IN CONFIDENCE and will not be regarded in themselves as sy docus.
RESTRICTED
36. RESTRICTED docus are docus other than those covered by higher cats, which should not be pub or comm to any one except for official use. The fol are some examples of matter which normally be graded RESTRICTED: a. Info of mov of non op significance in areas remote from theatre of war. b. Trg and tech docus for official use only or not intended for release to the pub. c. Certain routine docus relating to sup and procurement. d. Aerial photo of territories under our con remote from op theatres. e. Photo of en, en occupied or en dominated areas, except those which reveal secret sources.
Accountable Docus
37. Certain cl docus, by virtue of their contents, require a particular form of protection. This is achieved by mk such docus accountable. The procedure implies periodical checking and formal handing over: a.
An accountable docu should normally be cl SECRET or above.
b. A CONFIDENTIAL/RESTRICTED docu which is printed, reproduced or wax duplicated on a large scale may also be made accountable.
c. The resp for making a docu accountable lies with the originator who will be guided by the above instrs. The word ‘accountable’ originator who will be guided by the above instr. The word 'Accountable' will be printed/typed in block capitals either on the title page of a docu (if printed) or above the sy cl of the docu. d. One yr after the issue of the accountable docu, or one yr after the receipt of the safe custody cert, issuing auth/originators will send the fol memo to all recipients/ holders for compliance of above drill.
342 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Note: This pd could also be reduced from on yr to less than a yr if the originator so indicates on the docu itself. ‘Please certify that coy no.......... of ........ docu no..... entitled ....... issued to you on ...... is held in safe custody.’ Holders will endorse the memo ‘cert’, add signatures, designation and date, and return it to the issuing auth. e. If a HQ originates docus which they wish to be acct for periodically, these will be issued dir to units and acct for by units dir to the originating HQ.
Who Can Grade 38.
TOP SECRET. a. First Grade SO or PSO or civ eqvt. b. Fmn HQ (above Bde) First Grade SO/CO. c. BM. d. In exceptional cases, Svc HQ may expressly auth any offr to award TOP SECRET sy grading when his appt so dmd.
39. SECRET and Lower Cat. Any offr is auth to grade such docus of SECRET or lower cl as fall within the scope of his duties.
40. If the recipient offr considers that a particular docu deserves higher cl, he may upcl the docu to the ext as mentioned in Para 37 of this precis and info the originator accordingly. Mk of Docus 41.
As a precaution against the cir of cl docus to unauth pers the fol drill is laid down:
a.
Sy Cl. See Paras 0206-0213 of Sec-2 of JSSDM-2003.
b. Addl Mk. Printed, lithe-printed and photo mechanically produced docu will bear in addition to the cl, the fol inscriptions:
(1) TOP SECRET. ‘THIS DOCU IS THE PROPERTY OF THE GOVT OF BD AND IS INTENDED FOR PERSONAL INFO OF ... AND OF SUCH OFFRS AS NEED TO KNOW ITS CONTENTS IN THE COURSE OF THEIR OFFICIAL DUTIES.’
(2) SECRET OR CONFIDENTIAL. ‘THIS DOCU IS THE PROPERTY OF THE GOVT OF BD AND IS ISSUED FOR THE INFO OF SUCH PERSONS AS NEED TO KNOW ITS CONTENTS IN THE COURSE OF THEIR OFFICIAL DUTIES.’
(3) RESTRICTED. ‘THE INFO GIVEN IN THIS DOCU IS NOT TO BE COMMUNICATED EITHER DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THE PRESS OR TO ANY PERSON NOT AUTH TO RECEIVE IT.’ (4) In addition to the inscription mentioned in Para 41b(1), (2) and (3) above, docus cl CONFIDENTIAL and above will bear the fol:
343 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
Copy No 42.
‘ANY PERSON FINDING THIS DOCU WILL HAND IT IN TO A MIL OFFICE OR POLICE STA FOR ITS SAFE RETURN TO DGFI DHAKA, WITH PARTICULARS OF HOW AND WHERE FOUND. THE UNAUTH RETENTION OR DESTRUCTION OF THIS DOCU IS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE OFFICIAL SECRET ACT OF 1923.’
Cl Docus. See Para 0217 of Sec-2 of JSSDM-2003.
43. Accountable Docus. If a docu is ‘Accountable’ irrespective of its cl, it must be copy no. All TOPSECRET docus whether copy no or not are accountable. Tx - Extl Distr within the Country 44.
TOP SECRET.
a. All TOP SECRET docus will be accompanied by ack forms which will contain the ref no of docus, copy no, if any, and adds of the originator. b.
Will always be sent in two cloth lined env.
c. The inner cover will always be a new one. The docus will 1st be sewn to the inner cover and then sealed with wax by using a spl seal. The sealing will be done under the dir supervision of an offr. The offr resp for sealing the TOP SECRET docus will affix his signature on the bottom left-hand corner of the first page of the docus as well as on the bottom left-hand corner of the inner cover. The inner cover will bear the fol info: ‘Sy cl, copy no, if any, ref no, name, designation of the addressee which should be preceded by the words to be opened personally by the addressee or the offr, offg for him in case of absence of the addressee.’ d. Spl seals mentioned in Para 44c above will be designed by the Svc HQ who will allot a no to each of the fmn down to Bde/Log Area level and dte in Svc HQ and issue this to all concerned. These seals will be serially no and issued to those offrs who are called upon in course of their duty to deal with TOP SECRET papers. The seals must on no acct lve the personal custody of the offrs to whom issued and the safe custody of which will be their resp. e. The outer cover will not bear any cl but will be sealed with wax and will bear the name, designation of the addressee and ref no of the docus. f. TOP SECRET docus will be tx exclusively by officially designated courier when such facilities are aval. When this is not possible and the originator of the docus or the offr ordering their despatch agrees, they may be despatched by BD Biman mk as ‘Precious goods’. It may also be sent by insured post through postal svc.
344 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
g. Each TOP SECRET ltr dispatched by post, must be insured for Tk 300.00 min, raising the amount of insurance according to the value of the info contained in the docus.
45.
h. Only one TOP SECRET docu will be encl in one env (inner when despatched by insured post). SECRET and CONFINDENTIAL. a.
All SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL docus will always be sent in two envs.
b. The inner cover will always be a new one. It must be a cloth lined env. It will be sealed with wax or red paper cir seal duly over stamped and mk with the sy cl, copy no, if any, and name or designation of the addressee. To obviate damage to env due to heaviness of contents, cloth lined envs are to be used.
c. The outer cover will not bear any cl but will be sealed with wax or red paper cir seal duly overstamped and will bear the name, designation of the addressee and ref no of the docus. d. All SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL docus, when despatched by post, will be registered. e. Secret docus may be sent by insured post if the contents/nature of the docus so warrant eg, ORBAT etc. RESTRICTED docus will normally be sent unregistered in a single cover and mk RESTRISTED. However, the originator may at his discretion send certain RESTRICTED docus under a registered cover if he considers the contents of the docus warrant such precaution. f. Only one SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL docus will be incl in one cover (inner) when despatched by post.
Internal Distr/Mov
46. TOP SECRET/SECRET. For internal distr within offices, one env, properly sealed with sealing wax and mk TOP SECRET/SECRET, may be used. Such docus may be delivered by safe hands, eg, any govt servant who is not considered a sy risk. The receipt of the docus must be covered by obtaining signature of the recipient. 47. CONFIDENTIAL. One env properly sealed with red paper cir seal and mk CONFIDENTIAL may be used.
48. In case of mov of files, TOP SECRET files will invariably be taken from one dealing office to another by hand of an offr or may be sent in a cover, sealed with spl TOP SECRET seal, by safe hands. SECRET and CONFIDENTIAL files may be sent from one office to another by hand of an offr/suptd/JCO/Asst IC/Sgt/UDC or may be sent in a cover properly sealed mk with the sy cl by safe hand. Tx Outside BD 49. All official mails meant for despatch to BD Missions abroad and vice versa will be sent by Diplomatic Bags only.
345 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
50. All cl materials should be transmitted to the Embassies/Svc Att/Ships/Units/Estbs abroad through the Diplomatic Bags. The tx of cyphers/codes will continue to be governed by the relevant cipher instr. Opening of Cl Mail
51. Envs mk TOP SECRET are to be opened by the offr to whom they are addsd or in his absence by the offr offg for him.
52. SECRET/CONFIDENTIA. Env mk SECRET or CONFIDENTIAL and not addsd to an offr by name may be opened by an offr or suptd/Asst IC/Hd Clk on the auth of the directors and eqvt in Svc HQ and fmn comd. In the case of units, such env will be opened only by the CO or any offr auth by him. Recording
53. TOP SECRET. All TOP SECRET docus whether outgoing or incoming will be recorded by an offr only in a separate register kept exclusively for this purpose.
54. SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL. Recording of SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL docus will be done by an offr or a suptd/Asst/IC/Hd Clk /selected clks as auth. 55. RESTRICTED. purpose by any clk.
All RESTRICTED docus will be entered in a diary kept for this
Handling of Docus
56. TOP SECRET. PSO, Directors at Svc HQ, fmn comds or BM may, at their desecration, allow any of the fol staff to handle TOP SECRET docus during various stages namely typing, duplication, sealing despatch, if considered absolutely essential: Suptd Asst IC Hd clk Stenotypest PA to PSO Fmn comd/Director Selected clk It is emphasized, however, that ultimate resp rests upon the offrs. The staff selected to handle such docus must, therefore, be hand-picked, specially verified and their number kept to the absolute min compatible with efficiency.
57. SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL. SECRET/CONFIDENTIAL docu may be handled by Suptd/ Asst/Hd clk or Selected Staff. Safe Custody
58. TOP SECRET. All TOP SECRET docus/papers/files/photo mosaics etc, should be stored away in fire roof steel safe/almirahs/cupboards with a three wheel combination lock together with a multiple lever high grade pad lock, the key of which would remain confined in the personal custody of the offr concerned. Loss of the key of the lock or disclosure of the combination should be deemed to have compromised consideration. In
346 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
such case, the lock combination would imm be replaced after a thorough check of the contents of the safe to ensure that the contents were not tempered with or filched.
59. SECRET. All SECRET docus will be kept in locked safes/steel cupboards/steel boxes or any suitable steel container which can be locked by offr/suptd/JCO/Asst IC/selected dealing clk, not below the rk of Sgt/Cpl/UDC. The keys of such safes/steel cupboards and boxes will always be kept in safe custody under unit/fmn etc, arng. In case of loss of key of safes/ steel cupboards/steel box, all the docus kept therein will be removed at once by using the duplicate key. Such safes etc, must not be used for keeping SECRET docus unless the locking sys is changed. However, the offr concerned will be resp for overall supervision and for this purpose he will carr out freq periodical checks.
60. CONFIDENTIAL/RESTRICTED. All CONFIDENTIAL and RESTRICTED docus will be kept under lock in steel/wooden cupboards/boxes or other suitable containers. These cupboards/boxes/ containers will not be left unprotected. Their keys will be kept in safe custody under unit/ fmn etc, arng. Safeguarding Cl Info and Material During Emg/War
61. Svc HQ/Inter Svc Org and all the offices within the sy preview of Armed Forces HQ will prep plans based on local conditions and peculiar/particular reqr of each HQ/Instl/Office etc, for safeguarding cl info and material in case of emg incl emg destruction plans, where applicable, such instrs as are considered nec to prevent cl docus, cyphers and material from falling into hostile hands. The safeguarding and/ or destruction of TOP SECRET info/material, however, must always retain pri over the safeguarding and/destruction of SECRET info and material. This in itself must retain pri over the safeguarding and/or destruction of CONFIDENTIAL info and material. Setting up of spl pri boards would perhaps be the ans to the problem. In cases of doubt or wherever clarification is reqr in a particular case or a peculiar sit, Svcs HQ/Int Dte/DGFI may be consulted. Downgrading 62. Offrs auth to grade docus in various cats as spec in Para 38 above can downgrade docus of similar cat.
63. TOP SECRET/SECRET. Every TOP SECRET/SECRET docu will be reviewed after two/three yrs respectively or earlier, by the originator to decide whether it should be downgraded or not. In case the originator decides to down grade a TOP SECRET/ SECRET docu to a lower cat he will info all the recepients accordingly. The recepients will also review all TOP SECRET/SECRET docus on the expiry of two and three yrs respectively and ask the originator for advice if such advice is not already received.
64. Downgrading of all graded docus will only be carried out by arng with originating auth. 65. Forwarding notes of OPR/ACR, personal docus and exam papers etc, which do not contain any sy matter, may be downgraded by the recipient offr without the originator’s consent after the encls docus have been removed and kept in safe custody. Act after Downgrading
347 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
66. When a docu is downgraded the auth for such downgrading will be noted on the docu itself. This note will be signed by the offr resp for the custody of the docu. Extracts
67. An extract of a cl docu may be taken provided that extract is suitably graded in the lt of its own contents. Copies
68. No copies of TOP SECRET or copy no docus of any cl will be made by the recipients without the expressed permission in writing of the originator, who may, at his discretion, either allow a copy to be made or send a copy himself. Note: The essence of good docu sy should be the assessment of sensitivity the overriding consideration being the contents of the docu and not those to which it refers. Overgrading tends to bring higher cl into disrepute and causes delays leading to breaches of sy.
Disposal of Unwanted Cl Docus 69.
Old cl docus will be disposed of as under: a. All cl docus except those of a perm interest or value from historical, statistical, instr pt of view or otherwise reqr for retention, will be destroyed after six yrs, without prior ref to the originator, unless the originator desires and intimates so before the expiry of this pd. b. In the case of docus which bear a code/copy no, ref must be made by the holder to the originator for advice regarding its destruction or return. c. The destruction of cl docus mentioned in para 69a above will be carr out under the orders of a BofO convened under the orders of Directors at Svc HQ/Fmn/Sta HQ/CO unit. The board will consist of at least two offrs and a Suptd/Hd clk of the offices/Unit/Instl concerned. Record of ltr/docus no, recom for destruction will be maint in regard to TOP SECRET, Accountable and copy no ltrs/docus only. In other cases, however, only list of files no will be maint for purpose of record. d. In case of doubt regarding retention/destruction of particular docu, a ref will invariably be made to the originator of the docu for advice. e. Any originator, who desires that a particular cl docu should be retained, will info all recepients of that docu by 31 Jan of each calendar yr, stating clearly the pd for which he desires for retention of this docu. f. Cl docus recom for destruction by the board will be destroyed in the presence of an offr and a JCO/NCO/selected clk.
348 RESTRICTED
g.
RESTRICTED
No cl docu of any description will be sold as waste paper.
Originator’s Review of Cl Docus
70. In border to ensure that no cl docus accumulate unnecessarily in the Svc HQ/Unit/Instl etc, the fol procedure will be adopted to augment the instrs in Para 69 above: a. All originators originating cl docus will review these docus for destruction every yr during Jan. As a result of this scrutiny, a list of cl docus considered redundant and suitable for destruction will be issued to all recepients by 31 Jan every yr. Compliance of this instrs will be done in conjunction with instrs reflected in Para 69a. b. On receipt of the list vide Para 70a above, all recipients will carr out destruction of the listed docus and render a cert to that effect to the originators iro only TOP SECRET docus so destroyed. c. The lists vide Para 70a above will also be sent to fmn/instl etc, who are recipients of the cl docus concerned. On receipt of these lists, vide Para 70a above, fmn, inst, etc will similarly review all cl docus given in the list, issued by them during the previous yr and send a comprehensive list to all recipients, recommeniding destruction. On receipt of these lists, all br/dte in Svc HQ will carr out destruction of such docus received from fmn, instl etc, and render destruction cert to the originator. d. Br/Dte in Svc HQ/Fmn HQ/Instl etc, will detail a board consisting of two offrs and a sec suptd/head clk in order to determine docus considered suitable for destruction as above. 71. HH.
For disposal of obsolete docus and pd of retention, ref to AR(I) 765-766 and Appx
Safe and Key 72. Safes or cupboards containing TOP SECRET/SECRET or CONFIDENTIAL docus will not be put in unfrequented rooms, in order to ensure that their rapid or silent removal is made impossible. If nec cupboards and boxes should be fastened to the fabric of the bldg. 73. The docus of safes and cupboards will be either wide open or locked. The keys will never be left in the lock even if the cupboard or safe is temp out of use. 74. The keys of any such receptacle will be entrusted to be carried and used only by the person resp for the safe custody of the contents. If an offr is resp for the keys of more than one safe or box, such keys may be kept in a single safe the keys of which the offr will carr on his person. Details of such keys should be entered in a register of list and periodical checks carried out. 75. Duplicate keys will be kept locked in a safe or other place of safety and one offr will be made resp for their safe custody.
349 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
76. It is forbidden to lend the keys of a safe or cupboard containing SECRET sy or confd docus or to lve it where it is accessible to an unauth person or require such a person to unlock or force open a safe except in the presence of the person resp for the safe custody of its contents. 77. When any key (or record for the combination of a dial lock) belonging to a safe or cupboard is missing or believed to be compromised the safe etc, concerned will either be opened imm and cleared of its contents, or placed and kept under a spl gd by a resp offr. A safe, which has been emptied, will remain out of use until either the key (or combination) has been found to be definitely uncompromised or the lock or combination has been altered. 78. When keys of safes or cupboards are handed over, a written receipt will be obtained. Such keys should pass from hand to hand only. Should it be nec to send such key by post, the package will be registered and insured and so make up that the contents cannot be recognized without opening it. The inner package will be sealed and mk ‘To be delivered unopened to.......... or returned to...... by registered insured post within........ days.’ The outer cover will be addsd as usual. CL AND HANDLING OF SIG MSG
Cl
79. The cl applied will depend only on the degree of protection to be afforded to the info in the msg and will be the lowest consistent with that reqr except as given in para 82 below. 80. If the contents are of no value to the en the msg will be graded uncl. A formal msg containing info of value to on en will be cl by the originator in one of the four cls as explained in the preceding para. 81.
If a msg: a. Quotes the ref no and dt or any other auth ident of a msg sent/received in a crypto sys it will be cl at least RESTRICTED. In cases, however, when a msg quotes the originator’s no and dt of a crypto msg (excl BN msg in cat ‘A’ crypto sys when callsigns are encrypted and all msgs in cat ‘B’ crypto sys) and one of the fol words/phrases, it may be graded UNCL: ACK, AGREED, APPROVED, CFM, XPD, NO NOTED, RECEIVED, ACT TAKEN, UNDER CONSIDERATION, YES.
b.
Cancels one previously sent, it will be cl at least RESTRICTED.
c.
Is an ‘EXCLUSIVE FOR’, it will be cl at least RESTRICTED.
d. Quotes the ref no of a file or ltr disclosing the idea of any of the Svc HQ, it will be cl at leas RESTRICTED.
350 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Method of Mk Cl 82. When originating a msg the sy cl must not be abbreviated except in text. Msgs which have no sy cl and do not require sy protection are to be mk UNCL in the sy cl colm. 83. If the msg form is not aval the msg may be written on plain paper fol the layout of the msg form and the cl should be inserted in the appropriate msg posn. 84. In HQ, where Staff Msg Con op the cl will be stamped at the top and bottom of the paper on which the msg is produced, by the Staff Msg Con, on all distributing copies. Upgrading of an Uncl Msg
85. Once a msg has been transmitted or distr as uncl, it will not be cl without first paraphrasing the text and changing the DTG. Resp of Tx 86. cl.
Sigcen will be resp for tx of msg by the fastest means aval consistent with their sy
Exception Tx by Secure Means 87. During active ops a msg of any cl except TOP SECRET may be transmitted in clear over any circuit provided all the fol factors apply: a.
The delay involved in anything and decyphering cannot be accepted.
b. It is considered that the en will not have time to take eff act on the msg if they intercept it. c.
The info revealed about our plans and disposn is a wholly local character.
d.
No ref is made to a previously encyphered msg.
Auth to Originate 88.
Such msg as mentioned in para 87 above can only be originated as fol: a.
Above Bde and eqvt - only by an offr auth to frame msg imm.
c.
Also see the lesson Msg Writing.
b. Within and below Bde - by any offr provided that contact with the en has been made and the msg deals only with op in progress. Method of Indication
89. Such msg will be mk by the originator by the word ‘CLEAR’ at the beginning of the text, indicating that they contain cl matter which is auth to be sent in clear.
351 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED Handling by Sigcens 90. Such msg will be mk in the sigcen with the phrase RECEIVED IN CLEAR before delivering to the addressee. Handling by Addressee
91. Msg so mk will be handled as cl material and will not be re-addsd should the addressee wish to fwd the info to another addressee. He will originate a new msg paraphrasing the original and classifying it or not, as the sit indicates. Method of Tx of Cl Msg 92.
All cl msgs will be encyphered before tx over uncl or lower cl comm.
93. Msg classified SECRET, CONFIDENTIAL or RESTRICTED may be transmitted in clear over other than cl channels of comm when channels have been approved for the purpose by the auth concerned. Msg classified TOP SECRET and exclusive will never be transmitted in clear over any circuit not cl as such. The Handling of TOP SECRET and Exclusive Msgs
94. The text of TOP SECRET and EXCLUSIVE FOR msg will not be seen by comm persons other than: a. b.
The auth Crypto Cen Staff. OC Sig units or Tech Investigation only.
95. These will normally be processed with a crypto cen by an offr or by the sr cryptographer where no offr is aval.
96.
These will be handled by originators as fol:
a. Sufficient copies of the msg are to be prepared by the originator for all addressees and will be encl in a new env which is to be mk on both sides as fol: (1) ‘TOP SECRET msg for despatch’, ‘EXCLUSIVE msg for despatch’, as applicable. (2)
In case of ‘EXCLUSIVE’ msg the sy cl of the encl msg.
(3)
The precedence allotted to the encl msg.
b. Two skeleton copies of the msg are to be made, identical with those enclosed in the sealed env but excl all the text after the originator’s no, or in case of an EXCLUSIVE msg after the words EXCLUSIVE FOR…… from.
352 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
c. The skeleton copies of the msg are to be enclosed with the env in an outer env. The outer env is to be addsd to the comm cen and the msg precedence clearly shown. One of the skeleton copies bg the comm/sigcen stamp and with the DTG inserted on it will be returned to the originator as a receipt. d. In certain circumstances and only at the desecration of the staff, originators may pass TOP SECRET and EXCLUSIVE msg direct to the crypto cen. At the receiving end, the crypto cens may similarly pass such msg direct to the addressee.
Sy Measures to Prevent Disclosures of Official Docus
97. All offrs and clks (both civ and mil) and all those having access to official docus incl Army Contractors, will be made to sign the Official Secret Act-1923 at least once in every month. Auth: AR(I)-196 98. ID of offrs and AB-64 are also protected docus and every precaution should be ex for their safe custody. Auth: AR(I)-213A
99. All persons dealing with the graded docus are duly bound to observe the fol gen rules of sy: a.
They must not discuss official matters in pub or with any unauth pers.
b. They must not move or show an unpub official docus or one intended for pub to any unauth pers. c. They will not deliver any lecture or make any comm to press or pers of mil info to which they have access in the course of their duty without the san from CGS. Auth: AR(R)-299, 205 and AR(I)-199 d. Receipt for protection of imp docus or comm must be obtained from the recipient on BAFZ-3057 where nec. Auth: AR(I)-747 100. Entry to unit lines and in gen office in particular should be con. 101. Antecedents of civ emp in mil offices and instl should be verified through the police who are entrusted with official docus. 102. Access to cl docus should be confined to min no of person. Strict office discip for sy should be maint. Every care should be taken in the handling and tx of protected docus.
103. Cl docus when not in use, should always be kept under lock and key. Waste papers and carbon papers must be destroyed daily under the supervision of the suptd/Hd clk. 104. As a rule no spare copies of TOP SECRET docu will be made with a view to using same at a later stage. Spare copies if any made will be clearly stated on the docus, numbered and acct for.
353 RESTRICTED
RESTRICTED
105. Drawers of tables of jr clks be occasionally searched to fix out if any cl ltr or spare copies thereof are kept by them. 107. Stock of new carbon papers will be kept by an offr who will issue to clk and keep a proper acct of these. New carbon papers used for typing TOP SECRET/SECRET docus will be kept in safe custody by an offr/JCO. Concl
108. Every unit must have comprehensive standing orders on handling, tx and sy of protected docus. Safeguarding of official info is a universal resp which should be shared by every indl. A minor slip may seriously jeoparadize the national sy which is so vital for the safety of a nation.
Last update on Admin G precis was made by Lt Col Md Khalilur Rahman, psc, Arty on 04 Jul 2013
354 RESTRICTED